<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	>

<channel>
	<title>Dissident Voice &#187; Poverty</title>
	<atom:link href="http://dissidentvoice.org/category/poverty/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>http://dissidentvoice.org</link>
	<description>a radical newsletter in the struggle for peace and social justice</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Sat, 21 Nov 2009 20:26:15 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<generator>http://wordpress.org/?v=2.8.4</generator>
	<language>en</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>hourly</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>1</sy:updateFrequency>
			<item>
		<title>The State Versus Naxals: Who Are Criminals?</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/10/the-state-versus-naxals-who-are-criminals/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/10/the-state-versus-naxals-who-are-criminals/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 19 Oct 2009 16:00:44 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Kamalakar Duvvuru</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Communism/Marxism/Maoism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Corruption]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Democracy]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[India]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Original Peoples]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Poverty]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=11277</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Inaugurating a three-day long conference of Directors General and Inspectors General of police organized by the Intelligence Bureau, home minister of India P. Chidambaram described terrorist attacks on November 26, 2008 as a “game changer”: “The attacks in Mumbai on November 26, last year were a game changer. We can no longer afford to business [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Inaugurating a three-day long conference of Directors General and Inspectors General of police organized by the Intelligence Bureau, home minister of India P. Chidambaram described terrorist attacks on November 26, 2008 as a “game changer”: “The attacks in Mumbai on November 26, last year were a game changer. We can no longer afford to business as usual.” He pointed out Left Wing Extremism (Naxalism or “Maoism”) as one of the threats to the national security, and the biggest challenge to democracy. The prime minister of India also said that the Maoist movement was India’s gravest security threat. In June 2009 the government labeled Naxal group a terrorist organization.</p>
<p>The Home Ministry has been planning a major offensive, due to start in November 2009, against Naxals, particularly in two Indian states – Chhattisgarh and Jharkhand. A plan to deploy more than 70,000 paramilitary personnel has been chalked out. In order <a href="http://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/india/Chidambaram-favours-IAF-firing-on-naxals/articleshow/5098608.cms">to combat</a> Naxals, Chidambaram “favored the Indian Air Force firing on Naxals.” India has also “sought input from American security officials on how to best root out the leftist rebels.”<sup>1</sup>  In September 2009 Chidambaram paid a four day visit to US that focused on India-US anti-terror cooperation, assistance in technology, assessment of security situation in South Asia and studying counter-terrorism institutions and structures.</p>
<p>Probably, US with its experience in “war on terror” after 9/11 is considered valuable, particularly its use of corporate media to create momentum for the occupation of Iraq by programming the public mind to go along with the state agenda, and highlight of the “evil of the other” not only to justify its genocidal violence, but also to conceal “real intentions” behind the occupation of Iraq.  </p>
<p>Taking the fight against Naxals to a new level, the Home Ministry of India has sought to actively involve the mainstream media directly by issuing advertisements depicting “cold-blooded killings” of innocent citizens by Naxals. “Naxals are nothing but coldblooded murderers” the advertisement screamed across the corporate media. The visual showed a series of men, women and children brutally killed by Naxals. Upping the ante, media has been screaming all along that Naxals have been waging “a guerrilla war on the Indian state.” </p>
<p>The combined voice of the government and corporate media has heightened the threat posed by Naxals in order to rally public support with gripping fear about their own existence. It has drowned dissenting voices, and been trying to program the public mind to go along with the state agenda against Naxals. The corporate media is playing as the chief instrument of state propaganda. It is creating the momentum for the onslaught on Naxals. Josef Goebbels had this dictum: “If you say something often enough, the people will believe it.”<sup>2</sup>)  Herman Goering, a Nazi, said, “People can always be brought to the bidding of the leaders&#8230;All you have to do is tell them they’re being attacked and denounce the pacifists for a lack of patriotism and exposing the country to danger. It works the same way in any country.”<sup>3</sup>  </p>
<p>Naxals’ portrayal as enemies of the state and democracy breaks social link between these enemies and the society. Their status as enemies of the society would not only unite people against them, but also legitimize the “good” violence that exterminates them.  </p>
<p>However, the collective violence of “all against one” requires concealment of entire truth. Any act or even any thought of making a victim of another casts a veil over truth. The power of the “scapegoat mechanism” lies in its deception and concealment.  </p>
<p><strong>Who Are Naxals?</strong> </p>
<p>Naxals belong to varied milieu – disempowered Dalits, destitute Tribals, middle class intellectuals, and privileged rich. They do not believe in parliamentary democracy, as they see power being still concentrated in the hands of the rich, upper class. So the objective of their four decade old struggle is to liberate disempowered and destitute masses from the exploitative and oppressive political system through armed struggle. In their long struggle, Naxals have used brutal tactics to further their cause.<sup>4</sup>  In 2008 there were 1591 Naxal-related violent incidents in which 721 were killed. By August 2009, in 1405 incidents 580 persons have been killed. Recently, on October 8, 2009 they are alleged to have killed seventeen police men in Maharashtra.  </p>
<p>Naxals’ struggle has, naturally, drawn mixed reactions from the government and elites, and the marginalized Indian masses. Because of their armed struggle and brutal tactics, they are considered to be security threat to the sovereignty of the state. On the other hand, Naxals enjoy wide support among the marginalized people, who have been ignored by the successive governments for the past sixty years. The October 2008 report of an expert committee, appointed by the Planning Commission, acknowledged that “the main support for the Naxalite movement comes from dalits and adivasi tribals.”<sup>5</sup>  The report identifies “structural violence implicit in our social and economic system” as the main reason for Naxalite violence. Dalits and Tribals comprise one fourth of India’s population.   </p>
<p><strong>Condition of the Tribals </strong></p>
<p>In the huge region of mineral rich forest in eastern and central India spreading from West Bengal through the states of Jharkhand, Orissa and Chhattisgarh live indigenous people. These Tribals are the poorest of the poor in India. The mainstream media and the political pundits have not acknowledged that the cause of these people is not served in the largest democracy. The Tribals have no schools, no hospitals, no water, none of the amenities the state is supposed to provide. Successive governments have failed to address the basic needs of people in the poverty-stricken, but mineral rich, region. These places are epitome of neglect, deprivation and government corruption.</p>
<p>The Tribals are ruthlessly exploited by local landlords, traders, officials, mafia and contractors. Local police allegedly supports local mafia, landlords and traders. On January 8, 2009 seventeen Tribals were killed by the police in a fake “encounter”, according to Ramesh Varlyani, Chhattisgarh state Congress general secretary. In its scathing 118 page <a href="http://www.hrw.org/en/news/2009/07/29/india-overhaul-abusive-failing-police-system">report</a> “Broken System: Dysfunction, Abuse and Impunity in the Indian Police”, the Human Rights Watch pointed out “a range of human rights violations committed by police, including arbitrary arrest and detention, torture and extrajudicial killings.” It notes, “Several police officers admitted to Human Rights Watch that they routinely committed abuses. One officer said that he had been ordered to commit an “encounter killing,” as the practice of taking into custody and extra-judicially executing an individual commonly known. “I am looking for my target,” the officer said. “I will eliminate him…I fear being put in jail, but if I don’t do it, I’ll lose my position.””</p>
<p>The report also documents “the particular vulnerability to police abuse of traditionally marginalized groups in India. They include the poor, women, Dalits (so-called “untouchables”) and religious and sexual minorities. Police often fail to investigate crimes against them because of discrimination, the victims’ inability to pay bribes, or their lack of social status or political connections. Members of these groups are also more vulnerable to arbitrary arrest and torture, especially meted out by police as punishment for alleged crimes.” </p>
<p>Thus, the state has not only ignored to address basic concerns of tribal people, but also tried to destroy the voice and language of their victims by aligning with the exploiters. E.A.S. Sarma, former Commissioner of Tribal Welfare and former secretary, Expenditure and Economic Affairs, says, “Left extremism is a secondary issue. How many Tribals even know there is a government? Their only experience of the State is the police, contractors, and real estate goons. Besides, the Fifth Schedule of the Constitution grants Tribals complete rights over their traditional land and forests and prohibits private companies from mining on their land. This constitutional schedule was upheld by the Samatha judgement of the Supreme Court (1997). If successive governments lived by the spirit of the Constitution and this judgment, tribal discontent would automatically recede.”<sup>5</sup> </p>
<p>By violating their human dignity, value and rights, the state has committed violence against the Tribals. The tribal dissent, as Shoma Chaudhury says, “is a dissent out of desperation for human dignity, value and rights.”<sup>5</sup>  Among these poor, disempowered, and oppressed and exploited Tribals Naxals have wide support due to latter’s struggle for their cause. Prime minister Manmohan Singh acknowledged that “Left wing extremism requires a nuanced strategy, a holistic approach &#8211; it cannot be treated simply as a law and order problem. Despite its sanguinary nature, the movement manages to retain the support of a section of the tribal communities and the poorest of the poor in many affected areas. It has influence among certain sections of civil society, the intelligentsia and the youth.”  </p>
<p><strong>Criminalization of Politics </strong></p>
<p>What has been missing in the dominant narrative of the government and corporate media is the necessity, in the light of Mumbai terrorist attacks, to have leaders with high level of personal integrity to provide effective leadership to India. It is well known that corruption and criminalization of politics in India are the two biggest hurdles for inclusive development. Shashi Tharoor in his book <em>India: From Midnight to the Millennium</em> sees “bureaucratic corruption and criminalization of politics as two of the most widespread problems facing India.” Bureaucratic corruption is largely a result of “the permit-license-quota Raj”. Tharoor cites as “the most dangerous phenomenon of independent India&#8217;s political life, the criminalization of politics, for many a lawbreaker has found it useful to become a lawmaker.”<sup>6</sup>   </p>
<p>The controversy in 2004 over granting membership in the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) to a top mafia don D.P. Yadav highlights the extent to which India’s political parties have become criminalized. According to police records D.P. Yadav is a “hardened professional criminal”. He was named in nine murder cases, three attempted murders, two <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dacoity">dacoitees</a>, and several cases of kidnapping for extortion. He has been charged under a number of acts, including the Excise Act, Gangsters’ Act, and Terrorist and Disruptive Activities Act. His economic and muscle power has been welcomed with open arms by political parties. He entered into politics and was elected in 1989. He even held a ministerial position in the Utter Pradesh state assembly. </p>
<p>In the previous Manmohan Singh government, the Union Coal minister Sibu Soren was forced to step down when he was convicted of murder (though he was later acquitted on appeal). Surprisingly, Singh, who could identify “criminals” among common people, needed a law to define “criminal” in the case of politicians. He suggested that “the country needed a law to define the meaning of “criminal”, and who should and who should not be a minister.”<sup>7</sup>  </p>
<p>Criminals enter into politics with their money and muscle power in order to gain influence and political power. This, in turn, ensures that the criminal cases against them may either be dropped or not proceeded with. The <em>Times of India</em> points out, “Indeed, today, far from shrinking at the thought of harboring criminal elements, parties seek them out, judging the muscle and money combination they represent to be emotive value. Rough estimates suggest that in any state election 20 percent of candidates are drawn from criminal backgrounds. For the parties, it means overflowing coffers and unlimited funds to fight elections and for the criminals it means protection from the law and respectability in the eyes of society.” Asia Human Rights Commission also observes that the nexus between criminals and political party benefits both: “Criminals protect the illegitimate interests of politicians and in turn obtain protection from them and their parties.” It further says that this mutually beneficial relationship works against the establishment of the rule of law. </p>
<p>This promising nexus between criminal-political party prompted India’s parliamentarians across party lines to join hands to refrain from passing legislation that would rid politics of criminal and corrupt elements. However, under 2003 Supreme Court ruling, the Election Commission has made it mandatory for candidates to disclose at the time of filing their nominations for election details including their criminal background (if any), and assets. However, the Court order does not disqualify criminal elements.  </p>
<p>The disclosure law seemed to have little impact. Asia Human Rights Commission deplores, “Criminalization of politics in India is a growing problem, despite legal attempts to address it.” According to the National Election Watch, in 2004, out of 535 elected members of parliament (MPs), 128 MPs were with criminal records and 55 with serious criminal records. Most experts’ opinion is that the situation is deteriorating. As Himanshu Jha of the National Social Watch Coalition says, “The general opinion is that the influence of criminals in politics is steadily increasing.” This is confirmed by 2009 elections: out of 535 elected MPs 153 MPs were with criminal records and 74 with serious criminal records. That means, there is an increase of 19.5% in MPs with criminal records, and 34.5% in MPs with serious criminal records. </p>
<p>The National Commission to Review the Working of the Constitution pointed out that criminalization has become a worrying characteristic of India’s politics and electoral system. This tears into the moral fabric of the country and has an impact on governance. </p>
<p>Politicians are aware of “the impunity that is built into the very edifice of Indian politics and law.” The 1984 anti-Sikh riots confirm the impunity enjoyed by law-makers-cum-law-breakers. On April 7, 2009 a Sikh reporter Jarnail Singh hurled a shoe at the home minister Chidambaram in protest against the clean chit given by the Central Bureau of Investigation (CBI) to the two Congress leaders Jagdish Tytler and Sajjan Kumar, prime accused of the riots. Even before they received clean chit, the Congress party gave them tickets to contest in 2009 elections. The gesture of the reporter was sparked by the deep, traumatic pain caused not only by the three day massacre of more than 3000 Sikhs (some were burned alive) during the anti-Sikh riots in Delhi after the assassination of Indira Gandhi, but also the impunity enjoyed by the politicians.</p>
<p>The massacre of Sikhs took place in the full public view. But there has been absolutely no accountability for those heinous crimes, because the system has collaborated with politicians to protect the guilty. Commenting on the involvement of the then Congress government in the riots, eminent journalist and writer Khushwant Singh said that probably the government of the day had a hand in it as it was organized violence.<sup>8</sup>  The violent mobs were provided with voters’ lists to identify the homes and business establishments of Sikhs.<sup>9</sup> </p>
<p>“The ’84 killings… were mercilessly planned and executed by the state, with a breathtaking disregard for governance and constitutional rights. After this bloodbath, the state and its partners-in-crime preferred to forget the bloody drama they had enacted.” Patwant Singh wonders, “Are the lives of innocent men, women and children of so little consequence to politicians and men in public office that they can be brutally murdered en masse in the country’s capital for over four days before an effort is made to stop the killings? Does it then have to take over 22 years and 10 inquiry commissions to book the guilty for the chilling inhumanity against the Sikhs.&#8221;</p>
<p>One may recall the speech of Rajiv Gandhi, who was immediately sworn in as the prime minister after his mother’s death, justifying the pogrom: “Some riots took place in the country following the murder of Indiraji. We know the people were very angry and for a few days it seemed that India had been shaken. But, when a mighty tree falls, it is only natural that the earth around it does shake a little.”<sup>10</sup>  A Sikh wondered, “That’s okay. But were there only Sikhs sitting under that big tree?”</p>
<p><strong>“Development” in Tribal Region </strong></p>
<p>There has been a proposal for “development” in the tribal areas. Recently Chidambaram talked about “development” in this region. But he wanted Maoist-controlled areas to be liberated before any development programs could be launched there. Critics argue that it is the lack of development in the tribal inhabited region for the past sixty years that is the cause for their dissent and wide support to Naxals. So there is growing concern about the intentions of the government in taking security-centric strategy without disclosing the development plan for the mineral rich, but poverty stricken region. </p>
<p>In an interview, Chidambaram said that minerals were not meant to be kept buried under Mother Earth, and they have to be put to use. The land inhabited by the Tribals is the mineral heart land. There are huge deposits of iron ore, tin, bauxite, corundum and limestone, which multinational companies want to get their hands on. Government officials and private companies want the Union government to acquire the tribal lands for private investors in order to expedite the development of the states. So, development means displacement of the owners of the land, and mining. “Industrialization is a must for the state’s development since agriculture alone cannot support Jharkhand&#8217;s economy. If we stop acquiring land for private investors in Naxal-hit areas, the state will head for a major disaster,” said a state official. </p>
<p>Therefore, security-centric strategy serves the above purpose where major offensive against Naxals not only decimates Naxal control in the tribal region, but also displaces the Tribals from their lands. If Tribals no longer live on that land, the inconvenient Fifth Schedule of the Constitution will not apply.</p>
<p><strong>Conclusion </strong></p>
<p>Weapons and violence will lead us nowhere. Violence begets violence. Therefore, all the forces concerned should give peace a chance and begin dialogue to sort out genuine problems prevailing in Tribal areas. Instead of running democracy only on the strength of weapons and violence against its own citizens, government should aim at inclusive democracy and development. </p>
<ol class="footnotes"><li id="footnote_0_11277" class="footnote">Siddharth Srivastava, “<a href="http://www.atimes.com/atimes/South_Asia/KI29Df01.html">India Plans All-Out Attack on Maoists</a>,” in <em>Asia Times</em> (September 29, 2009).</li><li id="footnote_1_11277" class="footnote">John Pilger, “<a href="https://lists.resist.ca/pipermail/project-x/2003-September/004448.html">Lies and More Lies</a>,” <em>ZNet</em> Commentary (September 23, 2003</li><li id="footnote_2_11277" class="footnote">Arundhati Roy, “Instant-Mix Imperial Democracy: Buy One, Get One Free,” www.countercurrents.org (May 18, 2003). </li><li id="footnote_3_11277" class="footnote">Shoma Chaudhury, “Weapons of Mass Desperation,” in <em>Tehelka</em> Magazine 6:39, 3 October 2009.</li><li id="footnote_4_11277" class="footnote">Chaudhury, “<a href="http://www.tehelka.com/story_main42.asp?filename=Ne031009coverstory.asp">Weapons of Mass Desperation</a>,” <em>Tehelka</em>.</li><li id="footnote_5_11277" class="footnote">Shashi Tharoor,  <em>India: From Midnight to the Millennium</em> (New York: Arcade Publishing, 1997), <a href="http://www.indiastar.com/Wallia11.html">reviewed</a> by C.J.S. Wallia, <em>IndiaStar Review of Books</em>.</li><li id="footnote_6_11277" class="footnote">Seema Chishti, “<a href="http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/south_asia/3527710.stm">India’s Love Affair with ‘Tainted’ Politicians</a>,” in <em>BBC News</em> (August 2, 2004).</li><li id="footnote_7_11277" class="footnote">Basharat Peer, “<a href="http://www.rediff.com/news/2001/may/09sikh.htm">Anti-Sikh Riots a Pogrom: Khushwant</a>.”</li><li id="footnote_8_11277" class="footnote">“<a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/1984_anti-Sikh_riots">1984 Anti-Sikh Riots</a>” in <em>Wikipedia</em>.</li><li id="footnote_9_11277" class="footnote">In 1998 Sonia Gandhi, wife of Rajiv Gandhi, officially apologized for the insensitive remarks.</li></ol>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/10/the-state-versus-naxals-who-are-criminals/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>15</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Funding Sweatshops Globally</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/10/funding-sweatshops-globally/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/10/funding-sweatshops-globally/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 17 Oct 2009 16:00:51 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Stephen Lendman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[China/Tibet]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Corporate Globalization]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Dominican Republic]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Honduras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Jordan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Labor]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mexico]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Poverty]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Subsidizing Sweatshops]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SweatFree Communities]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=11217</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[In July 2008, SweatFree Communities (SFC) released a report titled, &#8220;Subsidizing Sweatshops: How Our Tax Dollars Fund the Race to the Bottom, and What Cities and States Can Do&#8221; in which it studied 12 factories in nine countries that produce employee uniforms for nine major companies.
Widespread human and labor rights violations were revealed, including child [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In July 2008, SweatFree Communities (SFC) released a report titled, &#8220;<a href="http://www.sweatfree.org/docs/SFC_response_to_companies_708.pdf">Subsidizing Sweatshops: How Our Tax Dollars Fund the Race to the Bottom, and What Cities and States Can Do</a>&#8221; in which it studied 12 factories in nine countries that produce employee uniforms for nine major companies.</p>
<p>Widespread human and labor rights violations were revealed, including child labor; illegal below-poverty wages; few or no benefits; forced or unpaid overtime; hazardous working conditions; verbal, physical, and sexual abuses; forced pregnancy testing to be hired and while employed; excessive long working hours causing physical ailments, stress, and harm; denial of free expression, association, and collective bargaining rights; and elaborate schemes to commit fraud and deceive corporate auditors.</p>
<p>In April 2009, <a href="http://www.sweatfree.org/subsidizing">Subsidizing Sweatshops II</a> followed to provide more evidence of a global problem. It tracked developments in four factories from the first report and four new ones in five countries on three continents producing uniforms for nine major firms in China, Honduras, the Dominican Republic, Mexico, and America.</p>
<p>Two cases relied on investigations by independent factory monitors. Three others used personal worker interviews conducted by &#8220;credible local unions and non-governmental organizations with expertise in labor rights.&#8221; Three more are based on SFC-conducted interviews.</p>
<p>In all cases, the global economic crisis materially increased worker hardships leaving them more vulnerable, in jeopardy, and unable to secure their rights. Most often, the following violations were found:</p>
<ul>
<li>children as young as 14 forced to work the same long hours as adults and under the same onerous conditions;</li>
<li>wages so low, they only cover one-fourth to one-half of essential needs;</li>
<li>workers in at least two factories not paid overtime;</li>
<li>because of excessive production quotas, workers forced to skip breaks, not go to the bathroom, and work sick through grueling 12-hour or longer days;</li>
<li>unhealthy work environments in stifling heat and thick fabric dust detrimental to health;</li>
<li>numerous sewing machine accidents causing wounds and loss of fingers; and</li>
<li>instances of severe repression against union supporters and organizers, including harassment, intimidation, firing, and blacklisting from further employment elsewhere.</li>
</ul>
<p>The report&#8217;s findings &#8220;are corroborated by scores of academic research and industry investigations.&#8221; Human and labor rights violations are the norm, not the exception. Monitoring alone won&#8217;t change them, but perhaps public disclosure can help.</p>
<p><strong>The Honduran Alamode Factory</strong></p>
<p>Employing about 500 workers, it makes public employee uniforms and other apparel for Lion Apparel, Cintas Corporation, and Fechheimer Brothers Company. In 2008, the Worker Rights Consortium (WRC) reported some of the worst working conditions in the region, but months later corrective measures had been taken, thanks to exposing the situation to public scrutiny.</p>
<p>Alamode agreed to pay minimum wages, provide back pay, enroll all workers in the Honduran social security system to give them access to health care, paid injury leave and other benefits, and establish an injury log as required.</p>
<p>However, other issues remained unresolved, including:</p>
<ul>
<li>further improvement of health and safety issues;</li>
<li>ending verbal harassment; and</li>
<li>making overtime work voluntary, not mandatory.</li>
</ul>
<p>Despite improvements, Alamode workers still earn sub-poverty wages, and full compliance with labor rights falls far short.</p>
<p><strong>The Mexican Vaqueros Navarra Factory</strong></p>
<p>The factory produces jeans and uniforms, including the Dickies brand. In May 2007, its workers tried to form a union but faced extreme harassment and intimidation, as reported by a labor rights monitor on the scene. It&#8217;s investigation:</p>
<blockquote><p>found that workers had been psychologically and verbally harassed, dismissed without warning, and forced to sign resignation letters for attempting to form an independent union at the factory and that at least some workers dismissed for union activities have been blacklisted&#8230;.the official reason given for workers dismissed&#8230; was &#8216;lack of work.&#8217;</p></blockquote>
<p>Two months after voting to affiliate with the Garment Workers Union, employees were told the plant shut down for lack of work. Yet three buyers, Gap, Warnaco, and American Eagle, placed orders with the factory in support of their right to organize.</p>
<p>In July 2008, the Tehuacan Valley Human and Labor Rights Commission filed a complaint with WRC alleging that another Navarra Group factory, Confecciones Mazara, discriminated in its hiring practices. WRC investigated and found &#8220;overwhelming evidence that Confecciones Mazara engaged in unlawful discrimination against union supporters in hiring decisions, otherwise known as &#8216;blacklisting.&#8217; &#8221;</p>
<p>Twenty former Vaqueros Navarra workers applying for jobs were rejected. Another initially hired was fired on her first day after her former union organizing activities were discovered. In response to WRC complaints, the company refused to comply and continues its blacklisting practices.</p>
<p><strong><br />
The Dominican Republic&#8217;s Suprema Manufacturing, Wholly Owned by Propper International (PI)</strong></p>
<p>It operates three plants and employs about 1,000 workers making uniforms and other apparel items. PI is one of the largest makers of US military clothing. In 2008, Suprema Manufacturing&#8217;s employees described low wages, high production quotas, unhealthy work conditions, and extreme hardships, all unaddressed by the company.</p>
<p>At the same time, PI distributed a threatening notice to its Puerto Rico workforce accusing the union and workforce of defamation. The same notice said that SweatFree Communities&#8217; publications expressed &#8220;a defamatory tone toward Propper (alleging) that the Department of Defense is subsidizing companies with terrible work conditions, and safety and human rights violations.&#8221; The notice concluded saying:</p>
<p>&#8220;SAY NO TO THE UNION. DON&#8217;T SIGN ANOTHER CARD.&#8221;</p>
<p>In March 2009, Federation of Workers of Free Trade Zones (FEDOTRAZONAS) workers and volunteers and their counterparts at the National Federation of Free Trade Zone Workers (FENOTRAZONAS) conducted over two dozen interviews on behalf of SweatFree Communities (SFC). They revealed extreme poverty, exhaustion, intense pressure to meet production quotas, an unhealthy work environment, and intimidation-instilled fear against openly supporting union organizing. Even though Suprema has a certified union, only a handful of workers belong. As a result, it&#8217;s weak, unable to represent workers effectively or organize to recruit more.</p>
<p>Workers said to get by, they need other jobs and loans (at 10% weekly interest) to pay unexpected medical and other expenses. Their work load is so exhausting, it makes &#8220;my whole body hurt,&#8221; according to one employee. &#8220;When I leave work, I am tired and exhausted&#8230;. All I want to do is lie down, but I have my obligations.&#8221; Another machine operator said:</p>
<p>&#8220;The work is hard and the production quota is killing us (and earning minimum pay) isn&#8217;t enough for anything, for what&#8217;s needed at home.&#8221;</p>
<p>Other workers complained of health-related issues related to poor air quality, extreme heat, and fabric dust. According to workers interviewed, they can&#8217;t act individually or collectively to address issues as important as these or any others. According to one:</p>
<p>&#8220;In the event that we complain, normally they don&#8217;t listen to us but you have to suffer the consequences. One time I complained about the high temperatures in the factory and said it is not good for our health. And the manager said to me, &#8216;If you are not comfortable you can leave.&#8221;</p>
<p>Another worker said &#8220;we discuss problems at work amongst the other workers, but not with management because we are afraid&#8230;. If you complain too much, they fire you. So we don&#8217;t complain because we need employment&#8230;.&#8221;</p>
<p>They also fear recrimination over union organizing or joining one. In 2000, 300 union members were fired. After reviewing the case, the Dominican Labor Department ordered 30 leaders reinstated with back pay. When they returned, management ordered workers not to speak to them or be fired. Workers today live in fear, endure harsh conditions, and put up with whatever they&#8217;re ordered to do.</p>
<p><strong>New Bedford, Massachusetts-based Eagle Industries</strong></p>
<p>Eagle supplies tactical gear to the Pentagon and state governments. In November 2007, it acquired a New Bedford, Massachusetts facility that made headlines in March 2007 when Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) agents raided the factory, discovered sweatshop conditions, and arrested hundreds of alleged undocumented workers.</p>
<p>In its 2008 report, SweatFree Communities (SFC) highlighted Eagle&#8217;s failure to address abusive sweatshop conditions as well as its hostility to an ongoing union organizing campaign at the time.</p>
<p>In February 2009, SFC conducted in-depth interviews with eight union supporters and learned the following:</p>
<ul>
<li>Eagle raised its minimum wage by 50 cents an hour to an average of about $9 an hour;</li>
<li>it included a week&#8217;s vacation in worker benefits bringing the total to two, including an annual July shutdown; </li>
<li>a new sick day policy requires a doctor&#8217;s note, and time off remains unpaid; and</li>
<li>workers expressed concerns over low pay, poor benefits, dangerous working conditions, and everyday harassment of union supporters by company managers.</li>
</ul>
<p>Examples cited:</p>
<ul>
<li>machines need lots of oil; in operation, it &#8220;shoots into your eyes,&#8221; according to workers;</li>
<li>excessive heat, lack of circulation, smoke and oppressive smell causes dizziness, head and stomachaches, and for some vomiting;</li>
<li>forklifts go everywhere and sometimes hit people, causing injuries;</li>
<li>fabrics used are so heavy and stiff, they inflict abrasions, leave fingers bent and stiff, and cause chronic pain;</li>
<li>no health insurance is provided;</li>
<li>without a doctor&#8217;s note, no sick days are offered and if taken are unpaid;</li>
<li>workers are constantly watched and checked, even when they go to the bathroom;</li>
<li>action is taken against anyone suspected of supporting a union; new hires must sign a declaration agreeing not to join one;         </li>
<li>pressure and harassment are constant &#8220;to produce a lot;&#8221; and</li>
<li>departments are shut down and workers reassigned to divide and separate them from each other.</li>
</ul>
<p>As a result, workers feel a union is their only hope because it &#8220;offers a contract and a negotiating table with the owner of the factory where he will have to realize the suffering we have endured working for him for so long, making money for him so he will have a good future while our future is bleak,&#8221; according to one worker.</p>
<p><strong>Tijuana, Mexico&#8217;s Safariland</strong></p>
<p>A division of Armor Holdings, a wholly-owned subsidiary of BAE Systems, Inc., Safariland&#8217;s 700 employees produce bulletproof vests and accessories, belts and personal accessories, and grenade and pistol holsters.</p>
<p>Workers told researchers that management told them in response to questioning to say everything is fine and not complain. Reality, however, concealed lives of extreme poverty, living at home with:</p>
<p>&#8220;No water, no electricity, and no terrace. One room made of garage doors and cardboard. The electricity we have is stolen. We buy water because there is no running water. There is no floor. The roof is made of laminate and cardboard.&#8221; Workers expressed little hope for future change, even less now in economic crisis hitting Tijuana like most everywhere. </p>
<p>In recent months, thousands lost jobs, and when openings exist, long lines queue up to apply. Women must take pregnancy tests, a violation of Article 3 of Mexico&#8217;s labor law requiring equal treatment of both genders. Article 26 requires worker contracts with wage guarantees, their amount, how they&#8217;re paid, working hours, breaks, vacations, and other benefits. Yet Safariland offers only temporary ones, then chooses whether or not to renew them, a violation of Article 37.</p>
<p>Pressure and harassment are constant to meet quotas, arrive on time, and respect supervisors. Failure is punished by suspensions without pay for one to three days.</p>
<p>However, Mexican Labor Law is clear, yet Safariland disobeys it. The Constitution&#8217;s Article 123 establishes an eight hour work day, including breaks. So does the Labor Law&#8217;s Article 61 and under its Article 67, double pay is required for overtime. In addition, Article 110 prohibits pay deductions for any reason, but Safariland gets around it by suspending workers.</p>
<p>Articles 177 and 178 let 14-16 year old minors work for up to six hours daily, including a one-hour rest after three hours, if they pass a medical examination. Workers said children worked the same hours as adults.</p>
<p>They also reported dangerous and unhealthy conditions, including accidents with sewing and riveting machines and material cutters, resulting in wounds and lost fingers. In addition, hazardous substances are used, including thinners, solvents, and Resistol 5,000 glue, the notorious narcotic used by Latin American street children.</p>
<p>Other complaints included supervisors&#8217; indifference to worker concerns, and according to one account: &#8220;They do not listen to us, and if we complain they treat us like troublemakers.&#8221; Anyone caught supporting a union &#8220;would be fire(d) or at least consider(ed) troublemakers,&#8221; said another. &#8220;They would put us on the blacklist,&#8221; a believed widespread practice in Tijuana.</p>
<p><strong>The Dickies de Honduras Factory</strong></p>
<p>Located in Choloma, its 1,000 workers produce apparel under oppressive conditions. Wages are sub-poverty, and at best cover half a family of four&#8217;s basic necessities. Work days are long, 11-12 hour days, four days a week, and constant pressure to produce. According to one worker, illness is no excuse for missing work. </p>
<p>Union organizing is forbidden, and those caught or suspected are fired. One union leader explained how organizers are treated. In 1998, Dickies fired 80 supporters. In 2003, alleged leaders were fired, then in 2005, 280 workers got legal recognition to form a union. A month later, a Mexican Ministry of Labor representative and three union officials attempted to deliver official documents to the company. They were denied entry. The officials and others were fired, and Dickies stonewalled government summonses to answer for the action. Other firings followed, and the company refused to recognize a union, bargain collectively with it, or address employee grievances.</p>
<p>Workers nonetheless persisted until the current economic crisis became challenging. Claiming lack of orders and a need to cut costs, worker dismissals began in December 2008. By March 2009, 58 were gone, in all cases for supporting a union, in violation of Honduran Labor Law&#8217;s Article 96 that prohibits employers from &#8220;firing or persecuting their workers in any way because of their union affiliation.&#8221;</p>
<p><strong><br />
China&#8217;s Genford Shoes</strong></p>
<p>Located in Guangdong Province, its 10,000 employees produce work, exercise, casual, and dress shoes, 80% for Ohio-based Rocky Brands. According to the company, Genford is independently audited for social compliance, but SFC research found evidence of widespread labor law violations.</p>
<p>Workers are constantly pressured to produce for low pay under poor conditions:</p>
<ul>
<li>new employees get no income for their first three days; they also must pay $4 for a physical examination, $10 for housing, and another $10 for ten days&#8217; meals in the company cafeteria &#8211; in total, around a week&#8217;s wages;</li>
<li>wages are sub-poverty;</li>
<li>no rest days are allowed for an entire month during peak production periods, in violation of Article 38 of China&#8217;s Labor Law requiring at least one per week;</li>
<li>children as young as 14 work the same hours as adults and are hidden when customers visit the factory; Article 28 of China&#8217;s Labor Law prohibits employing children under age 16; it also protects 16 &#8211; 18 year olds from &#8220;over-strenuous, poisonous or harmful labor or any dangerous operation&#8221; and requires employers to follow state laws regarding types of jobs, hours worked, and labor intensity for adolescents;</li>
<li>excessive over time is mandatory at below the legal double hourly pay rate for daytime work on weekends;</li>
<li>by law, workers can cancel their labor contracts by giving 30 days notice, but are penalized by loss of wages when they do;</li>
<li>they live 12 to a room in crowded dorms of around 200 square feet with ten cold showers for 264 workers; </li>
<li>pollution levels are oppressive; workers describe discharged black, foul smelling effluent into the adjacent river; and</li>
<li>at the end of every work day, body searches are conducted, similar to but not full strip searches.</li>
</ul>
<p>Genford employs a complex system of bonuses and fines to achieve output. Workers get bonuses for meeting quotas that must be maintained hourly, but no one understood how they&#8217;re calculated. They also complained that they&#8217;re hard to reach, and they&#8217;re constantly pressured to work faster for maximum production. In addition, fines are levied for arriving a few minutes late, leaving early, skipping work, or causing trouble.</p>
<p>It&#8217;s also not easy to quit even though Article 37 of China&#8217;s Labor Law lets workers do it by giving 30 days advance written notice or three days during their probationary periods. Employers must then fully compensate workers, but they don&#8217;t.</p>
<p><strong>Frackville, Pennsylvania&#8217;s City Shirt Company</strong></p>
<p>Its owner, Elbeco Inc., a producer of public employee uniforms, &#8220;was the first major uniform company to endorse SweatFree Communities&#8217; campaign for worker rights,&#8221; and it shows in how it treats its employees.</p>
<p>According to one, &#8220;I am pretty much able to cover my needs. Anybody can always use more money, but I do pretty well, I can say.&#8221;</p>
<p>The average worker makes about $11 an hour, but some get up to $19 because the company is unionized and was able to bargain collectively for decent wages and benefits. In addition, workers have &#8220;a seat at the table with the company&#8230; affording them a sense of ownership and respect.&#8221;</p>
<p>City Shirt&#8217;s employees are also much older than at other factories studied, a sign of greater stability and a contented workforce staying in place, happy to be there, and for many, hoping to stay for the rest of their working lives.</p>
<p>Yet they worry that their jobs may not last because of factors beyond the plant&#8217;s control forcing layoffs to cut costs and stay viable. Apparel manufacturing in America is dying. In addition, the current environment is taking its toll closing factories across America, and City Shirt has had to cut one-third of its workforce in the past 18 months. </p>
<p>The alternative is the global sweatshop as oppressive or worse than the ones described above. The company&#8217;s employees hope to reach retirement age before their operation gets outsourced, but making it won&#8217;t be easy.</p>
<p>In today&#8217;s global economy, in good times and bad, worker rights are subordinated to greed and private profit, and future prospects look grim. Job losses are continuing. Wages are stagnating at best. Benefits are eroding, and job security is a thing of the past at a time governments, in alliance with business, are indifferent to protecting them. The result, more and more, is that workers are on their own to endure against very long odds. It&#8217;s all the more important for harder struggle because it&#8217;s the only way they have a chance.</p>
<p><strong>Anti-Sweatshop Legislation in Congress</strong></p>
<p>On January 23, 2007, S. 367: The Decent Working Conditions and Fair Competition Act was introduced in the Senate &#8220;to amend the Tariff Act of 1930 to prohibit the import, export, and sale of goods made with sweatshop labor, and for other purposes.&#8221; It was referred to committee but never passed.</p>
<p>On April 23, 2007, HR 1992: The Decent Working Conditions and Fair Competition Act was introduced in the House for the same purpose. It, too, was referred to committee but never passed.</p>
<p>Both bills were introduced in a previous congressional session and failed. They may be re-introduced later in 2009.</p>
<p>Sweatshop labor takes different forms, some far worse than others. On February 14, 2007, Charles Kernaghan, Executive Director of the National Labor Committee in Support of Human and Worker Right, testified about the worst kind at a Senate committee hearing on Overseas Sweatshop Abuses, Their Impact on US Workers, and the Need for Anti-Sweatshop Legislation.</p>
<p>Citing the December 2001 US-Jordan Free Trade Agreement, he gave examples of human trafficking and involuntary servitude abuses that followed:</p>
<ul>
<li>Jordan&#8217;s 114 garment factories employ over 36,000 foreign guest workers from Bangladesh, China, Sri Lanka and India;</li>
<li>Bangladeshi guest workers had to borrow at exorbitant interest rates $1,000-$3,000 to pay unscrupulous manpower agencies for two-to-three year contracts to obtain work;</li>
<li>they were trapped in involuntary servitude at one factory and couldn&#8217;t leave;</li>
<li>they were promised benefits, then reneged on, including free food, housing, medical care, vacations,  sick days, and at least one day a week off;</li>
<li>on arrival in Jordan, their passports were seized;</li>
<li>they were forced to work shifts of &#8220;15, 38, 48, and even 72 hours straight, often going two or three days without sleep;&#8221;</li>
<li>they worked seven days a week for as little as 2 cents an hour, 98 hours a week;</li>
<li>those complaining were beaten and abused;</li>
<li>28 workers shared one small 12 x 12-foot dorm with access to running water only every third day;</li>
<li>legally owed back wages were never paid nor were factory owners prosecuted for human trafficking, involuntary servitude, or treating their employees abusively;</li>
<li>they sewed clothing for Wal-Mart; and</li>
<li>other Jordanian, Chinese and other factory workers are treated the same way; some worked under conditions so hazardous that &#8220;scores of young people (are) seriously injured, and some maimed for life.&#8221;</li>
</ul>
<p>Kernaghan&#8217;s National Labor Committee (NLC) web site highlights the problem by saying that corporate predators &#8220;roam the world to find the cheapest and most vulnerable workers&#8230; mostly young women in Central America, Mexico, Bangladesh, China, and other poor nations, many working 12 to 14-hour days for pennies an hour.&#8221;</p>
<p>Corporate unaccountability is responsible for this moral crisis of our time &#8212; a dehumanized, expendable workforce ruthlessly exploited for profit. NLC believes worker rights are as inalienable as human rights and civil liberties and says &#8220;now is the time to secure them for (everyone) on the planet.&#8221;</p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/10/funding-sweatshops-globally/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>The Polemics of Carrying Capacity</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/10/the-polemics-of-carrying-capacity/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/10/the-polemics-of-carrying-capacity/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 16 Oct 2009 15:59:42 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Frank Joseph Smecker</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Africa]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Corporate Globalization]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Neoliberalism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Poverty]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Prejudice]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=11198</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[We are often told that we’ve exceeded our carrying capacity here on Earth (or are arriving at that calamitous denouement of the story of civilization in no time soon). It is very true that we’ve reached our carrying capacity, this planet cannot healthily sustain so many people living in current arrangements, but anyone who has [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>We are often told that we’ve exceeded our carrying capacity here on Earth (or are arriving at that calamitous denouement of the story of civilization in no time soon). It is very true that we’ve reached our carrying capacity, this planet cannot healthily sustain so many people living in current arrangements, but anyone who has closely studied the conflation of civilization, production, and capitalism understand well that human population booms are endemic to the aforementioned social formula. If the dominant economic mode were to shift gears, to one that wasn’t defined globally, and predicated upon the funneling of resources to the producer rather than the community; if community-scale projects and strict environmental protection policies were implemented to define our economic behavior, then I’m pretty sure overpopulation would not be as large of a problem as it is today. If overall social arrangements were to manifest Indigenism and parochial isolation, tribal anarchy, small-scale handicraft production and technics, and subsistence economics, then overpopulation would be an obsolete term, hands down. </p>
<p>With regard to a contemporary program, for instance (neo)-Malthusian measures, to solve the &#8220;population problem,&#8221; such propositional theory put into wholesale praxis would essentially expand and accelerate the genocidal effects of the civilizing process. Sure that sounds like a loaded allegation and indictment upon an archaic Western archetype and his immoral conjectures, but it is true. Not only did Malthus believe that inequality was natural and good, or &#8220;at least necessary for avoiding the problem of massive overpopulation and hence starvation;&#8221; he also &#8220;denounced soup kitchens and early marriages while defending smallpox, slavery, and child murder [<em>sic</em>].&#8221;<sup>1</sup> </p>
<p>Malthus believed that social inequality and poverty was natural, expunging from the historical record centuries, if not millennia, of social engineering, construction and stratification of a system that manifests inequality and penury by virtue of its own design. In other words, abject poverty, famine and, social stratification that unjustly engenders inequality, are tangents of social arrangements configured by sovereign powers themselves. </p>
<p>These same sovereign powers set up and normalized the city-state lifestyle/culture (i.e., civilization) as a way to enhance and, make more efficient, production at the expense of human and nonhuman resources in order to enhance the luxuries of those positioned at the top of the hierarchy. Surfeit resources, profits and assets, enjoyed by few, are commensurate with expanded efficiency in production and, in turn, so will a population that is organized around growing and perpetuating said social arrangements grow geometrically. In other words, “population growth correlates with economic prosperity.”<sup>2</sup>  Therefore, overpopulation of humans on this planet is not necessarily a natural phenomenon as much as it is a direct result of the dominant social construct, i.e., overpopulation is moreso anthropogenic than it is organic. So, for starters, Malthus had conveniently designed the theoretical framework for the dominant culture so to fix a problem induced by the dominant culture. </p>
<p>Second on the list of excoriations directed toward Thomas Malthus and his legacy of villainous schemes and those who propound and argue in defense of such machinations, is the hunger fallacy. Despite the fact that the world population is, at the very least, six fold from what it was in 1800, there is still more than enough food produced the world over to support the population.<sup>3</sup>  Africa alone produces 25 percent of the world&#8217;s cereals, but yet it is the most immiserated continent on the planet. This is a direct result of global trade, orchestrated by the world&#8217;s richest coterie of individuals (i.e., the WTO, World Bank and IMF, <em>et al</em>.). Africa grows enough food to feed itself, but because its countries have been co-opted, if not coerced at the barrel of a gun by Western trade agents over the centuries, it has to export its very own solution to famine. Those countries who spurn compliance with Western trade agreements are subject to reprehensible sanctions that Arundhati Roy refers to as “New Genocide,” meaning the creation of “conditions [through economic sanctions] that lead to mass death without actually going out and killing people.”<sup>4</sup>  Digression aside, what is transpiring in Africa is not an isolated occurrence. In India, where millions are the victims of starvation and malnutrition, there have been incidences, time and again, in which the government allows immorally imbalanced disbursement of food. One example that Arundhati Roy presents in her book, <em>An Ordinary Person’s Guide to Empire</em>, reports the Indian government allowing 63 million tons of grain to rot in its granaries.<sup>5</sup>  Meanwhile, twelve million tons were exported and put on sale at a subsidized price the Indian government refused to offer its country’s impoverished peoples.<sup>6</sup>  There is more than enough food to feed people – bottom line.  </p>
<p>When exploring the implications of a (neo)-Malthusian program, one must ask, as Richard Robbins advises, “what social interests or purposes might be advanced by their acceptances?” Clearly, Malthus envisioned a world where the elite and upper class decide and act upon population control by advancing measures that materialized from within the very former and latter statuses. It should also be noted that Malthus was not concerned with population growth, he was concerned with the rising number of poor in England at the time and, why they should or should not exist and, “what should be done about them.”<sup>7</sup>  Malthus erroneously, and egregiously – might I add, saw poverty not as a consequence of “expanding industrialism, enclosure laws… or the need of manufacturers for a source of inexpensive labor…” but rather as a phenomenon that emerged from “the laws of nature…”<sup>7</sup> </p>
<p>The Malthusian premise is one that presumes poverty exists by virtue of overpopulation, which is often postulated as the fault of fundamentally flawed human beings – which is dehumanizing to say the least. And, his theory (and any other theoretical fledglings of similarity) exempts the privileged elite from any accountability for fomenting and perpetuating the framing conditions and social arrangements that engender overpopulation and poverty in the first place. </p>
<p>If there really were something inherently poor and laggard in large populations, then affluent places like London or Manhattan would elicit fear of overpopulation. But the truth is, such sentiment is not directed internally toward ‘civilized’  regions of high densities of people, but rather it is directed externally toward areas and regions that are sought after for resources – areas that need to be ‘managed’ and ‘civilized.’ These are areas that, unlike densely populated areas of developed countries, are impoverished and immiserated on account of sanctions, development projects, foreign debt, illicit purloining of resources, and more, perpetrated and/or effected by foreign institutions – the very institutions that not only wreak tremendous social and ecological havoc, but also castigate such ‘victim’ countries as being ‘poor’ and ‘problematic’ and as ‘jeopardizing’ the globe with overpopulation. This is pathologically depraved behavior. </p>
<p>Furthermore, in today’s economic climate, one who recognizes the limits of economics within an ecological context of invariable finite materials is often referred to as a ‘neo–Malthusian.’ But because one recognizes the intrinsic limits to growth does not also mean that such a realization is concomitant with Malthusian theory, or rather: Just because one recognizes the limits to growth does not mean they are a neo-Malthusian. </p>
<p>The crux is, there are limits to growth. The planet is comprised of finite resources. Any intelligent creature is aware of this unalterable truth. However, these facts do not warrant one group of people to assume a higher positioning over another as a means to decide who lives, who is ‘useful,’ who gets what and when and where. The truth is, as many maintain, the whole carrying capacity discussion is either a.) not discussed honestly, or <em>at all</em>, or b.) it is approached with a narrow set of ‘solutions,’ all of which intend to perpetuate the status quo – which translates into either not solving shit or, solving the problem in a way that keeps those in power in power to enjoy their luxuries and privileges. </p>
<p>More importantly, owing to the fact that overpopulation is commensurate with economic growth (which confers tremendous power and wealth upon economic architects and directors i.e., the state and financial and corporate institutions) – we should, as Derrick Jensen suggests, honestly acknowledge how different our discourse and theoretical solutions would be if we changed the language from ‘overpopulation’ problems to ‘overconsumption’ problems? Here is where we find the fundamental flaws inhered within the ‘panaceas’ that are prescribed to fix this entire conundrum. We can’t address this issue as an ‘overconsumption’ problem because mitigating consumption growth would destroy the capitalist economy. So, unforgivably, we go with ‘overpopulation.’ Does anyone see the fundamental flaw yet? <em>Does anyone else see what’s wrong here? </em></p>
<p>According to Jensen, &#8220;The United States constitutes less than 5 percent of the world’s population yet uses more than one-fourth of the world’s resources and produces one-fourth of the world’s pollution and waste.&#8221; And, if you &#8220;compare the average U.S. citizen to the average citizen of India, you find that the American uses fifty times more steel, fifty-six times more energy, one hundred and seventy times more synthetic rubber, two hundred and fifty times more motor fuel, and three hundred times more plastic.&#8221; Nonetheless, our concepts of overpopulation are usually not comprised of &#8220;those who do the most damage, the primary perpetrators (there can’t be too many [middle-class] Americans, can there?), but instead their primary (human) victims.&#8221;<sup>8</sup> </p>
<p>There is much absurdity and arrogance, as Jensen asserts, in the call for the poor to stop having children but not minding the rich driving around in SUVs, watching plasma-screen TVs while living sedentary lives in 3500 square foot homes, etc. <em>ad nauseam</em>. Also, to quote Jensen in depth: </p>
<blockquote><p>&#8230;there are those who claim—equally absurdly, and equally arrogantly—that all talk of carrying capacity is racist and classist. To even use the phrase carrying capacity in this crowd is to invite hisses and catcalls, as well as spat epithets of Neo-Malthusian. I suppose the argument is that because some of those who want to protect this exploitative way of living use carrying capacity as a means of social control against the poor—as an American Indian activist friend said to me, “The only problem I have with population control is that you and I both know who is going to do the controlling”—then the notion of carrying capacity itself must be racist and classist. This seems similar to me to suggesting that because Hitler claimed (falsely) that Germany was being attacked by Poland, and that therefore the Germans needed to attack, and that because this same argument has routinely been used (just as falsely) by the United States as well as other imperial powers, that anyone who claims self-defense is lying. These people seem to forget that the misuse of an argument does not invalidate the argument itself. Worse, this argument, that the very concept of carrying capacity is a fabrication designed for social control, as opposed to a simple statement of limits, serves those in power as effectively as does ignoring or de-emphasizing resource consumption when speaking of overshooting carrying capacity, because it goes along with the refusal to acknowledge physical limits (and limits to exploitation) that characterize this culture. What would it take, I’ve heard peace and social justice activists ask, to bring the poor of the world to the fiscal standard of living of the rich? Well, another thirty planets, for one thing. It’s a dangerous—and stupid— question. Within this culture wealth is measured by one’s ability to consume and destroy. This means that attempts to industrialize the poor will further harm the planet. Because industrial production requires the exploitation of resources, the wealth of one group is always based on the impoverishment of another’s landbase, meaning that on a finite planet, the creation of one person’s (fiscal) wealth always comes at the cost of many others’ poverty. Those reasons are why the question is stupid. It’s dangerous because it serves as propaganda to keep both activists and the poor playing a game that doesn’t serve them well, and which they can never win, instead of quitting this game and working to take down the system.”<sup>9</sup> </p></blockquote>
<p>There is a term called <em>lactational amenorrhea</em>, which is the absence of menstruation due to lactation. As long as a mother is nursing her neonate (i.e., infant) each and every time the child wants to feed, fertility is postponed. Basically, the female body temporarily shuts off its procreational facilities because the body is taxed to its limits regarding nutrient allocation for not only the infant but the mother as well. In other words, &#8220;If you continue with exclusive breast feeding for your baby&#8217;s first six months, your risk of becoming pregnant is less then 2 percent.&#8221;<sup>10</sup> </p>
<p>Many indigenous mothers would sleep with their infants through the night so that their child would be able to nurse even during sleep. This beautiful communion between mother and child was practiced nightly for upwards of six months, if not more.<sup>11</sup>  This practice, which is being forever lost in the dominant culture, in tandem with sustainable living practices, conduced to a natural, safe, sane and non-exploitative program of population control. </p>
<p>One must ask, what sort of culture would replace such population control measures with something like the Malthusian model. The answers tell us that only an exploitative culture, hell-bent on production by means of degradation of another&#8217;s landbase, thence elevating one&#8217;s luxuries on account of another&#8217;s impoverishment, would discard sane and sustainable ways of living to achieve prosperous ends. </p>
<ol class="footnotes"><li id="footnote_0_11198" class="footnote">R.L. Heilbroner, <em>The Worldly Philosophers</em>, (New York: Simon &#038; Schuster, 1999).  </li><li id="footnote_1_11198" class="footnote">Richard H. Robbins, <em>Global Problems and the Culture of Capitalism</em> (4th Ed.), (Boston: Pearson, 2008), p. 153</li><li id="footnote_2_11198" class="footnote">Robbins, p. 150.</li><li id="footnote_3_11198" class="footnote">Arundhati Roy, <em>An Ordinary Person’s Guide to Empire</em>, (Cambridge: South End Press, 2004), p. 88.</li><li id="footnote_4_11198" class="footnote">N.A. Mujumdar, “Eliminate hunger now, poverty later,” <em>Business Line</em>, 8 January 2003.</li><li id="footnote_5_11198" class="footnote">“Foodgrain exports may slow down this fiscal [year],” <em>India Business Insight</em>, 2 June 2003; “India: Agriculture sector: Paradox of plenty,” <em>Business Line</em>, 26 June 2001; Ranjit Devraj, “Farmers protest against globalization,” Inter Press Service, 25 January 2001.</li><li id="footnote_6_11198" class="footnote">R.H. Robbins, p. 156.</li><li id="footnote_7_11198" class="footnote">Derrick Jensen, <em>Endgame Volume I: The Problem of Civilization</em>, (New York: Seven Stories Press, 2006), p. 115.</li><li id="footnote_8_11198" class="footnote">D. Jensen, p. 115-116.</li><li id="footnote_9_11198" class="footnote">Katie Singer, <em>The Garden of Fertility: A Guide to Charting Your Fertility Signals to Prevent or Achieve Pregnancy &#8211; Naturally &#8211; and to Gauge Your Reproductive Health</em>, (New York: Avery, 2004), p.68. </li><li id="footnote_10_11198" class="footnote">K. Singer, p. 67-70.</li></ol>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/10/the-polemics-of-carrying-capacity/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>7</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Agricultural Trade and the Right to Food Act in India</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/10/right-to-food-act-in-india-and-agricultural-trade/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/10/right-to-food-act-in-india-and-agricultural-trade/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 03 Oct 2009 16:01:56 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Kamalakar Duvvuru</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Corporate Globalization]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Food/Nutrition]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Human Rights]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hunger]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[India]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Neoliberalism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Poverty]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Intellectual Property Rights]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=10877</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Addressing a joint session of Parliament on June 4, 2009, the President of India Pratibha Patil announced that India would soon pass a National Food Security Act. This announcement has not only received accolades from people like Amartya Sen, who called the Government’s initiative being “a step in the right direction”, but also generated an [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Addressing a joint session of Parliament on June 4, 2009, the President of India Pratibha Patil announced that India would soon pass a National Food Security Act. This announcement has not only received accolades from people like Amartya Sen, who called the Government’s initiative being “a step in the right direction”, but also generated an intense debate. If passed, the Right to Food Act can become – with the Right to Information Act and the National Rural Employment Guarantee Act – very significant.    </p>
<p>The historical and political background of the right to food concerns the development of the notion of access to adequate food as a right. Lack of access to food can be due to two reasons: scarcity of food, or problem of access to available food. The issue of world hunger has been characterized as shortage of food. Guaranteeing the right to food has, therefore, been linked to food production to overcome shortage.  </p>
<p>However, hunger and malnutrition persist even if food is abundant. For many years the website of the Indian Embassy in Washington, D.C. has described India’s agriculture and rural development as “a saga of success”. It boasts, “From a nation dependent on food imports to feed its population, India today is not only self-sufficient in grain production, but also has a substantial reserve.”<sup>1</sup>  It is true that the country now produces enough food to feed its entire population. Despite agricultural successes, India still has a huge number of malnourished people, more than any other country.</p>
<p>The greater cause for hunger and malnutrition, therefore, is the problem of access to adequate food. Poor and marginalized segments of the population lack purchasing power to buy minimum amount of food they need to prevent hunger. Food insecurity exists even if there is food in abundance. Trading more food will not help the poor and the marginalized, if they are excluded from production and have no means to buy the food which arrives on the markets. Producing more food will not assist them in purchasing food, if their incomes remain too low. The problem is one of accessibility of food for the poor and the marginalized. So a focus solely on increasing the supply of food could lead to policy choices that make hunger worse.<sup>2</sup>  Policy makers should address the problem of access to adequate food and make changes in income distribution and trade policies that are needed to ensure that the human right to adequate food is realized in practice.   </p>
<p>Access to adequate food is fundamental for the right to adequate food. Accessed food must be adequate in terms of quality, quantity and cultural acceptability. Access to adequate food has been defined in terms of intake of nutrients, calories and proteins. Malnutrition need not be lack of quantity of food intake, but could also be due to lack of quality food. Both are often the results of poverty and discrimination. </p>
<p>Right to adequate food sets obligations on the state. It also helps empower those vulnerable to food insecurity and malnutrition to hold government accountable. Poor and marginalized are not mere passive beneficiaries of government programs or private charities, but participate in the democratic process of policy formation and implementation.  </p>
<p><strong>State Obligation to Right to Adequate Food</strong></p>
<p>Given the crucial importance of access to adequate food in a world of plenty where massive hunger persists, it is not surprising that the right to adequate food has received attention in the community of states. More appropriately, it is a reminder to the states of their commitment to ensure that the fundamental right of everyone to be free from hunger and the right to adequate food is safeguarded.</p>
<p>For sixty years, the legal, political and cultural concept of the human right to food has been evolving as a set of universal norms for the United Nations community, its member states, and civil society. Paragraph 25 of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights (1948) declares: “…everyone has the right to a standard of living adequate for health and well-being of himself [sic] and his family, including food…” Article 11 of the International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights adds: “State parties to the present Covenant recognize the fundamental right of everyone to be free from hunger&#8230;” and agree “to take steps to the maximum of available resources, with a view to achieving progressively the full realization of the rights recognized, including “adequate food.” Some two hundred additional UN instruments and declarations address the right to adequate food and nutrition within civil-political, economic-social-cultural, development, indigenous, women&#8217;s, and children&#8217;s rights constructions.</p>
<p>Under Article 11 of the International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights, “the right to adequate food is realized when every man, woman and child, alone or in community with others, has physical and economic access at all times to adequate food or means for its procurement.”<sup>3</sup>  The core content of the right to adequate food implies the availability of food in a quantity and quality sufficient to satisfy the dietary needs of individuals, free from adverse substances, and acceptable within a given culture. The right to adequate food is “indivisibly linked to the inherent dignity of the human person and is indispensable for the fulfillment of other human rights enshrined in the International Bill of Human Rights. It is also inseparable from social justice, requiring the adoption of appropriate economic, environmental and social policies, at both the national and international levels, oriented to the eradication of poverty and the fulfillment of all human rights for all.”<sup>3</sup> </p>
<p>The right to adequate food imposes threefold obligation on States: to respect, protect and fulfill the human right to adequate food. The State is obliged to refrain from taking any measures that result in preventing existing access to adequate food (respect); to ensure that private actors or individuals do not deprive individuals of their access to adequate food (protect); and pro-actively engage in activities intended to strengthen people&#8217;s access to and utilization of resources and means to ensure their livelihood, including food security (fulfill as facilitate). Finally, whenever an individual or group is unable, for reasons beyond their control, to enjoy the right to adequate food by the means at their disposal, States have the obligation to fulfill (as provide) that right directly. This obligation also applies for persons who are victims of natural or other disasters.<sup>3</sup>  </p>
<p>States have committed themselves to implement policies aimed at eradicating poverty and hunger, and improving physical and economic access to sufficient, nutritionally adequate and safe food.<sup>4</sup>  In 1996 in their Rome Declaration on World Food Security, world leaders and their representatives stated: “We consider it intolerable that more than 800 million people throughout the world, and particularly in developing countries, do not have enough food to meet their basic nutritional needs. This situation is unacceptable.”<sup>4</sup> </p>
<p><strong>Reality of Poverty and Malnutrition</strong></p>
<p>In spite of growing recognition and solemn commitments made by world leaders, the stark reality is that there are more hungry people today. The number of hungry people has increased from approximately 840 million in 1996 to 967 million in 2008.<sup>4</sup>  More than 2 billion people worldwide suffer from “hidden hunger”, or micronutrient malnutrition. Majority of the hungry are in rural areas, as around 70% of the world’s poor people live in rural areas and are dependent on agriculture for their income, food supply and livelihoods. According to a UN-Hunger Task Force report, three out of five small farmers suffer from hunger.<sup>5</sup>  </p>
<p>Action Aid International has identified the following groups as the most affected by hunger and malnutrition: agricultural laborers, landless, poor farmers, ethnic minorities, indigenous peoples, informal sector workers, unemployed people, street children, the homeless, people living in areas of conflict or at risk from conflict,<sup>6</sup>  refugees, migrant workers, settlers and the internally displaced. Within these groups, women, children, especially girls, disabled people, the elderly and female-headed households are the most vulnerable.<sup>7</sup>  125 million people die each year from malnutrition related causes. Children and adults are left mentally and physically stunted, deformed or blind, condemning them to a marginal existence. Hunger repeats itself through the generations, as undernourished mothers give birth to children who will never fully develop.<sup>8</sup>   </p>
<p>In India it is evident that, although the 1990s saw a period of sustained economic growth as the country moved towards a more market-oriented economy, this economic growth did not benefit all Indians equally. Middle and upper classes in urban areas have benefited under “India Shining”, but the poor have suffered a decline in living standards and rising food insecurity. Poverty<sup>9</sup>  and malnutrition, especially among women, children, and people who belong to scheduled castes and tribes, remain very high. About 2 million children die every year as a result of serious malnutrition and preventable diseases. Nearly half suffer from moderate or severe malnutrition. This is one of the highest levels of child malnutrition in the world. Nearly a third of children (30%) are born underweight, which means that their mothers are themselves underweight and undernourished.<sup>10</sup>  </p>
<p>Hunger and malnourishment is predominant in rural areas of India. 70% of Indians still live in rural areas and depend on agriculture for their livelihoods (65%). Very low agricultural wages (minimum wages are not always enforced), landlessness, lack of work during the agricultural lean season, and the impacts of trade liberalization have contributed to food insecurity. </p>
<p><strong>Right to Adequate Food and Agricultural Trade </strong></p>
<p>As noted above, the majority of hungry and malnourished live in rural areas and are dependent on agriculture for their income, food supply and livelihoods. They are food producers, such as landless laborers or small farm holders. Among the factors that contribute to this paradox of hungry farmers is the agricultural trading system, according to Olivier De Schutter, UN Special Rapporteur on the Right to Food.</p>
<p>The dominant trend in market-oriented globalization is “to expand the global reach for investments and to broaden market for profit.”<sup>11</sup>  Investments in agriculture, food processing and marketing are on the rise. International trade in food has increased due to reduced trade barriers. Relentless pressure for unrestricted international trade and investment has not only constrained the policy space of governments, but also resulted in national and local governments and economies ceding some sovereignty over their markets.  </p>
<p>Today, agricultural trade is far from being free or fair. Many developed countries continue to protect agriculture as a question of national security and food security, while persuading developing countries into unilaterally liberalizing their agricultural sectors, often under the programs of the International Monetary Fund and the World Bank. In his address to the Future Farmers of America in Washington on July 27, 2001George W. Bush, then President, stated, “It’s important for our nation to build &#8211; to grow foodstuffs, to feed our people. Can you imagine a country that was unable to grow enough food to feed the people? It would be a nation subject to international pressure. It would be a nation at risk. And so when we’re talking about American agriculture, we’re really talking about a national security issue.”<sup>12</sup>  In the same speech, Bush argued against “the trade barriers, the protectionist tendencies around the world that prevent our products from getting into markets.”<sup>12</sup> </p>
<p>Despite preaching the “benefits” of “free” trade in agriculture, US, EU, Japan and other industrialized countries continue to skew their farm subsidies so heavily in favor of their biggest agricultural producers. From 1995 to 2006 USDA <a href="http://farm.ewg.org/farm/newsrelease.php">provided</a> $177 billion in subsidy to its farmers. Top 10% of the agricultural producers <a href="http://farm.ewg.org/farm/progdetail.php?fips=00000&#038;progcode=total&#038;page=conc">received</a> 74% of the total amount. During this period US government <a href="http://farm.ewg.org/farm/top_recips.php?fips=00000&#038;progcode=total">provided</a> nearly one billion dollar subsidy to just three American rice growers. Rice is staple food for nearly 3.7 billion Asians. Nobel Prize winner in economics Joseph Stiglitz described the United States Farm Bill as “the perfect illustration of the Bush administration’s hypocrisy on trade liberalization.”</p>
<p>In 2004 EU paid its biggest 2,460 farmers on average $667,000 each, or $1.7 billion in total. In Germany, 14% of the biggest farm producers got 65% of all payments; in France, 29% of the biggest farm producers got 72% of all payments; in UK, 31% of the biggest farm producers got 84% of all payments; and in Italy, 1.6% of the biggest farm producers got 34% of all payments.<sup>13</sup>  These figures make a mockery of claims that the US Farm Bill and EU’s Common Agricultural Policy (CAP) are geared toward small farmers and rural development. This huge subsidy allows food cartel to sell rice, wheat and other staple foods at very low price to dominate global food market. This displaces local production of basic foodstuffs and farming livelihoods in developing countries. “These subsidies continue to promote over-production and dumping, hurting poor farmers in developing countries,” said Luis Morago, Oxfam’s Make Trade Fair spokesperson. He further said, “Europe’s common agricultural policy and the US Farm Bill continue to ignore small farmers at home and cripple poorer farmers abroad.”<sup>13</sup> </p>
<p>While developed countries pay huge subsidies to their biggest food producers to dominate the production of staple foods like rice, corn/maize and wheat, and milk, developing countries are left at a severe disadvantage, as they cannot afford to subsidize their agriculture, but must reduce tariffs and open up to unfair competition from subsidized products of the developed countries. Measures to help smallholders such as farm subsidies and cheap credit policies has been opposed by international financial institutions and has fallen out of favor at  the national level of many developing countries because it does not serve the interests of those who influence the government. In most developing countries small farm holders do not have the strength to either compete in or resist the pressures of market globalization.</p>
<p><strong>Right to Adequate Food and Agribusiness Companies </strong></p>
<p>The agricultural trade liberalization has benefited big farms and agribusiness companies of the developed countries. It benefited 1% of farms larger than 100 hectares, while harming 85% of farms with less than 2 hectares.<sup>2</sup>  The globalization of agriculture has been accompanied by concentration of market power into the hands of a limited number of large-scale trade and retail agribusiness companies. International Assessment of Agricultural Knowledge, Science and Technology for Development (IAASTD) notes,  </p>
<blockquote><p>One of the more striking features of industry changes…has been the convergence of ownership between agrochemical and seed/genomic firms. This strategy has worked well to sell proprietary bundled lines of chemicals, genetic technologies and seeds, which can be attractive to farmers as a purchased management tool. However, such bundles can increase reliance on expensive inputs, increase farmers’ costs, and reduce flexibility of on-farm management strategies for pests and weeds, as well as implementation of novel consumer-driven production systems.<sup>14</sup>  </p></blockquote>
<p>Transnational corporations have monopolized the food chain, from the production, trade, processing, to the marketing and retailing of food. Globally, the seed industry is increasingly driven by US and Europe based transnational agribusiness companies. Just 10 companies, which include Aventis, Monsanto, Pioneer and Syngenta, control one-third of the $23 billion commercial seed market and 80 per cent of the $28 billion global pesticide market. Monsanto alone controls 91 per cent of the global market for genetically modified seed. Another 10 companies, including Cargill, control 57 per cent of the total sales of the world’s leading 30 retailers.<sup>15</sup>  </p>
<p>With the trade deal between India and the United States, known as the Knowledge Initiative on Agriculture (KIA), the Indian markets and agricultural policies are increasingly coming under the influence of transnational companies such as Monsanto, Archer Daniels Midland Company, a US grain purchaser and trader and is, with Cargill, one of the companies that maintains “oligopolistic control of the American food-manufacturing and food-processing markets”, and Wal-Mart, the world’s largest retailer.<sup>16</sup>  These three companies are members on the KIA Board, which implements the KIA. The Board has decided to focus initially on four core areas: agricultural education, food processing and marketing, biotechnology and water management.<sup>17</sup>  “The KIA is part of the US comprehensive strategy on revitalizing the bilateral relationship in agriculture with India,” said Susan Owens, director of the FAS Research and Scientific Exchanges Division. Owen stated: “We want to broaden the scope of the AKI (or KIA) beyond just research…We want to use the AKI (or KIA) to increase agricultural production in India….”<sup>18</sup>  </p>
<p>Monsanto owns the patent on Bt cotton. In 2005 approximately 1.26 million hectares, and in 2006 nearly 3.28 million hectares of land in India was under Bt cotton cultivation. Farmers who buy GM seeds enter into a licensing agreement with Monsanto for the use of that particular gene and the company prescribed fertilizer. They are forbidden from saving seeds for the next season. They must buy new seed from the company each season. This denies farmers’ right to save seed. The implications of this are huge for poor farmers. Saved seed is the one resource that the poor farmers depend upon to carry them through the year. Denial of this right will greatly impact them economically. For they have to pay more each season to buy new seed. Monsanto is now charging 1850 Indian rupees per 450 gram pack of Bt cotton seeds as compared to 38 Indian rupees charged in China for the same quantity. In India, the price for non-Bt cotton variety is at 450 to 500 Indian rupees. India has recently allowed field trials of GM varieties of rice, brinjal and groundnut. </p>
<p>In many regions of the world, transnational corporations now have unprecedented control over food, and there is no coherent system of accountability to ensure that they do not abuse this power. Global food companies have become too powerful and are undermining the right to adequate food in developing countries.</p>
<p><strong>Intellectual Property Rights (IPRs) </strong></p>
<p>Introduction of the Intellectual Property Rights (IPRs) has become an increasingly important source of competitive advantage and accumulation in the production and trade of agricultural goods. This has resulted in the increasing concentration of control over seeds and other resources in a few transnational companies. The IPR owners, usually transnational companies, can prevent others from producing or selling the seeds or plant varieties over which they own the rights. They can set prices or royalties on the seeds, and terms and conditions for use of the seeds and inputs. This not only denies the right of farmers to save seeds for the next season, but also forces them to depend on transnational companies for seeds and inputs. With raising prices of seeds and inputs, coupled with prevention of saving seeds, small scale farmers become vulnerable whether there is bumper crop, or failure or low yield. In times of bumper crop, they get lower price for their produce, and in times of failure or low yield they incur loss. But the farming costs keep rising.</p>
<p>Because of their sheer size and assurance of huge financial returns due to IPRs, transnational companies are increasingly engaged in agro-biotechnology research. As the goal of companies is profit, their research and production efforts tend to focus on only a few crops, thus weakening biodiversity and sustainability caused by expanding monoculture in food production. The consequences are terrible on “minor crops”, which are commercially not profitable for the companies.</p>
<p>With the trends towards strengthening IPR systems worldwide (and in India), there is an increasing ability of agribusiness companies privatizing genetic resources and agricultural knowledge. The tendency will be to focus on research on lucrative developing country markets, rather than developing country needs. Therefore, IPRs are not designed to respond to socio-economic concerns such as food security of developing countries, or to protect the livelihoods of landless and small scale farmers, but to promote the greed of agribusiness companies at the expense of landless and small scale famers in these countries. Thus, IPRs can impede progress towards sustainability, food security and distributive justice. </p>
<p><strong>Right to Adequate Food &#8212; the Guiding Framework for Policies and Action</strong></p>
<p>The present liberalized agricultural trade system excludes millions of landless and small scale farmers, and undermines the ability of developing countries to protect their farmers. What is very clear is that in the long run hundreds of millions will die from hunger, while the markets expand.</p>
<p>Therefore, an approach to international trade based on human rights, particularly the right to adequate food, shifts the focus not only to the impacts of trade and its policies on the most vulnerable and food insecure, but also to enhance the welfare of the vulnerable people. The right to adequate food can only be fully realized by States within a multilateral trading system which enables them to pursue policies aimed at realizing the right to adequate food. Trading system should not only refrain from imposing obligations which directly infringe upon the right to adequate food, but also ensure that all States have the policy space they require to take measures which contribute to the progressive realization of the right to adequate food under their jurisdiction.<sup>19</sup>)  State, as part of its obligation to protect people’s resource base for food, should take appropriate steps to ensure that activities of the private business companies are in conformity with the right to adequate food.</p>
<p>The report of The International Assessment of Agricultural Science, Knowledge and Technology for Development (IAASTD) provides valuable insights and recommendations recognizing the need for complementary and diversified approaches to sustainable agriculture, pointing out that agricultural models based on small farming can present alternatives appropriate for a human rights based food security. While the report was strongly welcomed by NGOs for its calls for immediate radical changes in international agriculture, there was a strong opposition from countries such as US, UK, Canada and Australia.<sup>20</sup>  A few months before the launch of the report, major private sector stakeholders, such as Monsanto and Syngenta, resigned altogether from the IAASTD project in October 2007 as the conclusions were clearly against their interests.</p>
<p>Some of IAASTD’s observations and suggestions are<sup>20</sup> :</p>
<ul>
<li>
modern agriculture has brought significant increases in food production. But the benefits have been spread unevenly and have come at an increasingly intolerable price, paid by small-scale farmers, workers, rural communities and the environment;</li>
<li>the way the world grows its food will have to change radically to better serve the poor and hungry if the world is to cope with a growing population and climate change while avoiding social breakdown and environmental collapse;</li>
<li>prioritize the promotion of small farmer agriculture and the livelihood of indigenous peoples, giving special attention to the role and situation of women in food production;</li>
<li>take measures to promote and protect the security of land tenure, especially with respect to women and vulnerable groups, with special attention to equitable land distribution, with agrarian reform if necessary, as mentioned in Article 11(2) of the International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights in the Voluntary Guidelines for the progressive realization of the right to adequate food;</li>
<li>take measures to strengthen local markets, shortening the chain from food production to food consumption;</li>
<li>promote small scale agriculture as important source of employment and livelihood.</li>
<li>All national and international policies should be guided by a human rights based approach, to guarantee that they respect, protect and fulfill the progressive realization of the right to adequate food; </li>
<li>develop mechanisms to monitor private companies in order to ensure that they respect the right to adequate food, consistent with the obligation of States to protect this right.</li>
</ul>
<p>The formulation and implementation of national strategies for the right to food requires full compliance with the principles of accountability, transparency, people&#8217;s participation, decentralization, legislative capacity and the independence of the judiciary. Good governance is essential to the realization of all human rights, including right to adequate food.<sup>3</sup>  When political elites recognize that promotion of human rights, including economic and social rights such as the right to adequate food, actually enhances sustainable economic growth, we can start to expect that freedom from hunger will become a matter of the past. </p>
<ol class="footnotes"><li id="footnote_0_10877" class="footnote">George Kent,  <em>Swaraj against Hunger</em>, University of Hawaii,  August 9, 2009.</li><li id="footnote_1_10877" class="footnote">“The Right to Food and the WTO,” (April 8, 2009).</li><li id="footnote_2_10877" class="footnote"><a href="http://www.unhchr.ch/tbs/doc.nsf/385c2add1632f4a8c12565a9004dc311/3d02758c707031d58025677f003b73b9?OpenDocument">The Right to Adequate Food</a> (Art. 11): 12/05/99. E/C. 12/1999/5. (General Comments).</li><li id="footnote_3_10877" class="footnote">The Cordoba Declaration on the Right to Food, December 12, 2008.</li><li id="footnote_4_10877" class="footnote">Arun Shrivastava, “<a href="http://www.globalresearch.ca/index.php?context=va&#038;aid=13527">Poverty and Food Insecurity in the Developing World: For Us, Tolls the Bell</a>,” in  <em>Global Research</em> (May 7, 2009).</li><li id="footnote_5_10877" class="footnote">“U.S. weapons sales are likely to continue to fuel conflict and abet human rights abuses. During the two Bush terms, the majority of U.S. arms sales to the developing world went to countries that our own State Department defined as undemocratic regimes and/or major human rights abusers. And over two-thirds of the world&#8217;s active conflicts involved weapons that had been supplied by the United States.” Frida Berrigan, “<a href="http://www.fpif.org/fpiftxt/6222">Weapons: Our No#1 Export?</a>” in <em>Foreign Policy In Focus</em> (July 1, 2009).</li><li id="footnote_6_10877" class="footnote">Annual Report 2005-Right to Food, Action Aid International.</li><li id="footnote_7_10877" class="footnote">ECONOMIC, SOCIAL AND CULTURAL RIGHTS: The Right to Food. Report submitted by the Special Rapporteur on the right to food, Jean Ziegler, in accordance with Commission on Human Rights resolution 2003/25, E/CN.4/2004/10, 9 February 2004.</li><li id="footnote_8_10877" class="footnote">According to the World Bank poverty line of $1.25 (Rs. 56.13) per day, the number of poor in India during 2004-2005 was 456 million, that is, 41.6% of the population.</li><li id="footnote_9_10877" class="footnote">ECONOMIC, SOCIAL AND CULTURAL RIGHTS: The right to food. Report of the Special Rapporteur on the Right to Food, Jean Ziegler, Addendum MISSION TO INDIA (20 August-2 September 2005), E/CN.4/2006/44/Add.2, 20 March 2006.</li><li id="footnote_10_10877" class="footnote">Asbjorn Eide, “<a href="http://www.worldhunger.org/articles/08/hrf/a_eide.htm">The Human Right to Food and Contemporary Globalization</a>.”</li><li id="footnote_11_10877" class="footnote">See <a href="http://www.whitehouse.gov/news/releases/2001/07/20010727-2.html">Whitehouse</a>. </li><li id="footnote_12_10877" class="footnote">See <a href="http://www.oxfam.org/en/news/pressreleases2006/pr060711_wto">Oxfam</a>.</li><li id="footnote_13_10877" class="footnote">“<a href="www.agassessment.org/docs/10505_FoodSecurity.pdf">Food Security in a Volatile World</a>,” <em>International Assessment of Agricultural Knowledge, Science and Technology for Development</em> (IAASTD).</li><li id="footnote_14_10877" class="footnote">“ECONOMIC, SOCIAL AND CULTURAL RIGHTS: The right to food,” Report submitted by the Special Rapporteur on the right to food, Jean Ziegler, in accordance with Commission on Human Rights resolution 2003/25. E/CN.4/2004/10, 9 February 2004.</li><li id="footnote_15_10877" class="footnote">Kamalakar Duvvuru, “<a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/07/monsanto-a-contemporary-east-india-company-and-corporate-knowledge-in-india/">Monsanto, a Contemporary East India Company, and Corporate Knowledge in India</a>,” in <em>Dissident Voice</em> (July 25, 2009).</li><li id="footnote_16_10877" class="footnote">Dinesh C. Sharma, “Preparing for New Challenges,” in <em>Span</em> (March/April 2007).</li><li id="footnote_17_10877" class="footnote">Julia Debes, “<a href="http://www.fas.usda.gov/info/fasworldwide/2006/09-2006/IndiaKnowledgeInitiative.htm">U.S.-India Agricultural Cooperation: A New Beginning</a>,” in <em>FAS Worldwide</em> (September 2006).</li><li id="footnote_18_10877" class="footnote">Background Document Prepared by the UN Special Rapporteur on the Right to Food, Mr. Olivier De Schutter, on His Mission to the World Trade Organization (WTO), presented to the Human Rights Council in March 2009 (background study to UN doc. A/HRC/10/005/Add.2</li><li id="footnote_19_10877" class="footnote">Wenche Barth Eide and Uwe Kracht, “<a href="http://www.worldhunger.org/articles/08/hrf/wb_eide.htm">Official Responses to the World Food Crisis in Light of the Human Right to Food</a>,” (February 11, 2009).</li></ol>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/10/right-to-food-act-in-india-and-agricultural-trade/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>6</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Usos, Costumbres — and Violence</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/09/usos-costumbres-%e2%80%94-and-violence/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/09/usos-costumbres-%e2%80%94-and-violence/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 04 Sep 2009 16:00:56 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Robert Joe Stout</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Activism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Corruption]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Culture]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Democracy]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Immigration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mexico]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Original Peoples]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Poverty]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=10274</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Marimba players move from restaurant to restaurant in the Oaxaca, Mexico’s newly repaved Zócalo, the sharp notes of their percussion vibrating off museum walls as they strive to be heard about the shouts of “Assassin” and “Tyrant” a young woman projects from the patio of the city’s sixteenth century cathedral. Ambulantes in indigena dress dangle [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Marimba players move from restaurant to restaurant in the Oaxaca, Mexico’s newly repaved Zócalo, the sharp notes of their percussion vibrating off museum walls as they strive to be heard about the shouts of “Assassin” and “Tyrant” a young woman projects from the patio of the city’s sixteenth century cathedral. <em>Ambulantes</em> in <em>indigena</em> dress dangle beads and shawls in front of couples playing with their children and men perusing the latest arrests, assaults and fatal crashes in the evening <em>Nota Roja</em>. Clowns slapstick comedy routines, a battered top hat in front of them to receive donated coins. And ever present police walk in pairs, more interested in teenaged women’s swaying hips than in political denouncements or cultural offerings.</p>
<p>Though there is laughter there’s also poverty, for one sees only the tip of the iceberg in the Zócalo. No one has any money or, as a scruffy looking artist with a loud voice and thatched gray hair proclaimed: “No one that is, except the governor! And he’s so corrupt the Devil won’t have him in Hell!” How close in contact the artist is with the Devil, I don’t know, but one doesn’t have to have lived a long time in Oaxaca to know that cell phones, women’s slacks and Internet are merely twentieth century window dressing on a colonial cacique system of <em>hacendero</em> and impoverished, dependent sharecroppers.</p>
<p>Oaxaca’s government is one of most corrupt in a country noted for corrupt state governments. All the power is concentrated in the hands of a privileged few and very little money trickles down to the unprivileged. Oaxaca journalist Pedro Matias ruefully explains that Oaxaca does not require that a governor give an exact accounting of the billions of dollars available to him. Oaxaca’s ex-governors are among the wealthiest landholders in the state.</p>
<p>But the state is one of Mexico’s poorest. The central valley, where nearly half of the inhabitants live and where its capital, the city of Oaxaca, is located, is ringed by a series of mountains intersected by deep canyons that isolate many rural communities. Nearly 45 percent of the state’s more than three million 500 thousand residents are <em>indigena</em>; 40 percent of them speak one or more of the fifteen different native languages and 76 percent of them earn less than seventy pesos—a little more than $6 U.S. dollars—a day. The main source of revenue for the majority of rural families is money sent to them from relatives working in the United States.</p>
<p>“At first only the men went and they returned every winter. Then they started staying longer,” rural schoolteacher Thelma Leger explained to me. “Now the women are migrating too. Often a twelve- or thirteen- or fourteen-year-old girl is left to take care of the younger children. Instead of going to school they work. It is sad. It is very, very sad.”</p>
<p>So great is the expectancy that young people will go to the United States to seek work that another teacher told me that parents of some of her <em>indigena</em> students asked that she teach them English instead of Spanish “so they would do better when they got to the ‘Other Side.’”</p>
<p>While officially Oaxaca governor Ulisés Ruiz and his predecessors in office voiced consternation over the massive migration out of Oaxaca they quietly shifted government funding away from social programs. Oaxacans receive over $1<em> billion</em> dollars a year in remittances of $50 to $500 sent from the United States, over 95 percent of which goes for food, housing, clothing and medical expenses that the state government no longer funds. Instead it has invested in marinas, new administrative offices, airplanes, helicopters and around-the-world visits by Ruiz and select Institutional Revolutionary party (PRI for its initials in Spanish) members.</p>
<p>Attempts to break what many Oaxacans call “the tyrannical power” of the privileged elite have driven governors out of office and triggered a century-long push-pull of violence, protest and repression but the elite not only controls most of the material wealth but has had the backing of the federal government—also a power elite of a select privileged few—who since they came to power through revolution early in the twentieth century fear popular uprisings and act immediately and often brutally to detain them.</p>
<p>How brutal and how violent was evident in October and November of 2006 when a force of nearly 5,000 federal police and military and that many or more state and municipal police swept through the city of Oaxaca, arresting, beating and torturing innocents and protesters without consideration of their ages, occupations or political affiliations. For nearly five months the Popular Assembly of the People of Oaxaca, led by the 70,000-strong Oaxaca branch of the national teachers union striking for better salaries and working conditions, had taken over the governing palaces of the city of Oaxaca and several other cities throwing the state into convulsions that forced the closing of thousands of small businesses. Tourism sank to its lowest level in sixty years nightly barricades throughout the state impeded the passing of police and paramilitary death squadrons and airlines and surface transportation severely cut back their services.</p>
<p>The Popular Assembly burst into being after Ruiz ordered state police backed by helicopters spewing tear gas to break up a sit-in by the teachers’ union in May 2006. Women’s committees, priests, students, <em>indigena</em> organizations and human rights groups rallied to support the mauled strikers. Within two weeks the Popular Assembly not only had active spokespersons and a plan of action but tens of thousands of supporters.</p>
<p>“That day was the parting of waters for Oaxaca,” Pedro Matias told a Rights Action emergency human rights delegation. “There was only going forward, no going back.”</p>
<p>Although the Popular Assembly seemed to have come together by magic, Miguel Vázquez, co-founder of Oaxaca’s Services for Alternative Education, insists that the attack on the teachers encampment provided a catalyst for uniting groups that had been organizing for over twenty years. Once organized, and with a center of control in the capital city’s historical district, the Assembly voted to restore the traditional “<em>usos y costumbres</em>” (uses and customs) participatory way of community government and social responsibility that had been the Oaxacan way of life before the arrival of the Spanish conquistadors.</p>
<p>“Under <em>usos y costumbres</em>,” Miguel Vázquez explains, “every community member participates in every aspect of government. There are no caciques, no leaders or chiefs. Everything is decided by assembly. Whether the community is tiny — a few dozen members — or huge, with thousands of members, those within the community assemble and make their decisions. Whatever the majority decides, that is what the community does.”</p>
<p>Not only are policy decisions made during the assemblies but those involved also decide what <em>cargo</em> (charge, or office) each community member will hold. Under <em>usos y costumbres</em> each male member of the community serves in a designated capacity for a predetermined length of time, usually a year. To fulfill these communal obligations an individual may serve as a policeman one year, be responsible for arranging traditional fiestas the next, be the street sweeper the year after that. (Migration has so decimated most rural communities adhering to <em>usos y costumbres</em> that many women now serve in their husbands’ places.)</p>
<p>In addition to the assigned cargos all community members practice <em>tequio</em> — unremunerated community service. Much like in early U.S. pioneer communities, <em>tequio</em> involves everything from house and fence building to road construction and childcare services. Like all other community matters <em></em> projects are determined by assembly vote.</p>
<p>The third salient aspect of <em>usos y costumbres</em> is the <em>guelaguetza</em>: “giving.” To those whom God has been generous, and who have profited financially during the year, <em>guelaguetza</em> becomes a way of returning to the community some of the individual’s good fortune. The giver may build a community cistern, sponsor a fiesta or provide scholarships for high school students. And he does not expect anything but sharing in return.</p>
<p>Over the past 450 years most Oaxacan communities have become Roman Catholic although evangelical Protestant congregations have multiplied throughout the state. Padre Manuel Arias, the spokesperson for Oaxaca’s Catholic presbytery, sees no contradiction between either branch of Christianity and usos y costumbres.</p>
<p>“<em>Usos y costumbres</em>,” he explains, “is a way of social organization. It is horizontal, rather than vertical. It is very similar to social conformations established by the early Christians. Many priests are, in fact, <em>usos y costumbres</em> advocates.”</p>
<p>Oaxaca law currently authorizes community self-government by means of <em>usos y costumbres</em>. By vote communities elect either <em>usos y costumbres</em> or the <em>partido</em> (political party) system. But no matter which they choose their independence is very constricted.</p>
<p>“Ruiz controls the finances. He controls the police. Communities can organize their <em>tequio</em>s and have their fiestas but they really have very little authority,” Pedro Matias sighed.</p>
<p>Although the teachers union abided by Popular Assembly decisions (many of which they instigated) both the leadership and the majority of members regarded the Popular Assembly as a support organization built around the union. Whereas the Popular Assembly advocated a “horizontal” governing structure (which in many cases resulted in no structure at all), the union maintained its traditional “vertical” organization with elected leaders who directed activities and assigned teachers to schools throughout the state. The union continued to act on its own apart from the Popular Assembly, coordinating with other sections of the National Workers in Education Union (SNTE) to protest the privatization of Mexican social security and to urge the deposing of federal education czar Elba Gordillo. The various regional <em>indigena</em> organizations also focused on their own activities while vocally supporting the Popular Assembly and sending participants to the assemblies and protest marches. The same was true for the smaller NGOs.</p>
<p>The Popular Assembly’s primary goal was getting rid of Governor Ruiz. Elevated into office in 2004 after elections widely criticized as fraudulent, Ruiz controlled not only executive functions but also the legislature, law enforcement and the judiciary. Past governors, including Ruiz’ predecessor José Murat, successfully quashed potential uprisings but none had to deal with a force as large or as organized as the APPO.</p>
<p>For five months the teachers’ encampments covered over fifty square blocks in the center of the city. They barricaded hundreds of streets and highways to prevent Ruiz-paid death squads from circulating at night. Even so, snipers gunned down José Jiménez while he was participating in a Popular Assembly march. Others waylaid and killed eighteen protesters before non-uniformed police stormed a barricade in Santa María del Camino, a city of Oaxaca suburb, and shot U.S. video photographer Bradley Will.</p>
<p>The news of Will’s murder flashing around the world prompted Mexico’s federal government to demonstrate that it wouldn’t tolerate non-conformance. Outgoing president Vicente Fox sent over 4,000 soldiers and federal preventive police (PFP), along with dozens of armored vehicles and helicopters, to Oaxaca. Two days after their arrival they launched an all-out assault, destroying the barricades and occupying the center of the city. Four weeks later they caught the fleeing remnants of a protest march in a pincer movement and indiscriminately beat and apprehended everyone they could lay hands on, including many men and women who had not participated in the march. As Governor Ruiz proclaimed, “Oaxaca is again safe for tourists,” federal and state police and paramilitaries continued to intimidate and jail Popular Assembly leaders and participants. Others went into hiding. Thanks to brutal federal support Ruiz, the cacique, was in charge again.</p>
<p>But despite the arrests, imprisonments and media control of reporting the events, the Popular Assembly remained a symbol throughout Mexico of the possibility for political change. Julio Hernández of the Mexico City daily <em>La Jornada</em> told a March 2008 Día de Mujer forum in the city of Oaxaca, “What happened here is an example, an example of action… that gave hope to the entire pueblo of Mexico.” He affirmed that the Popular Assembly awakened “a sleeping giant.”</p>
<p>Like the student rebellions of 1968 in Mexico City and the anti-Vietnam and integration movements during the same period in the United States, the Popular Assembly of the Peoples of Oaxaca ruptured traditional mores, which is a grand precursor for permanent change. Women throughout Oaxaca began challenging the old order, even in <em>indigena</em> strongholds of machismo. The successes of the barricades, if temporary, convinced people who never had participated in any kinds of political act that they have rights and can exercise those rights. They exposed the PRI’s weaknesses and corruption and the teacher’s union, reorganized under new aggressive leadership in 2009, is challenging federalization of teacher placement and many <em>indigena</em> communities are expelling corrupt caciques and forcing multi-national corporations to curtail hydroelectric and mining projects.</p>
<p>Marcos Leyva, one of the Popular Assembly founders, explained the movement’s sudden formation as “combustive” — Oaxaca had been a dry brush land waiting for a spark to ignite it and Ulisés Ruiz provided that spark when he ordered state and municipal police to break up the protesting teachers’ sit-in and drive them out of the city center. For nearly six months the conflagration raged and abated only when federal militarized police and army tanketas and troops overpowered the pacifist protesters by brute force.</p>
<p>They crushed the outward manifestations — the symptoms — but they didn’t stamp out the disease. Oaxaca continues to be a crackling dry tinderland. When will the next spark set off a conflagration? And what will the consequences be?</p>
<p>They will burn more than just Oaxaca. The entire country will feel the flames. </p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/09/usos-costumbres-%e2%80%94-and-violence/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Neoliberalism Needs Death Squads in Colombia</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/09/neoliberalism-needs-death-squads-in-colombia/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/09/neoliberalism-needs-death-squads-in-colombia/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 04 Sep 2009 15:59:20 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Hans Bennett</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Class]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Colombia]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Drug Wars]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Human Rights]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Military/Militarism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Neoliberalism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Poverty]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=10287</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[In her new book Blood &#038; Capital: The Paramilitarization of Colombia, author Jasmin Hristov writes: “For roughly forty years, the Colombian state has been playing a double game: prohibiting the formation of paramilitary groups with one law and facilitating their existence with another; condemning their barbarities and at the same time assisting their operations; promising [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In her new book <em><a href="http://www.ohioswallow.com/book/Blood+and+Capital">Blood &#038; Capital: The Paramilitarization of Colombia</a></em>, author Jasmin Hristov writes: “For roughly forty years, the Colombian state has been playing a double game: prohibiting the formation of paramilitary groups with one law and facilitating their existence with another; condemning their barbarities and at the same time assisting their operations; promising to bring perpetrators of crime to justice, while opening the door to perpetual immunity; convicting them of narco-trafficking, yet profiting from their drug deals; announcing to the world the government’s persecution of paramilitary organizations, even though in reality these ‘illegal armed groups’ have been carrying out the dirty work unseemly for a state that claims to be democratic and worthy of billions of dollars in US military aid.”</p>
<p>As the largest recipient of US military aid in the hemisphere, Colombia has long been the US’ most important ally in Latin America. Simultaneously, Colombia has also become the hemisphere’s worst human rights violator, with Colombia’s numerous paramilitary organizations recently taking center stage, as they’ve gradually become directly responsible for more human rights atrocities than the formal military and police. In the name of fighting “narco-terrorism,” poor people and dissidents are massacred, assassinated, tortured, and disappeared, among other atrocities—done to eliminate particular individuals and to “set an example” by intimidating others in the community. 97 percent of human rights abuses remain unpunished.</p>
<p>In recent years, a variety of human rights organizations, as well as mainstream academics and journalists have found it impossible to ignore the astronomical human rights violations. However, even though these groups have accurately reported on the actual atrocities, Jasmin Hristov argues that in their reports, the atrocities are largely de-contextualized from the powerful forces in Colombia and the US that directly benefit from this repression. According to Hristov, this mainstream presentation serves to mask the fact that US and Colombian elites directly support (via funding, training, supervising, and providing legal immunity for) state repression carried out by the police and military, as well as illegal paramilitary groups that are unofficially sanctioned by the government. Whether it is murdering labor organizers or displacing an indigenous community because a US corporation wants to drill for oil on their land, Hristov passionately asserts that death squad violence is purposefully directed towards sectors of society that stand in the way of the ruling class’ efforts to maintain economic dominance and acquire more resources to make even more profit.</p>
<p>In her book, Hristov does make a convincing argument that Colombia’s notorious death squads are inherently linked to maintenance of the country’s extreme economic inequality. Particularly since the neoliberal reforms of the 1990s that have increased poverty, Colombia’s poor continue to resist their oppression in many different ways. In response, state repression on a variety of levels is needed to terrorize unarmed social movements and other community groups and activists.</p>
<p>Throughout <em>Blood &#038; Capital</em>, Hristov seeks to expose the rational motivations behind state violence for capitalism’s economic elites in the US and Colombia. In meticulous detail, Hristov shows how the super-rich benefit from state repression and how the violators of human rights have essentially become immune from any consequences for their actions. If death squads are truly to be abolished in Colombia, we must look honestly at how and why they exist today. Hristov’s new book is a powerful tool for exposing who truly calls the shots.</p>
<p><strong><br />
Neoliberalism or Neopoverty?</strong></p>
<p>Hristov asserts that “it is not a mere coincidence that during the era of accelerated neoliberal restructuring, the deterioration in the living conditions of the working majority has been accompanied by an increase in the capabilities and activities of military, police, and paramilitary groups, as well as the portrayal of social movements as forces that must be monitored, silenced, and eventually dismantled.” The scandalous epidemic of poverty in Colombia is key to understanding Colombian politics, and why the upper classes so fear political organizing among the poor, who could mount a formidable opposition to the status quo if allowed to organize unrestrained by state repression.</p>
<p>When neoliberal policies were adopted by the Colombian government in the 1990s, it dramatically increased poverty, and made an already terrible situation worse. Hristov writes that the “essential components of neoliberalism are trade liberalization, privatization, deregulation, and austerity. Trade liberalization entails the removal of any trade barriers, such as tariffs and quotas. Privatization requires the sale of public enterprises and assets to private owners. Through the removal of government restrictions and interventions on capital, deregulation allows market forces to act as a self-regulating mechanism… Austerity requires the drastic reduction or elimination of expenditures for social programs and services.”</p>
<p>She argues that the “main cause that led to the official adoption of neoliberal policies by the developing countries in Latin America and elsewhere was the pressure to service their external debts in the late 1970s. In order to receive loans from the World Bank (WB), or the International Monetary Fund (IMF), nations had to agree to a program of structural adjustment that included drastically reducing public spending in health, education, and welfare,” and much more.</p>
<p>Because Colombia had less debt than other Latin American countries, “major neoliberal restructuring did not begin until 1990, under President Cesar Gaviria Trujillo (1990-94), when the country began to receive massive amounts of US military aid…In addition to the significant social damage wrought by these policies, by the mid-1990s Colombia had to almost double its borrowing from the IMF because of the economic crisis brought on by the market liberalization,” writes Hristov.</p>
<p>These drastic reforms have intensified since current President Alvaro Uribe came to power in 2002. After the IMF loaned $2.1 billion in 2003 on the condition that the reforms be accelerated, Uribe “privatized one of the country’s largest banks (BANCAFE), restructured the pension program, and reduced the number of public-sector workers in order to cut budget deficits, as required by the international lending institution. Uribe also closed down some of the country’s biggest public hospitals, eliminating over four thousand medical jobs, and denationalized companies in the telecommunications, oil, and mining sectors,” reports Hristov.</p>
<p>These are a few of the statistics compiled by Hristov, who writes that “in a country of 45 million, around 11 million people are unable to afford even one nutritious meal a day. According to statistics from 2005, 65 percent of Colombians are unable to regularly satisfy basic subsistence needs. In rural areas, the poverty rate is as high as 85 percent… In 2000 it was estimated that half a million children suffer from malnutrition and close to 2.5 million children between the ages of six and seventeen are forced to work… Furthermore, there has been a notable decline in school attendance, literacy, and life expectancy as well as access to child care and education over the past couple of years.”</p>
<p><strong><br />
Blood, Capital, and the State Coercive Apparatus</strong></p>
<p>Throughout <em>Blood &#038; Capital</em>, Hristov details many horrifying ways in which the rich are empowered by violence from what she identifies as the “state’s coercive apparatus” (SCA). She argues that “two intertwining motifs run throughout Colombia’s history: (1) social relations marked by inequality, exploitation, and exclusion and (2) violence employed by those with economic and political power over the working majority and the poor in order to acquire control over resources, forcibly recruit labor, and suppress or eliminate dissent.”</p>
<p>Dating back to the European conquest of the Americas, Hristov asserts that violence has been central to the creation of modern-day Colombia’s government and economy. She writes that “starting in the late 1500s, the conquerors began clearing the indigenous population from territories with desirable characteristics—mineral deposits, fertile soil, access to water, transportation routes, and so on. The separation of the indigenous from their means of subsistence allowed the formation of a local colonial elite who transformed what used to be the native inhabitants communal lands into large estates or haciendas. The creation of landless peasants facilitated the supply of labor for the Spaniards’ ventures, such as mining and agriculture.”</p>
<p>State violence supporting the economic elite continued, but became much worse in the 1960s under the direction of the US military. Alfredo Vasquez Carrizosa, President of the Colombian Permanent Committee for Human Rights reports that in the 1960s, “during the Kennedy administration,” the US “took great pains to transform our regular armies into counterinsurgency brigades, accepting the new strategy of the death squads.” This “ushered in what is known in Latin America as the National Security Doctrine… not defense against an external enemy, but a way to make the military establishment the masters of the game… the right to combat the internal enemy… this could mean anyone, including human rights activists such as myself.”</p>
<p>As Edward Herman, co-author of <em>The Washington Connection and Third World Fascism</em> explained in a previous <a href="http://upsidedownworld.org/main/content/view/1648/1/">interview</a> with <em>Upside Down World</em>, US support for repressive governments in Colombia and throughout Latin America was, and still is, part of a general policy towards third world populations. Focusing largely on US support for the Latin American “National Security States,” Herman and co-author Noam Chomsky argue that U.S. corporations purposefully support (and in many instances create) fascist terror states in order to create a favorable investment climate. In exchange for a cut of the action, local military police-states brutally repress their population when it attempts to assert basic human rights.</p>
<p>In the 1960s, the US and Colombian governments launched Plan Lazo, designed to target the “internal enemy.” Hristov writes that “the military aid that was part of Plan Lazo (and all subsequent programs, including those in place today, such as the Patriot Plan) were given on the condition that Colombian forces would use terror and violence, since these formed a legitimate part of the overall anticommunist offensive. In 1966 the field manual <em>US Army Counterinsurgency Forces</em> specified that while antiguerrilla should not employ mass terror, selective terror against civilians was acceptable and was justified as a necessary response to the alleged terrorism committed by rebel forces.”</p>
<p>Hristov asserts that while the US handled the “financial and ideological aspects” of building and strengthening the SCA, locally the Colombian elites also played a key role. “It implemented many of the policies suggested by the US counterinsurgency manual in order to discipline the civilian population through measures such as press censorship, the suspension of civil rights (to permit arrest on mere suspicion), and the forced relocation of entire villages. President Guillermo Leon Valencia (1962-66) boosted the anticommunist campaign by declaring a state of siege whereby judicial and political powers were transferred to the military while the latter was freed from accountability to civilian authorities for its conduct.”</p>
<p>With US financing and supervision, the Colombian armed forces have since become one of the most renowned human rights violators in the world. This despicable conduct eventually created significant local and international opposition, and under this pressure the SCA has been forced to adjust. In response, the responsibility for repression has shifted more towards paramilitaries, whose activities are officially independent of the government. In this situation, when paramilitaries target the “internal enemy,” the same goal is accomplished as if the government itself did it, yet the government cannot be officially linked to the violence.</p>
<p><strong>The Paramilitarization of Colombia</strong></p>
<p>The size and strength of paramilitary death squads in Colombia has steadily increased since they were first established in the 1960s. According to Hristov, the paramilitaries are now responsible for about 80 percent of human rights violations in Colombia, compared to 16 percent by the rebel guerrillas. The paramilitaries’ evolution, Hristov argues, is the result of “perhaps the most creative and intelligent effort by an elite-dominated state to counteract revolutionary processes… The Colombian parastatal system represents neither a traditional centralized authoritarian regime, as those that existed in Argentina, Chile, and Brazil, nor merely a collection of autonomous armed bands dispersed over rural areas, each ruling locally, as in Mexico. What we see in Colombia is a mutated SCA that has assumed a nonstate appearance.”</p>
<p>The function of the paramilitaries in Colombia was explained well by Captain Gilberto Cardenas, former captain of the national police and former director of the Judicial Police Investigative and Intelligence Unit in the Uraba region. In 2002, testifying against the commander of the Seventeenth Brigade of the Colombian armed forces, Cardenas told representatives of the United Nations and Colombian authorities, “The paramilitaries were created by the Colombian government itself to do the dirty work, in other words, in order to kill all individuals who, according to the state and the police, are guerrillas. But in order to do that, the [the government] had to create illegal groups so that no one would suspect the government of Colombia and its military forces…members of the army and the police even patrol side by side with the paramilitaries.”</p>
<p>The paramilitary system first began in the mid-1960s when the Colombian government passed legislation that authorized citizens to carry arms and assist the military in repression. Hristov argues that “paramilitary forces entered the scene to perform two main functions.” The first was to participate in combat at a local level, as described by the 1966 <em>US Army Counterinsurgency Forces</em> field manual, which stated: “paramilitary units can support the national army in the conduct of counterinsurgency operations when the latter are being conducted in their own province or political subdivision.” Second, Hristov writes that paramilitaries “were intended to monitor and gather intelligence on the rebels, their civilian supporters, and social organizations by establishing networks throughout the country.”</p>
<p>While these early paramilitaries did play some role in state repression, it would not be until the 1980s that they really began to increase in size and influence. Hristov writes that “the 1980s were the golden age of paramilitary development, as many new groups formed, expanded, and rapidly acquired financial and military strength&#8230; This second wave of creation enacted by large-scale landowners, cattle ranchers, mining entrepreneurs (particularly those in the emerald business) and narco-lords took place in a particular context, characterized by five main features: a shift in the state’s (unofficial) policy toward the partial privatization of coercion; the state’s fusion with the elite; a legal framework that had set the ground for the design, training, equipping, and administration by the state military of armed bodies outside its institution; a prevailing anticommunist ideology; and militarized patches of the country that served as models to emulate.”</p>
<p>This second wave was given another boost in 1994 with the creation of the Community Rural Surveillance Associations (CONVIVIR) by current President Alvaro Uribe Velez, who was the governor of the department of Antioquia at that time. Hristov writes that Uribe made CONVIVIR into “a replica of the original paramilitary bodies designed in the 1960s. As it had thirty years ago, now the civilian counterpart of the SCA was to take on a central role in the Dirty War under a legal mantle. By the time CONVIVIR was outlawed, in 1999, most of the numerous paramilitary self defense bodies had united, attaining an organizational and military capacity unsurpassed by paramilitary forces in any other Latin American country.”</p>
<p>In August, 1998, just before the legislation supporting CONVIVIR was abolished, hundreds of members publicly announced that they would be joining the AUC paramilitary network, which became the most prominent paramilitary network in Colombia. The AUC had been created in 1997, mostly under the leadership of Carlos Castano and his paramilitary group, the ACCU, which became the largest group in the AUC federation. Others that operated in this loose confederation of paramilitary groups included Bloque Cacique Nutibara, the Bloque Central Bolivar, and the Bloque de Magdalena Medio.</p>
<p>Following official “peace negotiations” between the AUC and the Colombian government which began in 2002 with an official AUC ceasefire agreement, the AUC officially disbanded in February 2006, as part of an overall public disarmament of many paramilitaries throughout Colombia. However Hristov argues that “there are many factors challenging the legitimacy of the peace process. First, during the entire period of the cease-fire announced by the AUC, its groups regularly engaged in military actions against civilians, thereby committing human rights violations (and such activities continue to take place). Second, often those who claimed to be demobilizing were not the real paramilitary combatants but hired criminals, or drug dealers who had bought the AUC franchise. Third, large quantities of arms that should have been turned over were not. Fourth, fighters who are officially considered demobilized are in reality already active militarily in new organizations, where their skills of terrorizing the civilian population for economic gains are necessary and valued.”</p>
<p>Since 2006, there have been several government initiatives that give the formal appearance of the Colombian government working to combat paramilitaries. Hristov explains that “early in 2007 the Supreme Court began investigating numerous connections between paramilitaries and important state actors, such as senators, representatives, deputies, councilors, and mayors. As time went by, the public learned of more and more cases in which the legal (state officials with their political authority and legitimacy) and the illegal (paramilitary groups with their economic and military power) had entered into alliances to advance their mutual interests. Through mid-2008, 38 percent of members of Congress have been implicated in this parapolitica scandal.”</p>
<p>While Hristov recognizes some importance in these recent investigations, she feels that their real impact has been extremely limited. She argues that “despite all the cases that have been exposed, parapolitica is not likely to be eradicated from the Colombian political system. On the contrary, the flood of revelations about politicians’ connections to the paramilitary actually allows serious crimes, such as complicity in massacres, to get buried under waves of minor offenses, and eventually the entire issue becomes just another corruption scandal.”</p>
<p>In their <a href="http://www.hrw.org/en/node/79342">2009 report on Colombia</a>, Human Rights Watch concluded that there are many “threats to accountability for paramilitaries’ accomplices,” reporting that “the Uribe administration has repeatedly taken actions that could sabotage the investigations. Administration officials have issued public personal attacks on the Supreme Court and its members, in some cases making accusations that have turned out to be baseless, in what increasingly looks like a campaign to discredit the court. In mid-2008 the administration proposed a series of constitutional amendments that would have removed what are known as the ‘parapolitics’ investigations from the Supreme Court&#8217;s jurisdiction, but it withdrew the proposal in November. The administration also blocked what is known as the ‘empty chair’ bill, which would have reformed the Congress to sanction parties that had backed politicians linked to paramilitaries.”</p>
<p>Hristov concludes that the centrality of paramilitaries to Colombian politics will not be disappearing anytime soon, mostly because repression has been necessary to enforce the country’s stark social/political/economic injustice. Hristov argues that the paramilitaries have become an essential tool of repression, and because Colombia’s poor majority will continue to resist this outrageous poverty, the paramilitaries’ repression will continue. Seen in this context, the recent demobilization process is only a tactical restructuring of paramilitaries and the SCA, similar to their restructurings in the 1980s and 1990s. Hristov sees this restructuring as an “adaptation response” to “assure its future survival” in the face of “the reality of resistance and opposition by numerous sectors of society against further dispossession,” with the state’s ultimate goal being “the institutionalization of paramilitarism and the legalization of capital accumulation through violence.”</p>
<p><strong>War on Narco-terrorists?</strong></p>
<p>Since the official end of the Cold War in 1989, US rhetorical justification for allying itself with and providing military aid to the Colombian government has shifted from fighting “communism” to fighting “narco-terrorism.” Hristov argues that official rhetoric may have changed but it’s still easy to expose this fraudulent war on narco-terrorism as actually being a war against poor people. Concerning the so-called war on terrorism, how can the hemisphere’s worst human rights violator fight terrorism? Then, similar to the absurd notion of a terrorist fighting terrorism, how can a government heavily complicit in the drug trade claim that it is fighting a war on drugs?</p>
<p>The Colombian government’s multi-faceted complicity in drug trafficking extends all the way to current President Uribe, who was listed by the Pentagon itself, as one of the most wanted international drug traffickers. A declassified National Security Archives report dated September 23, 1991, explicitly accused Uribe of being a collaborator of the Medellin cartel and a personal friend of Pablo Escobar. This report states further that Uribe was one of the “more important Colombian narco-terrorists contracted by the Colombian narcotics cartels for security, transportation, distribution, collection, and enforcement of narcotics operations in both the US and Colombia. These individuals are also contracted as ‘HIT MEN’ to assassinate individuals targeted by the ‘extraditables,’ or individual ‘narcotic leaders,’ and to perform terrorist acts against Colombian officials, other government officials, law enforcement agencies, and groups of other political persuasions.”</p>
<p>It’s not just the Colombian government! Hristov argues that the US government’s Drug Enforcement Agency (DEA) “has in reality been converted largely to an instrument of drug traffickers and paramilitaries.” To support this assertion, she cites a 2004 memorandum issued by a lawyer at the US Department of Justice named Thomas M. Kent, which accused the DEA of extreme misconduct. Kent states that strong evidence of misconduct is routinely ignored by the control agencies of the Department of Justice. Hristov summarizes key points made in Kent’s memorandum, including “to supplement their $7,000 monthly salary, some DEA agents have managed to negotiate with Colombian drug dealers… DEA personnel have been implicated in the killing of informants… Members of the AUC [paramilitaries] have been assisted by DEA agents in money laundering… DEA agents have participated in the extortion of drug traffickers awaiting extradition.”</p>
<p>On another note, Hristov makes the important point that drug trafficking and the rise of paramilitaries have both fed each other in two key ways. “First, the groups involved in trafficking needed to protect their laboratories, illegal cultivation, and clandestine airstrips in rural areas stimulated the emergence of local armed groups outside the state. Second, many drug dealers had begun to invest their capital in millions of hectares of the best agricultural land in the country… and they needed armed forces to protect their lands.” Hristov adds further that “the preexisting concentration of land ownership in the hands of the elite and the displacement of impoverished peasants was aggravated dramatically by this trend.”</p>
<p>To further expose this fraudulent “war on drugs,” it should be noted that the US government has a long history of complicity in drug trafficking, particularly in Latin America. While author William Blum has written the definitive short <a href="http://www.thirdworldtraveler.com/Blum/CIADrugs_WBlum.html">article</a> on the topic, Alfred McCoy has written the most comprehensive book, titled <em><a href="http://www.lycaeum.org/drugwar/DARKALLIANCE/ciaheron.html">The Politics of Heroin</a></em>, documenting the CIA’s relationships with drug traffickers around the world, including in France, Italy, China, Laos, Afghanistan, Haiti, and throughout Latin America.  In 1989, a <a href="http://www.pinknoiz.com/covert/contracoke.html">Senatorial Committee</a> chaired by Senator John Kerry documented that during the 1980s, while working with the anti-Sandinista “Contras,” the CIA and other branches of the US government were complicit in trafficking cocaine into the US from Latin America. The Kerry Committee concluded a three year investigation by stating in their report that “there was substantial evidence of drug smuggling through the war zones on the part of individual Contras, Contra suppliers, Contra pilots, mercenaries who worked with the Contras, and Contra supporters throughout the region… US officials involved in Central America failed to address the drug issue for fear of jeopardizing the war efforts against Nicaragua… In each case, one or another agency of the US government had information regarding the involvement either while it was occurring, or immediately thereafter.”</p>
<p>The Kerry Committee’s report and the story behind it has been analyzed well by authors Peter Dale Scott and Jonathan Marshall in their book <em><a href="http://www.ucpress.edu/books/pages/2938.php">Cocaine Politics</a></em>. In 1996, investigative journalist <a href="http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=d6dHqP9wc3k">Gary Webb</a> wrote a series of <a href="http://www.narconews.com/darkalliance/drugs/start.htm">articles</a> for the <em>San Jose Mercury News</em> (later expanded and made into a <a href="http://www.sevenstories.com/book/?GCOI=58322100705890">book</a> in 1999) which directly tied Contra cocaine traffickers Danilo Blandon and Norwin Meneses (both protected by the US government) to Los Angeles drug kingpin “Freeway” Rick Ross, who played a key role in starting the crack-cocaine epidemic of the 1980s. The mainstream media launched a smear campaign attacking Webb’s story that eventually caused even the <em>Mercury News</em> to denounce Webb. However, several prominent journalists came to Webb’s defense and challenged the mainstream media’s smear campaign, including <a href="http://www.fair.org/index.php?page=1374">Norman Solomon</a>, <a href="http://www.consortiumnews.com/2004/121304.html">Robert Parry</a>, and <em>Counterpunch</em> <a href="http://www.counterpunch.org/webb12172004.html">co-editors</a> Alexander Cockburn and Jeffrey St. Clair.</p>
<p><strong>Unmasking The Unholy Alliance</strong></p>
<p>The relationship between the US and Colombian elite is truly an unholy alliance. With US President Barack Obama praising the Colombian government and attempting to build several new military bases in Colombia, it is more important than ever to expose the truth about who supports death squads and why. Hopefully Blood &#038; Capital will receive the attention that it deserves, and Hristov’s meticulous research can be used to truly disarm the state coercive apparatus in Colombia. </p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/09/neoliberalism-needs-death-squads-in-colombia/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>World Health and International Economic Sharing</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/08/world-health-and-international-economic-sharing/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/08/world-health-and-international-economic-sharing/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 29 Aug 2009 16:00:42 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Mohammed Mesbahi</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Corporate Globalization]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Health/Medical]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Neoliberalism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Poverty]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=10160</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The World Health Organisation produces a report every year on the health of the world population, based on statistics compiled from the 193 member states that form the United Nations. The latest report shows that, in the developing world, life expectancy is shorter than in OECD countries, women are more prone to die in childbirth [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The World Health Organisation produces a report every year on the health of the world population, based on statistics compiled from the 193 member states that form the United Nations. The latest report shows that, in the developing world, life expectancy is shorter than in OECD countries, women are more prone to die in childbirth and babies are more likely to die before the age of five.
</p>
<p>The <a href="http://www.who.int/whr/2008/en/index.html" target="_blank">report</a> illustrates that global inequalities in healthcare are much greater than they were 30 years ago. While people in the West can expect to live until their late 70s, people living in poor countries, such as Burkina Faso or Chad, are unlikely to live beyond 46 or 47 years of age. In Africa, half the population lives on less than US$1.25 a day with little or no access to safe water. According to the UN, 12 million people die of preventable diseases every year, often caused by water-born parasitic diseases like dysentery, insect-born parasitic diseases such as malaria, or from other factors related to wider economic and social problems such as malnutrition and lack of medical care. </p>
<p><b>Poverty Leads to Poor Health</b><a title="Poverty leads to poor health" name="12360c89335fcbef_Poverty leads to poor health"></a> </p>
<p>Rather than climatic conditions or complex epidemiology, specialists note that the major causes of ill health for people in developing countries relate to poverty and underlying political and social conditions. This direct causal link between poverty and ill health has long been recognised by many civil society organisations that <a href="http://www.stwr.org/health-education-shelter/health-education-shelter/global-health-watch-an-alternative-health-report.html" target="_blank">highlight</a> poverty as the &quot;biggest epidemic&quot; facing the global health community, thereby emphasising the importance of economic policy as a health issue. </p>
<p>According to the most <a href="http://ideas.repec.org/p/wbk/wbrwps/4703.html" target="_blank">recent</a> World Bank development indicators, 1.4 billion people were living on less than US$1.25 a day in 2005. A further 2.5 billion people were living on less than US$2 dollars a day, meaning that at least 45 percent of the world&#39;s population exist in a state of absolute or relative poverty, including half of the world&#39;s children. In contrast, the world&#39;s 497<br />
billionaires (approximately 0.000008% of the world&#39;s population) have an <a href="http://www.globalissues.org/print/article/26#src19" target="_blank">estimated</a> wealth of US$3.5 trillion (over 7 percent of world GDP). </p>
<p>The WHO&#39;s <a href="http://www.who.int/social_determinants/thecommission/finalreport/en/index.html" target="_blank">Commission on Social Determinants of Health</a> has also recently acknowledged that the high burden of illness responsible for premature loss of life arises in large part because of the poor and unequal conditions in which people live and work. The appalling living environment for millions of people is, in turn, the consequence of deeper structural conditions &#8212; what the Commission calls the ‘structural drivers&#39; of global health inequality. </p>
<p>The promotion of social and economic equity, which the WHO and many civil society organisations maintain is central to respecting human rights obligations in health, therefore depends upon &quot;narrowing the gap&quot; between the worst off and best off over time. This process involves &quot;a progressive flattening of the health gradient&quot;, says the WHO Commission, by improving the health of all social groups to a level closer to that of the most advantaged. Put simply, the unacceptable discrepancy in living standards between the developed and developing countries, with almost <a href="http://www.stwr.org/health-education-shelter/globalization/world-bank-poverty-figures-what-do-they-mean.html" target="_blank">half the world</a> &#8212; some 2.5 billion people &#8212; living on less than US$2 a day, is a fundamental factor in the global crisis of ill health. </p>
<p><b>Access to Basic Medical Care</b><a title="basic medical care" name="12360c89335fcbef_basic medical care"></a> </b></p>
<p>But why does poverty mean that people are more likely to suffer from ill health or serious illness? In simple terms, poverty often means people lack access to medical services. Even where healthcare is available, poor people cannot afford to pay for it or it is prohibitively expensive. As the <a href="http://www.who.int/whosis/whostat/2009/en/index.html" target="_blank">World Health Statistics 2009</a> reveal, people in the poorest countries paid 85 percent ‘out of pocket&#39; for their healthcare costs in 2006. More than 60 percent of medication in low-income countries is only available through the private sector, where the cost is more than six times the international market price. The poorest people suffering from the worst health outcomes due to poverty, in other words, are forced to pay the highest<br />
proportionate costs for healthcare.</p>
<p><b>Access to Clean Water</b><a title="clean water" name="12360c89335fcbef_clean water"></a> </p>
<p><b></b></p>
<p>The lack of access to clean water and sanitation is also part of a state of poverty that has both direct and indirect health consequences for the poor. An <a href="http://www.who.int/water_sanitation_health/monitoring/jmp2005/en/index.html" target="_blank">estimated</a> 2.6 billion people &#8212; about 40 percent of humanity &#8212; lack adequate sanitation, and over 1 billion lack access to adequate water sources. Consequently, 5,000 <a href="http://www.wateraid.org/documents/global_cause_and_effect__mdg_midway_paper.pdf" target="_blank">children</a> die each day because of a lack of safe, clean water. For millions of others, the daily grind of searching for and collecting water remains an aspect of poverty that transcends the notion of ‘basic&#39; needs. In northern Ghana, for example, girls can spend up to five hours a day fetching water, whereas women may have to wait for hours at a standpipe in a city each day. </p>
<p>Medically, the ingestion of contaminated water can lead to a variety of preventable illnesses, such as cholera, typhoid and dysentery. There were 131,943 cases of cholera infection alone in 2005, resulting in the death of 2,272 people across 52 countries &#8211; most of them in Africa.  Once the cause of death for thousands in Europe during the nineteenth century before its spread was understood, the disease has since been eliminated from most Western countries. </p>
<p>Cholera, like most waterborne diseases, is completely preventable and could be eliminated through the provision of clean water and adequate sanitation. According to the WHO, however, it is spreading again in many developing<br />
countries, especially across South America and Africa. Aid agencies <a href="http://www.reliefweb.int/rw/rwb.nsf/db900SID/OYAH-7V3LA9?OpenDocument&amp;RSS20=18-P" target="_blank">estimate</a> that the return of Cholera to Zimbabwe during 2008 killed 4,000 people and inflected close to 100,000 others. </p>
<p><b>Access to Education and Knowledge</b><a title="education and knowledge" name="12360c89335fcbef_education and knowledge"></a> </p>
<p>Over one billion people, the majority of them women, lack the basic education needed to understand the causes of ill health and take appropriate preventive action. As widely recognised by UN agencies including the WHO, World Bank, UNAIDS and UNESCO, education dramatically affects health outcomes. With better knowledge about HIV/AIDS, for example, many individuals can be directed towards safe sexual behaviour and reduced HIV infection rates. </p>
<p>Educated women are more likely to use health services and health-related information, with a particular impact on child and maternal mortality rates. According to <a href="http://www.unicef.org/sowc04/sowc04_contents.html" target="_blank">UNICEF</a>, each extra year in maternal education in low-income countries reduces under-five child mortality by up to 10 percent. By enabling more secure employment and better access to economic assets, education<br />
also improves health outcomes in providing some protection from such shocks as ill health, disability or natural disasters. </p>
<p>The current distribution of education, however, is heavily skewed against girls, those people living in rural areas and the poor. Despite the pledge of signatories of the Millennium Development Goals to achieve universal primary education by 2015, children still have to pay for primary schooling (through either user fees or other charges) in <a href="http://www.actionaid.org/docs/aa_teachers.pdf" target="_blank">92 countries</a>. </p>
<p>Such discrepancies in education can also be seen in the control of medical knowledge. Health specialists in the North know how to control most of the infectious diseases that afflict low-income countries. Rich nations should be sharing this knowledge and helping with the alleviation of preventable diseases by ensuring that public health and sanitation be provided for all, together with clean water, adequate housing, education, adequate food and health education. These measures would go a long way towards the elimination of diseases that currently afflict people in developing countries, just as they were successful in improving the health of European and American citizens in the nineteenth century. </p>
<p><b>Structural Causes of Poverty and Ill Health</b><a title="structural causes" name="12360c89335fcbef_structural causes"></a> </p>
<p>It is clear that the crisis of global health is intimately related to the crisis of global poverty. However, whilst the direct causes of ill health in the developing world can be attributed to a lack of resources and poverty, if we delve deeper, we can state that a major source of poverty itself is the current structure of the global economic system. This understanding &#8212; that improving global health is impossible without addressing the wider political and economic causes of poverty &#8212; is central to an agenda for human development and social justice.<br />
<b><br />
Debt and Structural Adjustment</b><a title="debt" name="12360c89335fcbef_debt"></a> </p>
<p><b></b></p>
<p>Structural adjustment policies and high levels of debt owed by Southern countries to institutions in the North remain a key reason for worsening health outcomes in many developing countries. Following the oil crisis in the 1970s, Southern debt suddenly soared due to interest rate hikes and the devaluation of the US dollar. Many economies in the 1980s, collapsing under an unmanageable debt burden, were forced to enter into loan agreements with institutions such as the International Monetary Fund (IMF) and the World Bank.</p>
<p>These loans were contingent upon the adoption of fiscal austerity measures and economic reforms, later commonly known as ‘structural adjustment programs&#8217; (SAPS). Under the rationale of attracting foreign investment through market liberalisation and downsizing the public sector, adjustment measures included the rapid privatisation of state industries, the removal of ‘barriers to trade&#8217; such as tariffs and quotas, and often led to social spending cuts in essential services such as education, health, housing, water and sanitation.</p>
<p>The human impact of structural adjustment has since become legendary; real wages fell by as much as 70 percent in some African countries in the 1980s, while the introduction of user fees for healthcare led to a catastrophic drop in usage of health services. Poverty and hunger rates considerably worsened in many indebted nations, health systems collapsed, children left school, and government-provided social services and safety nets were seriously undermined.</p>
<p>Structural adjustment also did little to curb the Southern debt crisis, which spiralled upwards by 400 percent to reach a level of US$3,000bn by the late 1990s. The devastating human consequences of SAPs have since led to their abandonment, although their replacement with Poverty Reduction Strategy Papers (PRSPs) in 1999 has resulted in policies little different from SAPs. Even today, the IMF promotes an expansion of private-sector healthcare delivery in poor countries, with the same market-led approach to development leaving little scope for ambitious public health programs. </p>
<p><b>Unfair Trade Rules</b><a title="unfair trade" name="12360c89335fcbef_unfair trade"></a>
<p>Unfair trade rules also negatively influence health outcomes in poorer countries by exacerbating conditions of poverty and food insecurity. The World Trade Organisation (WTO) members meet to set the rules of world trade, almost always in favour of the rich countries, to the detriment of the poor. Whilst more economically powerful countries continue to subsidize their agro-export corporate farmers, the same countries insist that developing nations reduce their own subsidies and lower tariffs and quotas on the import of foreign goods.</p>
<p>Similar to the requirements of market liberalisation under structural adjustment policies, the WTO&#8217;s Agreement on Agriculture commits member countries to remove tariffs and subsidies for farmers and food exporters. The current terms of trade, however, remain grossly unjust. While Southern countries are expected to do away with agricultural subsidies, remove trade barriers and open their markets to foreign goods, farmers in the North continue to be supported by huge government handouts. In 2005, for example, the US subsidised its agricultural products to the tune of US$19bn. These heavily subsidized products flooded the Asian rice markets, the African cotton markets and the Latin American soya markets, undermining local markets, and driving millions of Third World farmers and peasants into bankruptcy. As India&#8217;s Trade Minister said at the Doha world trade talks in 2005; &#8220;Indian farmers can compete with US farmers but not with the US Treasury.&#8221; </p>
<p>A major consequence of massive subsidies in the North is the overproduction of agricultural commodities, leading to the ‘dumping&#39; of food at below production costs in developing countries. Subsidies in the United States, for <a href="http://iatp.org/iatp/factsheets.cfm?accountID=451&amp;refID=26080" target="_blank">example</a>, have allowed US businesses to sell wheat on international markets at 43 percent below the cost of production, rice by 35 percent and cotton by over 60 percent. The effect of such dumping on farmers in the South can be devastating; not only are millions of smallholder farmers displaced from their livelihoods, but billions of dollars are lost each year in agricultural income for developing countries. </p>
<p>Agricultural and rural investment has also dramatically declined in poor countries over recent decades. According to the World Bank, agricultural productivity per worker has fallen by about 12 percent in Africa since the early 1980s, while yields of the most important staple food grains <a href="http://www.ghwatch.org/2005report/ghw.pdf">have not increased</a> over the same period &#8212; a situation repeated across the developing world. Following the liberalisation of the agricultural sector, these factors have led to a collapse in rural employment and farm incomes in many poorer countries.  </p>
<p>Increasing imbalances in the division of land ownership are a further obstacle to economic development in the South. In poor countries, a small number of large landowners possess most of the arable land, while vast numbers of small owners and tenants farm the remaining soils, which is often of inferior quality or on marginal lands where environmental degradation threatens agricultural production. Fewer and fewer households are able to subsist on herding, forestry or fishing. Commercial fishing reduces the catches of poor fishers, and foresters lose their rights to logging companies working under government concessions. The globalised food system has therefore created a perverse and paradoxical dynamic; the use of land for export production may reduce food costs in countries with advanced economies, but it can have tragic consequences for most of the families who live from farming in the developing world.</p>
<p>Global trading rules are also biased in favour of large agro-industrial businesses that grow crops for export, thereby penalising small farmers who grow food for local consumption. The average land holding per head among rural farmers in developing countries declined from 3.6 hectares in 1972, to 0.26 hectares in 1992 &#8212; and continues to fall. Unfavourable market conditions can also cause these families to fall into debt, forcing them to sell their land and migrate to urban areas. Estimates by the UN in 2000 suggested that up to 30 million people had been driven from rural areas as a result of agricultural liberalisation policies.</p>
<p>With a vast number of hungry people living in farm households, these structural conditions are a major cause of food insecurity and increasing poverty &#8212; leading to the social and environmental settings that are a major cause of ill health. WTO rules and free trade agreements encourage governments to prioritise trade concerns and business needs over public health needs and social spending, in effect trumping the right to health with the priorities of ‘export-led growth,&#8217; positive terms of trade and the shareholders right to maximise profit.</p>
<p><strong>The Power of Transnational Corporations</strong></p>
<p>The process of economic globalisation has led to the concentration of power in the hands of a small number of transnational corporations, resulting in the accumulation of huge profits in the midst of chronic food insecurity and poverty for millions of people. As markets were liberalised and the role of governments scaled back over the past few decades, private property rights were strengthened through trade agreements, in particular the Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS). Simultaneously, regional and bilateral trade agreements &#8212; signed at a rate of 15 per year in the 1990s &#8212; handed more power to large corporations, resulting in dramatically increased volumes of world trade.</p>
<p>The rapid growth of foreign direct investment (FDI) since the early 1990s, generally involving a company from one country making a physical investment into building a factory in another country, has also led to the immense influence of transnational corporations (TNCs). This trend is most notable in the food industry where large corporations dominate the whole supply chain, from the seeds planted in fields through to the production, processing, manufacture, marketing and selling of food to consumers. By 1990, for example, companies from OECD countries controlled 90 percent of the global seed market. Between 1990 and 2001, the foreign sales of the world&#8217;s largest food-related TNCs rose from US$88.8bn to US$234bn, with total foreign assets rising from US$34bn to a spectacular US$257bn.</p>
<p>The result is a global trading regime subjugated to control by Northern-based TNCs, and a so-called ‘race to the bottom&#8217; for workers in developing countries. The liberalisation of capital and trade markets has made it easier for TNCs to operate wherever the conditions are best suited to maximising the return on investments, allowing them to quickly move into countries with cheaper labour or more natural resources to exploit. Entire operations are often transferred into low wage and low tax countries with less environmental or labour protections, or ‘special economic zones&#8217; (SEZs) are set up in poorer countries that allow TNCs to operate with exemptions from certain taxes and business regulations. In 2004, 5,000 SEZs worldwide employed around 50 million workers. For many jobseekers in the South, poverty and unemployment force them to accept unhealthy working conditions and insufficient wages, in turn exacerbating the social determinants that lead to ill health. The employment trend in Northern countries is also towards downsized workforces, casual contract labour with less social protection, and increased job insecurity.</p>
<p>The privatisation of health and other essential services, which has gone hand in hand with the neoliberal ideology that still defines the macro-economic system, has also increased the power of transnational corporations based in the North. In most developing countries, market-driven health sector reforms intensified in the late 1990s under policies dubbed the ‘Washington Consensus&#8217; (led by the World Bank, IMF, WTO and United States), based on the assumption that government-run services were uneconomical and inefficient. Health insurance schemes flourished alongside a mix of public and private options for healthcare, often producing a two-tiered health system in low- and middle-income countries as a result of packages designed by the World Bank &#8212; meaning one for the rich who could afford choice, and a deficient version for the poor.</p>
<p>The effect for those who could not afford user fees or the Bank&#8217;s ‘best buy&#8217; health interventions was often disastrous. In sub-Saharan Africa, primary education levels fell by as much as half between the 1960s and the 1990s, while many diseases of poverty once thought ‘conquered&#8217; made a sudden return such as tuberculosis and dengue fever. The public sector, far from being supported by unregulated privatised health services, was increasingly eroded. And the international trend towards a privatised world has effectively redefined the concept of health from an inalienable human right, to a commodity to be bought and sold on the market. Even in the traditionally welfare states of Europe, hard-won gains of publicly accountable services are being gradually eroded by a market-driven health sector.</p>
<p>This strong intellectual property regime, pushed by the US, EU and Japan at the WTO on behalf of their pharmaceutical companies, has also limited access to medicine for the poorest in the developing world. Under TRIPS agreements, governments grant patents to give a company monopoly power to manufacture and sell a medicine free of competition from any other manufacturer in that particular country, usually for a period of ten years. Such an imposed monopoly significantly increases the price of essential drugs, such as antiretroviral medicine for HIV/AIDS, as well as legally restricts the ability to produce ‘copy-cat&#8217; drugs that provide a lifeline for many of the world&#8217;s poor.</p>
<p>Furthermore, the intellectual property regime and the vast profits that can be secured from patented drugs has skewed the incentives for research and development of drugs away from the needs of the poor in the developing world towards ‘lifestyle medicines&#8217; that service the desires of the richer members of society.</p>
<p>An unfettered global economic market that disproportionately empowers large corporations, increases wealth inequality both within and between nations, and fails to eradicate poverty and food insecurity is clearly incompatible with public health objectives. The globalised market system has not worked for the poorest people who lack the resources to fulfil the human right to &#8220;a standard of living adequate for the health and well-being of himself and of his family, including food, clothing, housing and medical care and necessary social services.&#8221; Only a new model for development can meet this vision as enshrined in <a href="http://www.udhr.org/UDHR/ART25.HTM">Article 25</a> of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, based on a rehabilitation of the public sector and public services, a reinvigorated notion of the government role in providing essential public services, and a transformed economic system that specifically prioritises health and social welfare. </p>
<p><strong>The Need to Implement the Principle of Sharing</strong></p>
<p>In 1978, the World Health Organisation held an international conference at Alma Ata in Kazakhstan to discuss the importance of Primary Health Care. Out of this conference came the <a href="http://www.who.int/hpr/NPH/docs/declaration_almaata.pdf">Alma Ata Declaration</a> signed by 134 countries, which stated that Primary Health Care (PHC), rather than expensive high-tech medical interventions, could provide the solution to the problems of world health. The radical concept of PHC went entirely beyond traditional healthcare delivery models to incorporate a spirit of social justice and universal equality, as embodied in the slogan ‘health for all by the year 2000.&#8217; Health is &#8220;not merely the absence of disease or infirmity,&#8221; stated the Declaration, but a &#8220;fundamental human right&#8221; and a &#8220;world-wide social goal whose realisation requires the action of many other social and economic sectors in addition to the health sector.&#8221;</p>
<p>The Alma Ata Declaration also embraced the proposals for a new international economic order, put forward by the United Nations in the 1970s, to reform the global economy to promote equality for Third World countries as well as replace the Bretton Woods system. The aim of ‘health for all&#8217; therefore had explicitly political implications based on &#8220;sustained economic and social development&#8221; in order to reduce the gap between the health status of the developing and developed countries. For the first time, two complementary understandings of healthcare were forged together; both the clinical determinants of health, as well as the social, political and economic determinants of health that are largely beyond the control of health ministries. Most importantly, PHC as the declared model for global health policy called for a more equitable distribution of resources between rich and poor &#8212; in other words, a fairer sharing of wealth and power that would soon become anathema to the advocates of neoliberal policies.</p>
<p>The idealism of equality and sharing that brought the world together in Alma Ata obviously did not last for long, almost immediately replaced by the World Bank&#8217;s focus on ‘selective primary health care&#8217; that had the less ambitious goal of fighting specific diseases based on ‘cost-effective&#8217; medical interventions. This approach, characterised by a disease-focused and vertical model that only targeted a limited range of illnesses and health needs, ignored the broader context of development and the principles of social justice and equity. The lofty goals set at Alma Ata were soon overshadowed by the structural adjustment programs led by the International Monetary Fund and World Bank, which incorporated competition into the provision of social services and led to the slashing of health budgets in many poor countries.</p>
<p>The World Health Organisation, that previously pioneered the concept of PHC in the 1970s, also remained conspicuously silent during the years of market-driven health sector reforms. A UN report summed up the state of health in 2003 in calling for a re-examination of current strategies to meet targets on reducing poverty, hunger and illness: 54 countries had become poorer than they were in 1990, it reported, and life expectancy had regressed in 34 countries, mostly in Africa.</p>
<p>Yet the spirit and vision of Alma Ata was never entirely forgotten. In 2000, when governments were originally scheduled to meet the goal of &#8220;the attainment by all peoples of the world&#8230; of a level of health that will permit them to lead a socially and economically productive life,&#8221; a civil society gathering called the <a href="http://www.phmovement.org/pha2000/index.html">People&#8217;s Health Assembly</a> took place in Bangladesh and called for a renewed international commitment to primary health care.</p>
<p>The <a href="http://www.phmovement.org/en/resources/charters/peopleshealth">People&#8217;s Charter for Health</a> that was formulated and endorsed at the five-day gathering soon became the common tool of a worldwide citizen&#8217;s movement committed to making the Alma-Ata dream a reality. On the thirtieth anniversary of the Declaration of Alma-Ata in 2008, the People&#8217;s Health Movement again <a href="http://www.phmovement.org/cms/en/node/867">reiterated</a> its call for ‘Health for All Now!&#8217;, while the <a href="http://www.afro.who.int/phc_hs_2008/documents/En/Ouagadougou%20declaration%20version%20Eng.pdf">Ouagadougou Declaration</a> on Primary Health Care was issued in Africa in April 2008, also calling for a renewal of the Principles of Primary Health Care and its implementation in developing countries by the international community.</p>
<p>A further impetus was given to the concept of PHC by the publication of three prominent reports in 2008; the WHO&#8217;s <a href="http://www.who.int/whr/2008/en/index.html">World Health Report 2008</a> (titled: ‘Primary Health Care: Now More Than Ever&#8217;), the WHO&#8217;s <a href="http://www.who.int/social_determinants/thecommission/finalreport/en/index.html">Commission on the Social Determinants of Health</a> (CSDH) (titled ‘Closing the Gap in a Generation&#8217;), and the <a href="http://www.ghwatch.org/ghw2/ghw2pdf/ghw2.pdf ">Global Health Watch II</a> (written by a collective of civil society and health professionals that analyse the structural causes of ill health).</p>
<p>Of these, the previously mentioned CSDH report is of particular note. Although media coverage of the report was minimal, some health policy <a href="http://www.phmovement.org/en/node/843">analysts</a> described the findings as little short of revolutionary. The Commission &#8212; set up in 2005 by the WHO to address the social factors leading to ill health &#8212; stated that &#8220;deep inequities in the distribution of power and economic arrangements, globally, are of key relevance to health equity.&#8221; In an entire section headed &#8220;Tackle the Inequitable Distribution of Power, Money, and Resources,&#8221; the final report identified these factors as the key &#8220;structural drivers of the conditions of daily life.&#8221; The fact that a majority of people in the world do not enjoy the good health that is biologically possible, it states, is by no means inevitable but the result of a &#8220;toxic combination of bad policies, economics, and politics.&#8221; A fairer sharing of world resources is thus, in no uncertain terms, taken as the starting point for addressing inequities in health as well as all other aspects of human development.</p>
<p>In a stinging critique of globalisation, trade liberalisation, market integration, and multilateral organisations such as the IMF, World Bank and WTO, the CSDH report goes a long way towards defining a new international economic order &#8211; despite specifically stating that such a task was beyond its remit. Significantly, the report in its final chapter recognises that its ambitious agenda is dependent upon a &#8220;global movement for change,&#8221; involving not only the World Health Organisation, global leaders and country partners, but also civil society as &#8220;powerful protagonists in the global health equity agenda.&#8221;</p>
<p>While the issue of healthcare again grabs news headlines with the national reforms proposed by President Barack Obama in the United States, demand for a renewal of primary health care based on equality is silently gaining renewed attention amongst policymakers. For the WHO to fulfil its mandate and live up to the bold analysis in its CSDH report, civil society organisations must play a central role in pushing through a policy platform based on the principles of PHC. The next step, as the People&#8217;s Health Movement has long recognised through its global campaign on the <a href="http://www.phmovement.org/en/campaigns/145/page">Right to Health</a>, is for popular public support to mobilise attention around the issue of ‘health for all&#8217; &#8212; recognising the central role of the state and public health systems, and the ultimate responsibility of the United Nations in holding governments to account for universal human rights norms. When the principle of sharing is accepted as fundamental to the provision of adequate food, shelter, health care and education, then the fine words of the UN&#8217;s many declarations can finally be translated into a concrete programme of action. </p>
<p><center><strong>ANNEX</strong></center></p>
<p><strong>Diseases in the Developing World</strong></p>
<p>Many of the diseases in the developing world should be entirely preventable with modern medical knowledge and an understanding of the structural causes of poverty.</p>
<p>The examples below illustrate some of the diseases that commonly afflict the developing world, and how a fairer sharing of world resources could help to alleviate them.</p>
<p><strong>Bilharzia and Hookworms</strong></p>
<p>Two billion people worldwide suffer from Bilharzia (schistomiasis) and soil-transmitted parasitic worms, mainly hookworms. Over the past few decades, incidents of schistosomiasis and hookworm have increased and continue to spread, especially in African countries such as Ghana, Senegal, Ethiopia and Mali. Estimates suggest that Bilharzia and soil-transmitted parasitic worms account for more than 40 percent of all tropical diseases, excluding malaria.</p>
<p>A fluke or schistosome parasite causes Bilharzia or Schistosomiasis, which spends part of its life cycle in a water snail and develops in humans. Infected people and their livestock, urinating in water where snails are not yet infected often spread the disease to new areas. Several scientists, including Brinkmann, have found a high incidence of schistosomiasis in areas near imposed infrastructure projects such as artificial lakes and irrigation projects.</p>
<p>Strong government intervention can play a critical role in addressing these diseases. For example, the Chinese government managed to reduce the number of people infected in its country from 12 to 1.3 million, through an integrated control programme involving the ministries of Public Health, Agriculture and Water Conservancy. The Chinese authorities also realised the importance of health education in the control of the spread of the disease, so health agencies taught local populations how to prevent its transmission, how to treat it and the importance of cooperation with medical workers for diagnostic screening and treatment. Local people provided the labour, money and material for snail control.</p>
<p>Improved water supply and sanitation, according to the World Health Organisation, could also help to prevent the spread of Bilharzia or Schistosomiasis.</p>
<p>Just as schistosomiasis has spread over the past few decades in poorer countries, so has the incidence of hookworm. Hookworms live in damp earth and enter people through the soles of their feet, travelling through the bloodstream to the intestines, where they live indefinitely.</p>
<p>Irrigation projects worldwide again appear to contribute to the spread of the disease. According to the World Health Organisation &#8220;intensified irrigation, dams and other water related projects contribute importantly to this disease burden.&#8221;</p>
<p>If the principle of sharing was implemented, governments in the North could aid the World Health Organisation to alleviate incidents of schistosomiasis and hookworm.</p>
<ul>
<li>Both schistosomiasis and hookworm are eminently treatable with cheap drugs, meaning that more wealthy governments should provide drugs required to treat all the people suffering from schistosomiasis and hookworm</li>
<li>Educational projects should also be put in place in poorer countries to teach people how to  prevent the spread of these diseases</li>
<li>Adequate sanitation facilities should be provided, to prevent the spread of these diseases</li>
<li>People in danger of contracting the diseases should be supplied with footwear, to protect their feet</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Filariasis</strong></p>
<p>Lymphatic filariasis (also known as elephantiasis), dracunculiasis, onchocerciasis and malaria, are also spread by water borne parasites. One billion people in 80 countries are at risk of infection by elephantiasis, so called because the legs of people infected with the disease swell up to the size of an elephant. Furthermore, 120 million people globally are infected with this disfiguring disease, which is caused by a parasite that lives in mosquitoes. Doctors can now treat the disease with albendazole, a drug developed by GlaxoSmithKline and Merck.</p>
<p>Lymphatic filariasis could be adequately treated if governments helped to integrate participatory programmes for the elimination of this disease, both by treating infected people and preventing the spread of the disease through the provision of adequate housing and bed nets.</p>
<p><strong>Malaria</strong></p>
<p>Malaria, caused by the plasmodium parasite, remains endemic in many Third World countries. 1,600 million people are at risk of infection with malaria worldwide, whilst 396 million people (of which 275 million in Africa) suffer from the disease. The World Health Organisation estimates that 1.4-2.8 million people, most of whom are children under five, die from the disease every year.</p>
<p>To control Malaria, both early prevention and direct treatment are important. In the West, many governments have largely eradicated Malaria, where it previously affected millions. Although it may be impossible to eradicate mosquitoes totally, with modern medical knowledge and global financial resources, it could be easily achievable to treat all those people that are infected. In addition, a strong government role in healthcare provision would help to alleviate malaria. By using organised quarantine methods, infected patients could be isolated to remove the threat of contamination to other mosquitoes and humans.</p>
<p>Donors should provide money for integrated malaria control programmes, combining participatory mosquito control with screening and treatment of infected people in all the countries affected. Every source of stagnant water, where mosquitoes can breed, should be removed and natural methods of eradication could be enhanced to eliminate the remaining mosquitoes (harmless biolarvicides developed in Cuba and currently produced in Argentina by Rosenbush laboratories provide one example).</p>
<p><strong>Dracunculiasis</strong></p>
<p>Dracunculiasis is caused by a parasitic worm, the Guinea worm (Drancunculus medinensis), which spends part of its life cycle in a water flea, and develops in the human body. People catch guinea worms from unclean water in the poorest parts of sub-Saharan Africa, especially in Sudan. The worm migrates under the victim&#8217;s skin causing severe pain, especially when insertion occurs in the joints. It eventually emerges from the feet, making them swell, blister and ulcerate, accompanied by fever, nausea and vomiting. Although no drug treatment is available, the disease should be completely preventable. In the 1970s, there were several million cases. The World Health Organisation made a serious effort to eradicate the disease and there are now 75,223 cases, most of which are in the Sudan.</p>
<p>Through cooperation and an effective sharing of resources, the Guinea worm could be completely eradicated through the implementation of a proposed World Health Organisation programme by:</p>
<ul>
<li>Case containment in all endemic villages</li>
<li>Community-based surveillance systems in endemic villages</li>
<li>Providing safe water, health education and water filters</li>
<li>Mapping all endemic villages and maintaining data bases</li>
<li>Certifying guinea worm eradication country by country worldwide. </li>
</ul>
<p><strong>River Blindness</strong></p>
<p>Half a million poor people living in Africa have lost their sight due to river blindness, or onchocerciasis, an insect-borne disease caused by the parasite Onchocerca volvulus and transmitted by blackflies that live on the banks of fast flowing water. Adult worms of the parasite live in nodules in a human body where the female worms produce high numbers of larvae called microfiliariae. These worms then break out of the nodules and find their way to the surface of the skin. Eventually they make their way to the eyes, causing blindness. If caught in time the disease can be treated with the drug ivermectin, or mectizan, a drug developed by GlaxoSmithKline and Merck.</p>
<p>Since 1996, the African Programme for Onchocerciasis Control has introduced mass community-based ivermectin treatment control programmes. A similar programme was set up in South America by the Onchocerciasis Elimination Programme in the Americas. The World Health Organisation formed a Nongovernmental Development Organization Coordination Group for Onchocerciasis Control to promote worldwide interest and support for the use of ivermectin in countries where people suffer from river blindness. So far, the programme has been successful and points the way forward towards the importance of sharing responsibility for the control of some of the world&#8217;s most debilitating diseases.</p>
<p><strong>Sleeping Sickness</strong></p>
<p>Sleeping sickness is another disease that seriously affects the poor, with at least 50 million people in 36 African countries exposed to the risk of contracting this disease. A parasite, the African trypanosome that lives in the tsetse fly, transmits this disease by biting humans. The parasite lives in the blood of the infected person for a few days, then travels into the brain, where it begins to cause sleep disturbances, eventually killing the infected person.</p>
<p>Colonial powers in Africa in the 1940s and 1950s were almost successful in bringing sleeping sickness under control. They trained local Africans to recognise the relevant parasites under the microscope, took blood samples from every man, woman and child, then treated everyone that had trypanosomes in their blood. The treatment was harsh. People suffering from the early stages of the disease were treated with suramin and pentamidine, both of which have severe side effects, and people already suffering from the late stages of the disease were treated with the arsenic-based drug, melarsoprol, which kills more than ten percent of those treated.</p>
<p>However, there are more effective and humane ways of preventing sleeping sickness, by the eradication of tsetse flies. Experiments in certain African countries proved that tsetse flies could easily be caught in traps that are cheap to make using sticks and cow-urine-impregnated cloth. Such natural solutions and participatory projects should be implemented in all 36 African countries affected.</p>
<p><strong>Leishmaniasis and Chagas Disease</strong></p>
<p>An estimated 200 million poor people in Africa, the Americas and Asia are at risk of infection with the Leishmania parasite. Leishmaniasis is transmitted by phlebotomine sandflies. This disease can either affect the skin, causing sores, or the internal organs, causing Kala Azar, which is fatal if not treated. Drugs used to treat leishmaniasis are based on antimony (a toxic heavy metal), have to be administered by injection under medical supervision and can cause severe side effects. The Leishmania parasite has become increasingly resistant to these drugs.</p>
<p>In South and Central America the poor are also at risk of infection with Chagas disease, caused by the American Trypanosome parasite, (Trypanosoma cruzi), which lives in the assassin bug. An estimated 649,000 people are infected with this disease. Assassin bugs, which live in the cracks and crevices of poor people&#8217;s homes, usually in rural areas, come out at night to bite and ingest blood from sleeping humans.</p>
<p>Assassin bugs transmit parasites through their faeces, which then enter the bloodstream of a sleeping human, causing fever and swollen lymph glands. This initial acute phase is sometimes fatal, especially in young children, but most adults survive and the parasite then invades the organs of the body, including the heart, gradually debilitating the person over time. Two drugs, which have severe side effects, Nifurtimox and Benznizadol, can be used to treat the early stage of the disease, but once the parasite is established, it cannot be cured.</p>
<p>Both of these diseases could be prevented by the provision of adequate housing with nets over windows and bed nets to prevent people from being bitten by the sandflies, as well as providing the screening of blood destined for transfusions. Even plastering the cracks in existing houses and substituting metal roofs for thatch could prevent the spread of the disease.</p>
<p><strong>Taenia solium</strong></p>
<p>The pork tapeworm, Taenia solium, is the most common parasitic infection of the central nervous system. Although the pork tapeworm usually lives in the intestine of the people it infects, the eggs from the tapeworm can hatch out and migrate into the muscles, heart, eyes, brain and spinal cord, where they form cysts, sometimes causing epilepsy. This disease is associated with poverty and affects people in South America, Brazil, Central America, Mexico, China, India, SE Asia and sub-Saharan Africa.</p>
<p>It is possible to cure people of the pork tapeworm by dosing them with praziquantel. Clean water and adequate sanitation are also essential for the elimination of the disease, since if tapeworm eggs pass into water sources then the parasite can infect the human population.</p>
<p>In 1993, an international task force for disease eradication declared that governments and health authorities could eradicate Taenia solium because:</p>
<ul>
<li>
The parasite requires the human to complete its life cycle</li>
<li>Tapeworms in humans are the only source of infection for pigs</li>
<li>Authorities can control transmission from pigs to humans</li>
<li>There is no reservoir of infection in wildlife </li>
</ul>
<p>Therefore, governments and agencies could control these diseases by providing through adequate water and sanitation and other ‘up-stream&#8217; interventions to prevent the spread of infected parasites to humans. </p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/08/world-health-and-international-economic-sharing/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>7</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Growing Poverty and Despair in America</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/08/growing-poverty-and-despair-in-america/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/08/growing-poverty-and-despair-in-america/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 27 Aug 2009 16:00:17 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Stephen Lendman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Housing]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hunger]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Poverty]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=10120</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[In 1962, Michael Harrington&#8217;s The Other America exposed the nation&#8217;s dark underside enough for John Kennedy to ask his Council of Economic Advisor chairman, Walter Heller, to look into the problem and for Lyndon Johnson to say (on January 8, 1964) that his administration &#8220;today, here and now, declares unconditional war on poverty in America.&#8221; [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In 1962, Michael Harrington&#8217;s <em>The Other America</em> exposed the nation&#8217;s dark underside enough for John Kennedy to ask his Council of Economic Advisor chairman, Walter Heller, to look into the problem and for Lyndon Johnson to say (on January 8, 1964) that his administration &#8220;today, here and now, declares unconditional war on poverty in America.&#8221; </p>
<p>In fact, it was little more than a skirmish that fell way short of addressing the real problem in the world&#8217;s richest nation. Today it&#8217;s even greater and increasing exponentially under a president who, unlike Johnson, declared war on the poor and disadvantaged to favor privilege over growing needs and essential social change.</p>
<p>In his book, Harrington wrote:</p>
<p>&#8220;In morality and in justice every citizen should be committed to abolishing the other America, for it is intolerable that the richest nation in human history should allow such needless suffering. But more than that, if we solve the problem of the other America we will have learned how to solve the problems of all of America.&#8221; Sadly, we didn&#8217;t then nor have we now.</p>
<p>Perhaps more than anything, increasing homelessness and hunger highlight the growing problem as, in the face of deteriorating economic conditions and growing human needs, administration policies are indifferent, counterproductive, uncaring and hostile.</p>
<p>In December 2008, Reuters reported that &#8220;Homelessness and demand for emergency food are rising in the United States as the economy founders,&#8221; according to a December 2008 US Conference of Mayor&#8217;s Task Force on Hunger and Homelessness survey of 25 American cities. Chief causes cited were growing poverty, unemployment, and unaffordable housing costs with greater than ever expected challenges in 2009. At the time, it was reported that &#8220;Cities continue to develop aggressive strategies to prevent homelessness&#8221; and provide other essential services, but that was then and this is now.</p>
<p><strong>An Epidemic of State Budget Shortfalls </strong></p>
<p>As economic conditions deteriorate, the Center on Budget and Policy Priorities (CBPP)&#8217;s July 29 report highlighted the growing problem. Titled &#8220;New Fiscal Year Brings No Relief from Unprecedented State Budget Problems,&#8221; it cited the following issues:</p>
<p>&#8211; at least 48 states &#8220;addressed or still face shortfalls in (their FY 2010) budgets,&#8221; the result of &#8220;the worst decline in tax receipts in decades;&#8221;<br />
&#8211; at issue is a $163 billion deficit or 24% of their budgets, and these numbers keep rising as conditions worsen;<br />
&#8211; at least 33 states &#8220;already anticipate&#8221; 2011 deficits that may exceed 2010 ones; and<br />
&#8211; for FYs 2010 and 2011, shortfalls of at least $350 billion are expected, and FY 2012 may bring little or no relief.</p>
<p>In response, deep social service cuts are being implemented, putting the burden on vulnerable Americans to cope and survive. The situation is grave and worsening with at least 21 states cutting &#8220;low-income children&#8217;s or families&#8217; eligibility for health insurance or reduce their access to health care services.&#8221;</p>
<p>Elderly and disabled persons programs are also being reduced or eliminated. So are services for home and child care, rehabilitation, and other essential needs for the poor and low-income households. The most vulnerable of all are affected, yet more cuts are expected as new budget pressures arise.</p>
<p>Pre-school, K-12, and higher education cuts are being made as well. Public payrolls and hours worked are being slashed, exacerbating the growing unemployment problem, worse still by cutting pay for the still-employed. Tax increases may also be considered at the worst possible time.</p>
<p>&#8220;Expenditure cuts and tax increases are problematic policies during an economic downturn because they reduce overall demand and can make the downturn deeper. When states cut spending, they lay off employees, cancel contracts with vendors, eliminate or lower payments to businesses and nonprofit organizations that provide direct services, and cut benefit payments to individuals.&#8221;</p>
<p>Demand is then reduced because households have less to spend. As a result, the economic crisis deepens. CBPP said federal assistance is crucial, yet the Obama administration declined while providing trillions to Wall Street and other corporate favorites. That&#8217;s the state of governance in America today under Republican and Democrat administrations, each no different from the other.</p>
<p><strong>Hunger in America</strong></p>
<p>On its web site, Feeding America (formerly America&#8217;s Second Harvest) said in &#8220;the land of plenty,&#8221; one in eight Americans (meaning millions) face growing hunger problems, and not just the poor and unemployed. They&#8217;re &#8220;often hard-working adults, children and seniors who simply cannot make ends meet&#8221; and have to forego meals at times, even for days.</p>
<p><strong>Hunger and Poverty Facts</strong></p>
<p>&#8211; in (pre-crisis) 2007, 37.5 million people were impoverished; they comprised:<br />
&#8211; 12.5% of the population and 9.8% of families;<br />
&#8211; 20.3 million or 10.9% of people aged 18 &#8211; 64;<br />
&#8211; 13.3 million or 18% of children under age 18; and<br />
&#8211; 3.7 million or 9.7% of seniors aged 65 or older who benefit from Social Security and Medicare.</p>
<p>In addition:</p>
<p>&#8211; 36.2 million Americans are food insecure, including 12.4 million children;<br />
&#8211; they comprise 13 million or 11.1% of households;<br />
&#8211; 4.7 million households experience &#8220;very low food security&#8221; meaning hunger is a persistent problem;<br />
&#8211; households with children have double the food insecurity as ones with none;<br />
&#8211; single women-headed households are worst off with 30.2% of them insecure; and<br />
&#8211; 53.9% of food-insecure households rely on one or more of the following federal programs &#8211; food stamps, the National School Lunch Program, and the Special Supplement Nutrition Program for Women, Infants and Children (WIC); in addition, Feeding America (in 2007) provided emergency food aid to about 25 million low-income people, 8% more than in 2001.</p>
<p>On August 6, the US Department of Agriculture reported a record 34.4 million Americans (one in nine) receiving food stamps in May as unemployment keeps surging. It was the sixth consecutive monthly record, and every state showed an increase as economic conditions worsen.</p>
<p>On September 10, the Commerce Department will release 2008 census data expected to show around another 1.5 million people added to the poverty rolls over 2007 figures &#8212; a total of nearly 39 million representing 12.7% of Americans. According to Rebecca Blank, Economic Affairs Undersecretary, final numbers aren&#8217;t yet in and may be worse than expected because of how bad things are for growing numbers in the country. She believes if (U-3) unemployment hits 10% (up from 9.4% now), poverty could reach 14.8% this year and rising because of jobs and homes lost, savings exhausted, and the sharpest ever decline in personal wealth between mid-2007 and December 2008. </p>
<p>Worst of all, conditions for most people are deteriorating as businesses, states, and local governments shed workers and cut budgets at the worst possible time. It promises harder times ahead and potentially millions more impoverished.</p>
<p><strong>Homelessness Facts</strong></p>
<p>Annually, two-three million Americans, including 1.3 million children, experience homelessness and many more are at risk. Most vulnerable are those losing jobs, homes, and the millions of low-income workers paying 50% or more of their income in rent so that a missed paycheck, health emergency, or unexpected financial burden makes them vulnerable to homelessness at a time government aid is being cut.</p>
<p><strong>Criminalizing the Homeless</strong></p>
<p>In the face of a growing burden on society&#8217;s most needy, the National Law Center on Homelessness and Poverty reported that &#8220;many cities use the criminal justice system to punish people living on the street for doing&#8221; what they must to survive. Local ordinances prohibit sleeping, camping, eating, sharing food, sitting, loitering, and/or begging in public places with criminal penalties imposed on offenders. Some cities even punish organizations and individuals for helping, and the idea always is to keep the unwanted out of sight, mind, and preferably out of cities, at least in or near more affluent areas or business districts. </p>
<p>As economic conditions deteriorate, the problem will grow and so will the plight of the homeless as cities crack down harder in violation of constitutional and international human rights laws.</p>
<p><strong><br />
The OECD&#8217;s 2008 Report, &#8220;Growing Unequal?: Income Distribution and Poverty in OECD Countries</strong></p>
<p>It states that America &#8220;is the country with the highest inequality level and poverty rate&#8221; among the 30 OECD countries, ranking only ahead of Mexico and Turkey. In addition, since 2000, inequality grew rapidly, &#8220;continuing a long-term trend (going) back to the 1970s&#8221; when inflation-adjusted household incomes began falling. Other data cited includes:</p>
<p>&#8211; the gap between rich and middle and poorer income groups widened;<br />
&#8211; government redistribution of income &#8220;plays a relatively minor role in the United States,&#8221; partly because social service spending is low and falling; in 2008 America, it was 9% of household incomes compared to 22% on average in OECD countries;<br />
&#8211; social mobility in America is low, and children of poor families are less likely to become rich; and<br />
&#8211; &#8220;wealth is distributed much more unequally than income: the top 1% controls some 25-33% of total net worth and the top 10% holds 71%;&#8221; other estimates place these disparities much higher and widening as social inequalities increase, high-paying jobs disappear, the middle class keeps shrinking, poverty grows, and federal and state governments cut essential services in the face of increasing need among greater numbers of people.</p>
<p><strong><br />
The Working Poor Keep Getting Poorer</strong></p>
<p>The Working Poor Families Project October 2008 study highlighted similar problems from 2002 through 2006. Titled &#8220;Still Working Hard, Still Falling Short: New Findings on the Challenges Confronting America&#8217;s Working Families,&#8221; it reported:</p>
<p>&#8211; jobs paying poverty-level wages rose by 4.7 million;<br />
&#8211; low-income working families (earning less than double the Census definition of poverty) increased by 350,000;<br />
&#8211; below poverty-level jobs rose to 29.4 million and comprise 22% of all jobs compared to 19% in 2002;<br />
&#8211; most disturbing is that this happened during a period of economic growth, but at the same time wages haven&#8217;t kept pace with the cost of living;<br />
&#8211; low income family numbers rose to nearly 9.6 million or 28% of the population;<br />
&#8211; children in them number 21 million;<br />
&#8211; 72% of low-income families with working adults in them performed the equivalent of one and one-quarter jobs &#8211; a far greater burden than in other OECD countries; and<br />
&#8211; income inequality is highest in New York; California is fourth, but all states are in a race to the bottom as conditions deteriorate everywhere, so all rankings are disturbing compared to the late 1990s.</p>
<p>The US Labor Department&#8217;s latest productivity report highlights the plight of workers even more. It rose 6.4% in Q 2, the largest gain since 2003, while workers&#8217; compensation fell sharply, 2.2% on an annualized basis. According to Mark Vitner of Wells Fargo Bank, the productivity increase &#8220;is almost entirely the result of cost-cutting, not improved ways of producing goods and providing services.&#8221; It also shows how powerless workers are at a time of massive job cuts, so staying employed takes precedence over wages paid and benefits. The result is profits up, pay down, benefits disappearing, and American workers transitioning to serfs.</p>
<p>More confirmation comes from the latest Internal Revenue Service statistics for 2007 showing that the income disparity between the top 10% and bottom 90% reached &#8220;a higher level than any other year since 1917 and even surpasses 1928, the peak of the stock market bubble in the &#8216;roaring&#8217; 1920s,&#8221; according to data from University of California economist Emmanuel Saez. He noted that &#8220;2007 was an incredibly good year for the super rich&#8221; and added:</p>
<p>&#8220;Based on the US historical record, falls in income concentration due to recessions are temporary unless drastic policy changes such as financial regulation or significantly more progressive taxation are implemented and prevent income concentration from coming back.&#8221;</p>
<p>But these are no ordinary times as the US sinks slowly into depression. The super-rich are exploiting it to their advantage, while millions of working Americans are losing jobs, homes, benefits, savings, futures, and safety net protections. The 2007 data reflected the peak of the current cycle. What&#8217;s ahead will be far more grim, disturbing, and reflective of an America that is no more.</p>
<p><strong><br />
The Economic Policy Institute&#8217;s (EPI) State of Working America: 2008-2009</strong></p>
<p>As the economy contracted in 2008, job losses and unemployment accelerated, but EPI&#8217;s report missed the worst of it from early 2009 to the present. It cited:</p>
<p>&#8211; wages losing ground to inflation;<br />
&#8211; high energy costs;<br />
&#8211; the burst housing bubble;<br />
&#8211; millions of defaults on home loans followed by foreclosures;<br />
&#8211; declining financial markets and frozen credit;<br />
&#8211; less health care coverage and fewer higher-paying jobs with good benefits; and<br />
&#8211; &#8220;for the first time since the mid-1940s, the real incomes of middle-class families are lower at the end of this business cycle than they were when it started;&#8221; as a result, &#8220;prosperity is eluding working families&#8221; as they fall further behind, now more than ever as depression takes hold.</p>
<p>EPI calls family income &#8220;the core building block of American living standards.&#8221; Yet during the last business cycle, significant productivity growth was accompanied by stagnant or falling real incomes. &#8220;That has never happened before.&#8221; The latest economic recovery bypassed the middle class and created greater income inequality. The Bush administration&#8217;s tax cuts exacerbated the problem by helping the top 1% mostly, the middle class marginally, and low-income families not at all.</p>
<p>Clear racial disparities show whites consistently better off than blacks and Hispanics, men doing better than women, huge class distinctions, and mobility up the income ladder bypasses most at lower levels. One study showed that about 60% of families starting out in the bottom fifth stratum were still there a decade later. At the same time, over half the top income ones kept their position. </p>
<p>EPI concludes that &#8220;where you start out in the income scale has a strong influence (over) where you end up (so) the rate of economic mobility is low&#8221; in the richest country in the world where the select few alone benefit. All others lose out as their incomes don&#8217;t keep pace with inflation and their living standards erode.</p>
<p>Another study implies that a poor family of four with two children needs nine to 10 generations to reach middle-income status. It means where you&#8217;re born is where you&#8217;ll stay. So-called rags-to-riches tales are just folklore, and stagnant or downward mobility today is more serious than ever.</p>
<p>Wages and salaries comprise three-fourths of family income, and for the middle class, it&#8217;s even higher. Yet since 2002, they didn&#8217;t grow at all despite historically high productivity, meaning business benefitted, not workers who fell further behind. Women and minorities fare worst plus everyone in lower income categories. During the 2002 &#8211; 07 recovery, no progress was made &#8220;in reducing the share of workers with low earnings (in) all race/ethnic groups and for both genders&#8230;.The very highest earners have done considerably better than other workers for at least (the past) 30 years, but they (did) extraordinarily well over the last 10 years.&#8221;</p>
<p>In addition, eroding &#8220;employer-provided benefits, most notably pensions and health insurance, is an important aspect of the deterioration in job quality (and economic security) for many workers.&#8221; Most harmed are young workers facing bleak prospects, older ones losing jobs and not wanted, and the erosion of unionization since the 1950s, especially since the late 1970s.</p>
<p>Overall, 2002-07 growth was a jobless recovery followed by the subsequent wiping out of five years of modest gains. From 2000-2007, average annual job growth was an anemic 0.6%, well below the 1990s 1.8% figure. In addition, the unemployment rate rose 0.7% from March 2001 (the last business cycle&#8217;s peak) to December 2007 even though average workers age increased and the labor force participation rate shrank &#8212; &#8220;both of which should have put downward pressure on the&#8221; unemployment rate. The great American job creation machine faltered badly in the new millennium and now has collapsed.</p>
<p>Net family wealth also determines household well-being, particularly from income and financial assets, including real estate. Yet in America, the top 1% controls more than the bottom 90% combined and the disparity is growing. In 1962, the bottom 80%&#8217;s share was 19.1%. In 2004, it was 15.3%, the difference shifting to the top 5%.</p>
<p>In addition, until the current downturn, average household debt grew much faster than income, fueled by increases in mortgages, home equity loans, and high credit card balances. Since the housing bubble burst and home prices collapsed, the damage done has been enormous with still more to come.</p>
<p>The result is growing poverty levels as discussed above with numbers increasing as economic conditions weaken. &#8220;The backsliding against poverty in the 2000s is most notable among the least advantaged,&#8221; especially blacks, Hispanics, mother-only families, and the poor unable to keep pace.</p>
<p>It shows up in inequality in health security in the form of inadequate or no insurance, lower life expectancies for poor and lower income households, and an eroding safety net for the most needy. Rising health care costs, lost or no benefits, and an economic crisis have increased the plight of millions of the country&#8217;s least advantaged.</p>
<p>EPI&#8217;s report highlights a nation of growing inequality, lower wages, fewer benefits, diminished worker bargaining power, and disempowered unions v. market fundamentalists, complicit government officials, and their &#8220;You&#8217;re-on-Your-Own&#8221; (YOYO) ideology against which they&#8217;re powerless.</p>
<p>They believe markets know best so let them, arguing that alternatives &#8220;will create the wrong incentives.&#8221; Recent decades reveal the folly of this approach on American workers&#8217; living standards. Exposing the &#8220;ownership society&#8221; myth, all household security measures, including net worth, have fallen despite a few years of late 1990s progress. </p>
<p>Today, &#8220;The macro-economy is in serious disrepair, beset by the spillovers from the bursting&#8230;.housing bubble, high energy prices, and unsustainable levels of household indebtedness&#8221; causing economic collapse and the possibility of a deep, protracted depression. So far, remedial measures have been patchwork and counterproductive as growing millions face greater uncertainties with no imminent signs of relief and federal and state governments not caring or helping.</p>
<p>In 2009, the State of Working America is dire and worsening enough for millions of households to face greater than ever challenges on their own with government indifferent to their plight.</p>
<p>Concluding an early 1980s edition of his book, Michael Harrington sensed what &#8220;Other Americans&#8221; were up against in writing:</p>
<p>&#8220;I end this review, then, on an ambivalent note. There was progress; there could have been more progress; the poor need not always be with us. But it will take political movements much more imaginative and militant than those in existence in 1980 to bring that progress about. Until that happens, the poor will be with us.&#8221; And today, in exponentially growing far greater numbers because nothing is being done to reverse them.</p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/08/growing-poverty-and-despair-in-america/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>11</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Homeless and Struggling In New Orleans</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/08/homeless-and-struggling-in-new-orleans/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/08/homeless-and-struggling-in-new-orleans/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 25 Aug 2009 16:01:16 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Jordan Flaherty</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Class]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Health/Medical]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Housing]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Human Rights]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[New Orleans]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Poverty]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=10062</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Crawling through a hole in a fence and walking through an open doorway, Shamus Rohn and Mike Miller lead the way into an abandoned Midcity hospital. They are outreach workers for the New Orleans organization UNITY for the Homeless, and they do this all day long; searching empty houses and buildings for homeless people, so [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Crawling through a hole in a fence and walking through an open doorway, Shamus Rohn and Mike Miller lead the way into an abandoned Midcity hospital. They are outreach workers for the New Orleans organization UNITY for the Homeless, and they do this all day long; searching empty houses and buildings for homeless people, so they can offer services and support. “We joke about having turned criminal trespass into a fulltime job,” says Rohn.</p>
<p>Up a darkened stairway and through the detritus of a building that looks like its been scavenged for anything of value to sell, Rohn and Miller enter a sundrenched room. Inside is Michael Palmer, a 57-year-old white former construction worker and merchant seaman who has made a home here. Palmer &#8211; his friends call him Mickey &#8211; is in some ways lucky. He found a room with a door that locks. He salvaged some furniture from other parts of the hospital, so he has a bed, a couch, and a rug. Best of all, he has a fourth-floor room with a balcony. “Of all the homeless,” he says, “I probably have the best view.”</p>
<p>Mickey has lived here for six months. He’s been homeless since shortly after Katrina, and this is by far the best place he’s stayed in that time. “I’ve lived on the street,” he says. “I’ve slept in a cardboard box.” He is a proud man, thin and muscled with a fresh shave, clean clothes and a trim mustache. He credits a nearby church, which lets him shave and shower.</p>
<p>But Palmer would like to be able to pay rent again. “My apartment was around $450. I could afford $450. I can’t afford $700 or $800 and that’s what the places have gone up to.” Keeping himself together, well-dressed and fresh, Mickey is trying to go back to the life he had. “I have never lived on the dole of the state,” he says proudly. “I’ve never been on welfare, never collected food stamps.” Palmer rented an apartment before Katrina. He did repairs and construction. “I had my own business,” he says. “I had a pickup truck with all my tools, and all that went under water.”</p>
<p>Palmer is one of thousands of homeless people living in New Orleans’ storm damaged and abandoned homes and buildings. Four years after Katrina, recovery and rebuilding has come slow to this city, and there are many boarded-up homes to choose from. The Greater New Orleans Community Data Center counts 65,888 abandoned residential addresses in New Orleans, and this number doesn’t include any of the many non-residential buildings, like the hospital Mickey stays in. Overall, about a third of the addresses in the city are vacant or abandoned, the highest rate in the nation. UNITY for the Homeless is the only organization surveying these spaces, and Miller and Rohn are the only fulltime staff on the project. They have surveyed 1,330 buildings – a small fraction of the total number of empty structures. Of those, 564 were unsecured. Nearly 40% of them showed signs of use, including a total of 270 bedrolls or mattresses.</p>
<p>Using conservative estimates, UNITY estimates at least 6,000 squatters, and a total of about 11,000 homeless individuals in the city.</p>
<p>UNITY workers have also found that not all people living in New Orleans’ abandoned homes are squatters. In the last three months alone, they have found nine homeowners living in their own toxic, flood-damaged, often completely unrepaired homes. These are people living in buildings &#8212; identified as abandoned and not fit for human habitation &#8212; that they (or extended family members) actually own.</p>
<p>The abandoned building dwellers they’ve found are generally older than the overall homeless population, with high rates of disability and illness. The average age of folks they have found is 45, and the oldest was 90. Over 70% report or show signs of psychiatric disorders, and 42% show signs of disabling medical illnesses and problems.  Disabling means “people that are facing death if not treated properly,” clarifies Rohn. “We’re not talking about something like high blood pressure.”</p>
<p><strong>Life in Abandoned Homes</strong></p>
<p>“This leg here bent backwards and the muscle came up,” says Naomi Burkhalter, an elderly Black woman in a wheelchair, sitting outside of the abandoned house she lives in and gesturing to her badly twisted leg. She was injured during Katrina, and can’t walk. She stays in a flood-damaged house in New Orleans’ Gert Town neighborhood, with no electricity or running water. She says the owner – who cannot afford to repair the home &#8211; knows she lives there, along with two other women. When they need water, they fill bottles up from neighbors. When she needs to get in and out of her house, she crawls, very slowly dragging herself up and down the steps with her hands, leaving her wheelchair outside and hoping no one takes it. Miss Naomi worked at a shrimp company and rented an apartment before Katrina. Now, between her injury and higher rents, she can no longer afford her former home. “My rent was 350 dollars,” she explains. “But when I came back, my rent was up to $1200.” Burkhalter has been homeless since then.</p>
<p>UNITY has received funding from the federal government for 752 housing vouchers specifically to help house the city’s homeless population. They have put people on a list, with those in the most danger of dying if they don’t get help on the top of the list. However, the vouchers still have not arrived, and at least 16 people from the list have already died while waiting. “The stress and trauma that these people have endured cannot be overstated,” says Martha Kegel, executive director of UNITY. “The neighborhood infrastructure that so many people depended on is gone.”</p>
<p>This problem was exacerbated by the demolition of thousands of units of public housing, an act which not only took away the community that many people found brought them comfort and safety, but has also made affordable rentals for poor New Orleanians even harder to find. Section 8 subsidized housing has been offered as a solution for those displaced from public housing and other poor renters, but a new study from Greater New Orleans Fair Housing Action Center (GNOFHAC) shows that discrimination keeps many people from finding quality housing through the program. According to the report, 82% of landlords in the city either refused to accept Section 8 vouchers, or added insurmountable requirements.</p>
<p>The study found that both discrimination on the part of landlords (99% of Section 8 voucher holders in Orleans parish are Black) and mismanagement on the part of the housing agency were barriers. One prospective landlord told a tester for GNOFHAC that he wouldn’t rent to Section 8 holders, “until Black ministers…start teaching morals and ethics to their own, so they don’t have litters of pups like animals, and they’re not milking the system.”</p>
<p>The mismanagement from the Housing Authority of New Orleans (HANO) was also a big problem for prospective landlords. “I faxed HANO the needed information 12 times for the rent I was never paid” said one landlord.  Another housing provider said, “I called every day for a month and never got a call back.”</p>
<p>Last month, more than a hundred members of STAND for Dignity, a grassroots membership project of the New Orleans Workers Center for Racial Justice, protested outside of the offices of HANO, decrying their lack of action. A single mother named Ayesha told the crowd that she had been on the Section 8 waiting list for eight years, and still hasn’t received any help. She is paying 80% of her income on rent, and has been forced to go months at a time without water, gas or lights. George Tucker, another member of STAND, and also (like Mickey Palmer) a former merchant mariner, told the assembled crowd his story of being evicted from his apartment because HANO lost his paperwork. Because of bureaucratic carelessness, he was homeless for thirteen months. “This governmental crookedness is not new,” he said. “But it cannot continue without consequences.” </p>
<p>Last week, at least partly in response to criticism from folks like the members of STAND, HANO announced that they would accept new applications for Section 8 vouchers, for the first time in six years. The period that they will accept applications in is only a week long – from September 6 through 12. </p>
<p><strong>Fear and Harassment</strong> </p>
<p>“My best friend died three weeks ago in this chair,” says Mickey Palmer gesturing next to him in his room in the abandoned hospital. “There was two other people staying here with me. One gentleman got in an accident about two months ago and he’s paralyzed in the hospital. Another friend of mine OD’ed and died here three weeks ago. My best friend. So I’m here alone.” </p>
<p>Palmer also fears police harassment. “The police hate homeless people,” he declares. “They’ll arrest me on drunk in public,” he says. “I haven’t had a drink in months.” Gesturing around the room that he has made into a home, he adds, “Of course, this is illegal. If I get caught I can not only be evicted, but incarcerated. I could go to jail for trespassing.”</p>
<p>This fear drives the homeless further underground, and makes it even harder for organizations like UNITY to find them and offer help. “Our city has a long history of police criminalization of homelessness, so people have reason to hide,” explains Martha Kegel. </p>
<p>Despite the size and scope of this problem, help has been hard to come by, from either the city, state, or federal government. “I’m not a politician and I’m not politically savvy,” says Palmer. “But I don’t think they care.”</p>
<p>In a rare step forward last month, both houses of Louisiana’s legislature unanimously passed a bill creating a statewide agency – to be almost entirely funded by the federal government &#8211; to address the issue of homelessness. However, Governor Jindal vetoed the bill. Jindal also vetoed funding for the New Orleans Adolescent Hospital, further reducing medical and mental health services in the city – another factor that has made life hard for many homeless folks in the city. As rates of mental illness rise in the city, we now have less treatment available then ever before.</p>
<p>For people like Mickey, caught in a city with few good paying jobs, much more expensive housing, and ever-decreasing social services, there are not many options. “At one time we were part of the city and part of the workforce,” Mickey says. “But people cannot afford the housing in New Orleans anymore. I find most of the people I know, my friends, they can’t afford the rent.” </p>
<p>Like most people in his position, Palmer has felt hopelessness at his plight.  “I try not to get depressed, he says, nervously flicking his lighter. “But this can get you depressed. Coming back here last night got me a little depressed.”</p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/08/homeless-and-struggling-in-new-orleans/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>What Special UN Envoy Bill Clinton May Do to Help Haiti</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/08/what-special-un-envoy-bill-clinton-may-do-to-help-haiti/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/08/what-special-un-envoy-bill-clinton-may-do-to-help-haiti/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 18 Aug 2009 18:29:06 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Ezili Danto</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA["Aid"]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Anti-slavery]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Haiti]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Imperialism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Justice]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Labor]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Neoliberalism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Poverty]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Racism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=9911</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Bill Clinton was in Miami Sunday, August 9, 2009, making a presentation before Haitians and we&#8217;d written a piece entitled What Special UN Envoy Bill Clinton may do to help Haiti where we outlined seven points &#8211; stating that Bill Clinton may help Haiti by helping to change US draconian foreign policy in Haiti, that [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Bill Clinton was in Miami Sunday, August 9, 2009, making a presentation before Haitians and we&#8217;d written a piece entitled What Special UN Envoy Bill Clinton may do to help Haiti where we <a href="https://lists.riseup.net/www/arc/ezilidanto/2009-08/msg00006.html">outlined </a>seven points &#8211; stating that Bill Clinton may help Haiti by helping to change US draconian foreign policy in Haiti, that is, by helping grant TPS and equal treatment to Haitians; to end the UN military occupation; free the thousands upon thousands of post-Bush 2004 coup d&#8217;etat political prisoners in Haiti; to cancel immediately and without onerous &#8220;privatization&#8221; or neoliberal conditions all Haiti debt to international financial institutions; to protect, not dilute the $2 billion in annual remittances Haitians from the Diaspora send to Haiti; to support Haitian sovereignty and the institutionalization of the rule of law, not impunity; to establish fair trade and nix fraudulent free trade and stop failed US/USAID policies of fleecing US taxpayers and handing aid money to USAID &#8212; or effectively trading through USAID, churches and predator NGOs, etc&#8230;</p>
<p>We wrote that: &#8220;It is in the best interest of the United States to directly support Haitian democracy, good governance, development, self-reliance and self-sufficiency. This cannot be done if the Haitian government has to compete with foreign funded NGOs and charities who are not elected or accountable to the people of Haiti, but are predatory and promoting<br />
dependency and their own organizations &#8220;interests for self-perpetuation in Haiti.&#8221; </p>
<p>All of these points, were replicas of the seven-points made in  HLLN&#8217;s <a href="http://www.margueritelaurent.com/pressclips/HaitiPolicyToObama.html#policy">Haiti Policy Statement for the Obama Team</a>, with added emphasis on demands, now that Clinton is the UN Special Envoy to Haiti that are  already made in our <a href="http://www.margueritelaurent.com/pressclips/sanba_zakafest.html#2008FHMdemands">FreeHaitiMovement Demands</a></strong>, particularly asking for the release of Haiti&#8217;s political prisoners, return of President Aristide and investigation of the Bush 2004 kidnapping and coup d&#8217;etat in Haiti.</p>
<p>Subsequent to Ezili&#8217;s HLLN issuing the 7-point statement on <a href="https://lists.riseup.net/www/arc/ezilidanto/2009-08/msg00006.html">What Special UN Envoy Bill Clinton may do to help Haiti</a>, we posted an <a href="http://www.lenouvelliste.com/article.php?PubID=&amp;ArticleID=72525">article</a>, from the <em>Nouvelliste</em> paper in Haiti, that reported that 600 checks being given out at the Ministry of Public Health in Haiti were given to folks who never worked there. We posted the article (which is in French) and noted that NO ARRESTS were made or being contemplated by the puppet Preval/Pierre Louis government.</p>
<p>These criminals are getting paid every day; these &#8220;zombi&#8221; employers get away scott-free with this crime. Meanwhile, our poor people are dying on the open seas, being eaten alive by sharks, rammed by Turk and Cacaos Coast Guards for just trying to find a better life elsewhere. Or, our 9 million are starving in Haiti in intense hunger where they are so hungry their stomachs burn as if they&#8217;ve swallowed Clorox or battery acid. Thus, the post pointed out how in Haiti the educated and well connected commit crimes with impunity and are not sent to jail. </p>
<p>We contrasted that, in particular, with the over 6,440 very poor Haitians in jails, many since 2004, most for no crimes at all, never, ever, seeing a judge or having a trial and pushed, again, for speedy trial and immediate release. We referred to our statement &#8212; <a href="http://www.margueritelaurent.com/pressclips/sfbayview.html#medialieslinks">The slavery in Haiti the mainstream press won&#8217;t expose</a> &#8212; about how the rich get away with murder in Haiti while the poor suffer mercilessly, die and get imprisonment, setting forth the following example taken directly from the <a href="http://www.margueritelaurent.com/pressclips/sanba_zakafest.html#2008FHMdemands">Free Haiti Demands</a>&#8217;s resolution.</p>
<p> <strong>Release of all political prisoners</strong></p>
<p>Many Haitians from poor neighborhoods were summarily rounded up into preventive or indefinite detention during the 2004 Bush/Bicentennial coup d&#8217;etat without ever being charged, tried or convicted of any crime. As of 2008, it is reported that there are 8,204 prisoners in Haiti and of this only 1,764 have been convicted of a crime. Before the 2004 coup d&#8217;etat, Haiti barely had 3,000 prisoners throughout the country. [During the coup, the military and their militias emptied the jails, killed police and guards to recruit members to bolster up their small ranks. So, most of the 3,000 were freed by the US-financed coupnappers and Boca Raton regime imposed on Haiti, first with US firepower then through this UN proxy military power for the Western powers]. </p>
<p>Today in UN-occupied Haiti, more than 6,440 still await trial, remain in jail, some going on for five years of prolonged detention, without ever having been charged, tried or convicted of any crime. These prison population statistics come from the <a href="http://www.archivex-ht.com/2009/02/">2008 US State Department Human Rights Report on Haiti</a> and do &#8220;not include the large number of persons held in police stations around the country in &#8216;preventive detention&#8217; (without a hearing or filed charges).&#8221; Also, many Haitians were summarily disappeared post the 2004 coup d&#8217;etat. There must be a complete investigation of such disappearances and political kidnappings, including the disappearance of Lovinsky Pierre Antoine. </p>
<p><strong>Release Haiti&#8217;s children</strong></p>
<p>At end of 2008, approximately 88 percent of the country&#8217;s 316 incarcerated minors were in prolonged detention, not charged, or having seen a judge, or been tried or convicted on any crime, some &#8220;since 2005.&#8221; This figure does not account for children confined with adults or held in indefinite detention at police stations around the country. (See, <a href="http://www.archivex-ht.com/2009/02/">State Department 2008 Human Rights Report: Haiti</a>).&#8221;             </p>
<p>We noted, as a preamble to the posting, our consternation.  I wrote:</p>
<blockquote><p><a href="http://www.lenouvelliste.com/article.php?PubID=&amp;ArticleID=72525">600 &#8220;zombi&#8221; checks</a> and no arrest? But if this included some ti malere &#8211; poor guy or gal &#8211; from Site Soley, he/she would be vilified and the jail keys thrown away as so many are experiencing right now for never having committed a crime &#8211; just put in jail, post coup detat 2004, for being poor and suspected of having voted for Aristide. But the suited criminals <em>ak kravat e bon rad</em> &#8211; the &#8220;good,&#8221; literate, well-connected and (educated?) folks enjoy complete impunity as they fleece the poorest&#8230; and the beat goes on.</p></blockquote>
<p>An HLLN reader sent us an email giving us more examples of such injustices, expounding more on the vile systemic corruption in Haiti supported by the UN occupation and US coup d&#8217;etat authorities and implemented by the &#8220;schooled&#8221; and suit-wearing bourgeois Haitian. The reader suggested we should have <a href="http://ets.freetranslation.com/">translated</a> the piece I was referring to where 600 checks were being paid out to educated and connected folks who never worked at the Ministry of Health, yet no arrests. (See: <a href="http://www.lenouvelliste.com/article.php?PubID=&amp;ArticleID=72525">600 chèques &#8221;zombi&#8221; récupérés, aucune arrestation</a>.)</p>
<p>This detailed HLLN comment by one of our members (who prefers to remain anonymous out of fear of being marginalized, or worse) gives a good picture of the impunity raging in Haiti that is carried out just by the tiny few, emboldened by US policies favoring dictatorship and military rule.  The majority are just turned into <a href="http://www.margueritelaurent.com/pressclips/sfbayview.html#medialieslinks">restaveks</a> &#8212; servants &#8212; by the ruling Haitian oligarchy. That&#8217;s the real slavery in Haiti, and the mainstream won&#8217;t ever expose it!  </p>
<p>But their time is ending. Haiti&#8217;s majority will, one day soon, be able to vote in a President who will not be ousted by the US because he looked out for the interests of the people of Haiti, not foreigners, not the oligarchy nor the corrupt and greedy charitable NGOs maintaining the status-quo. That time is at hand and we who help give voice to the voiceless in Haiti and denounce these injustices claim it for those who can&#8217;t.</p>
<p>The corruption of the ruling <a href="http://www.margueritelaurent.com/law/subcontracted.html#HaitiOligarchs">Haitian oligarchy</a>, their UN/US/Euro military back-up and all of their rank greed, terror and tyranny simply reinforces our commitment to un-tethering the voiceless 9-million Blacks from the cruelties and greed of the 13 &#8220;white Haitian&#8221; families &#8211; Haiti&#8217;s ruling oligarchy and their sycophants and wannabees. The 600 Haitians who were fleecing the Ministry of Public Health ought to be arrested and tried. Money, power and profit ought not be the measure for guaranteeing liberty, health , shelter, freedom and justice to human beings. The lives of the materially poor, no matter their skin tone, are valuable.</p>
<p>The impoverished and imprisoned in Haiti, the more than 6,440 wasting in Haiti&#8217;s overcrowded jails, sleeping in shifts, being abused by guards, catching diseases that go untreated, starving to death, some in jail going on five years in UN/US-occupied Haiti, without ever being charged, tried or convicted of any crime, MUST BE RELEASED. Bill Clinton and Ban Ki Moon, the UN Secretary General, ought to stand for this and stop giving interviews and going to meetings with well-to-do Haitians, many uncaring about the plight of their brethrens, just talking about the &#8220;success&#8221; of the UN mission in Haiti.</p>
<p>Such Haitians are only interested in US/USAID/Clinton Global Initiative dollars that will maintain the status quo in Haiti. They do not care that the US kidnapped a Constitutionally elected president, presided over the anarchy and slaughter, and then sent in the UN to maintain their bicentennial &#8220;gains&#8221; in Haiti. They cringe at the mention of the name Aristide and want to forget the gross bicentennial injustice that took place on the 200th anniversary year of Haiti&#8217;s independence. They want US approval, US dollars, US invitations, not justice. They&#8217;ve settled for the path of least resistance and paternalism.</p>
<p>There&#8217;s hardly any mention in these pat-ourselves-on-our-own-backs feel-good sessions that only the very, very poor in Haiti and those who reject this vile global system of wealth distribution and voted against the ruling oligarchy and its agents end up in jail. None of those convicted thugs and drug dealers whom the US financed to help with the ouster of Haiti&#8217;s democratically elected government have spent time in jail. We won&#8217;t mention Louis Jodel Chanblain. Lame Timanchet, the Gran Ravine assassins and death squads still roam free in UN-occupied Haiti. It&#8217;s mostly folks who stood against the second unconstitutional ouster of the Aristide government who are in jail today, very poor Haitians.</p>
<p>In fact, US authorities keeps <a href="http://hcvanalysis.wordpress.com/2008/03/27/haiti-the-dea-hunts-for-guy-philippe-again-us-is-this-any-way-to-treat-the-guy-who-did-your-dirty-work/">saying</a> they are looking to arrest Guy Philippe, the military leader of the coup against president Aristide, for drug dealing. Yet <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Guy_Philippe">Guy Philippe</a>, accused by Human Rights Watch of being a death squad leader, roams free in UN-occupied Haiti, still at large, last seen, I&#8217;m told, a few weeks ago, being interviewed on CNN! I wouldn&#8217;t be surprised if this were true. I vividly remember, sitting in my dying mother&#8217;s hospital bed, during the 2004 coup d&#8217;etat rape and rampage, watching Wolf Blitzer interviewing this Special Forces&#8217; trainee and Haiti assassin, calm as you please asking him if he planned to run for President!</p>
<p>It&#8217;s been a long, endless, bloody trek to here from then and the suffering and humiliation continues for us pro-democracy and justice Haitians.</p>
<p>The US and poverty pimping-&#8221;International friends of Haiti,&#8221; <a href="http://open.salon.com/blog/ezili_danto/2009/05/11/hlln_on_the_causes_of_haiti_deforestation_and_poverty">create the circumstances</a> and allows thugs and drug dealers to roam free, prohibits President Aristide from returning from exile in South Africa, deports Haitians back to storm-ravaged and coup d&#8217;etat destabilized Haiti, presides over the UN occupation, saying nothing about the UN and foreign forces&#8217; raping and molesting Haitians, trafficking in children, killing of civilians and the unfair imprisonments. President Preval chauffeurs Special UN Envoy Bill Clinton around, all smiles, as the people flee on rickety boats, die of starvation, curable diseases, or wrongful imprisonment. He never mentions the UN rapes, coup d&#8217;etat killings or indefinite detentions. In fact, the Haitian Parliament, in a rare moment, raised the minimum wage from 70 gourdes (or $1.75 per day) to 200 gourdes (about $5 a day or .63 cents per hour) for an eight-hour workday. President Preval, citing the US-HOPE II Act, vetoed it. The act allows for duty-free exports of clothing to the U.S.</p>
<p>Although labor costs are a tiny fraction of the prices of goods, it seems the President of Haiti is worried that if he raises the minimum wage to the equivalent of 0.63 cents an hour for desperately poor Haitian workers, US businesses would no longer be able to sell US consumers clothes and shoes produced in Haiti, but from somewhere else where labor is cheaper. Now, the proposed $5 raise still keeps Haiti at the lowest minimum wage in the Western Hemisphere, and less than half the industrial minimum wage in the neighboring Dominican Republic. But big business are outraged, OUTRAGED, by the very notion of paying Black Haitians the increase to about 0.63 cents per hour! They basically, as per usual, want to use the historically low Haitian wage to bargain with globally and <a href="http://www.margueritelaurent.com/pressclips/sfbayview.html">further drive down wages</a> or keep them from rising elsewhere. This private sector &#8212; enslavement sector &#8212; depends on Haiti&#8217;s impoverishment. That&#8217;s the truth of the matter.</p>
<p>In fact, President Jean Bertrand Aristide raising the minimum wage from 36 gourdes to 70 gourdes (about 0.22 U.S. <em>cents</em> an hour!) six-years ago was part of the reason the Bush Administration and Haitian oligarchy got angry enough to violently overthrow him in 2004, just as the Honduran elite with Washington have done, in part, to President Manuel Zelaya because he raised the Honduran minimum wage.</p>
<p>It seems clear that Wall Street can get angry not Main Street and that their profit interests are valued above human life, health and liberty.</p>
<p>So, if a Latin American president raises the minimum wage or some such no no that hinders Messrs.-Let&#8217;s-Hoard-It-All&#8217;s profit margins, it&#8217;s perfectly alright for the corporate, corrupt and greedy elites to get angry enough to turn to financing coup d&#8217;etat, war, indefinite detentions and torture.</p>
<p>Apparently a minimum wage of 0.63 cents per hour to desperately impoverished Haitians will hurt US consumers and big business, according to Haitian President Preval. But 0.38 cents per hour (or $3 per day) is enough according to Preval, although poor Haitians have to pay high US-prices to the <a href="http://www.margueritelaurent.com/law/subcontracted.html#HaitiOligarchs">mercenary families</a> (Haitian oligarchy) for imported US goods in Haiti: rice, soap, oil, clothes, food, toothpaste, shampoo, all supplies, etc.</p>
<p>Here&#8217;s what a young Haitian from Site Soley, who is probably dead now or rotting in prison for his dissent to the ouster and occupation, <a href="http://www.dominionpaper.ca/articles/2778">had to say</a> right before the 2004 coup d&#8217;etat in a demonstration to stop the ouster:</p>
<blockquote><p>&#8230; it’s this tiny group of folks who want to continue monopolizing everything in Haiti. Because for 200 years everything has been in their hands. They sell us our food, what we drink, all that we must have to live. They are the ones selling it to us…” (Go to the <a href="http://www.margueritelaurent.com/pressclips/sanba_zakafest.html#4dred">transcript of the video</a>, <em>When Haiti Was Free</em> &#8212; video evidence that media lies led to occupation not only in Iraq but in Haiti).</p></blockquote>
<p>Ultimately, pressure from Preval and the Oligarchy serving foreign business interests in Haiti, pushed the Haitian parliament to rescind the $5 per day and vote in a mere $3.75 per day (47 cents per hour) minimum wage.</p>
<p>Last year, gasoline in Haiti was $6 U.S. dollars per gallon at the pumps. The monopoly families who control all imports, many times charge Haitians higher prices than goods and staples would cost to buy in the US. 70% of the population is unemployed. Many work in the informal sector (street vendors, market women, peasant farmers, et al) or depend only on Diaspora remittances. Only some 250,000 people of Haiti&#8217;s 9 million Blacks have jobs covered by the minimum salary law. But the 0.47 cent an hour won&#8217;t cover much more than food and transportation to work and is more about guaranteeing huge profits for foreign multi-national corporations such as Levi&#8217;s, Disney, Wal-Mart and Hanes.</p>
<p>Bill Clinton&#8217;s commitment to bringing more of such &#8220;investors&#8221; into Haiti isn&#8217;t investment and certainly not about raising Haitian standard of living or long term development. The majority&#8217;s access to health care, political freedom, food, clean water, schooling, social justice and security from arbitrary arrest and indefinite detention is worst than before the 2004 Bush coup d&#8217;etat and UN/US occupation. The UN mission makes more than $600million per year in Haiti, their soldiers live in hotels, have turned Haiti into a brothel, a <a href="a penal colony">penal colony</a> and may be seen in their shorts at the beach on the weekends. With no living wage and the odds so stacked against them, it&#8217;s no wonder hopeless Haitians are fleeing to shark-infested waters on rickety, overcrowded boats.</p>
<p>And imagine the millions of dollars being siphoned out of Haiti by the schooled Haitians &#8212; the coup d&#8217;etat Haitians, who don&#8217;t pay taxes and whom this US-puppet government supports with UN/US firepower, diplomatic and media power, at the ready. In fact, the Oligarchy and foreigners are making so <a href="http://open.salon.com/blog/ezili_danto/2009/05/11/hlln_on_the_causes_of_haiti_deforestation_and_poverty">much money</a> in Haiti, since the 2004 coup d&#8217;etat, Haiti is no longer the &#8220;poorest in the Western Hemisphere, Nicaragua is! (See also &#8220;<a href="http://open.salon.com/blog/ezili_danto/2009/05/12/haitis_richesinterview_with_ezili_dant_on_mining_in_haiti">Haiti&#8217;s Riches</a>&#8220;).</p>
<p>Meanwhile human rights and advocacy networks, like Ezili&#8217;s HLLN, are marginalized by the International friends of Haiti, by Haiti&#8217;s ruling <a href="http://www.margueritelaurent.com/law/subcontracted.html#HaitiOligarchs">oligarchy</a> and their wanabees, for urging justice be done in Haiti and for the poor and speaking against the indefinite incarceration of poor people without voices. The danger to us who denounce the reality and tell the truth that is hidden behind the headlines on Haiti is not imagined.</p>
<p>Lovinsky Pierre Antoine, one of ours, was disappeared in UN-occupied Haiti on August 12, 2007, not long after he gave an <a href="http://www.haitiaction.net/News/HIP/3_4_7/3_4_7.html">interview</a> denouncing the coup d&#8217;etat, the UN and the Haitian oligarchy.</p>
<blockquote><p>The US government must stay out of our affairs and let us run our country. Each time they organize a coup d&#8217;état in Haiti &#8211; we have already 35 or 36 coups d&#8217;état in our history &#8211; we have to start over. This US policy of wanting to control everything in Haiti is blocking development as well as political, social or sociopolitical progress&#8230; (&#8211;Lovinsky Pierre Antoine, from an interview entitled &#8220;<a href="http://www.haitiaction.net/News/HIP/3_4_7/3_4_7.html">Sovereignty and Justice in Haiti</a>.&#8221;)</p></blockquote>
<p>There has been no investigation into the disappearance of Lovinsky Pierre Antoine. Nothing. But it is par for the course and also very telling about the reprehensible Haitian economic elite&#8217;s and their wannabees&#8217; mentality of wanting to be on the &#8220;winning team&#8221; no matter how criminal, unjust and stank that is!</p>
<p>Have these retards (<em>bafyòti</em>) ever heard of &#8220;Do the right thing&#8221; or, &#8220;Fight the Power-that-be!&#8221; Should we send them the soundtrack? Oh yeah, I forgot, Bill Clinton just told them yesterday at that Miami Conference &#8220;<a href="http://www.miamiherald.com/news/americas/haiti/story/1179067.html">not to be hostile</a>&#8221; when pointing out injustice and demanding justice and/or TPS! Yup, it&#8217;s that Louis Gates no, no. Can&#8217;t be Angry-While-Black thing! Besides, Clinton&#8217;s gonna bring foreign investments (<em>Ndòki</em>) to Haiti!</p>
<p>President Preval has outsourced the Haitian presidency to Bill Clinton to go begging for aid charity not justice and to bring more folks from the enslavement sector to Haiti. The plan for Haiti&#8217;s development is for Bill Clinton, per the dreams of Paul Collier/Ban Ki Moon, to entice more transnational companies, particularly big textile companies, perhaps like Coteminas from Brazil, to Haiti that shall <a href="http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=P-dvheFPDKA">feed off</a> Haiti&#8217;s impoverishment and slave wages. (See also &#8220;<a href="http://www.opensalon.com/blog/ezili_danto/2009/04/09/obamas_offered_hope_is_sweatshop_slavery">Obama&#8217;s offered HOPE is sweatshop slavery</a>&#8220;).</p>
<p>Uhmmm, the Haitians we know at HLLN wanna know, when is Santa Claus-Clinton and the US coup d&#8217;etat instigators going to respect the $2 billion REAL AND DIRECT INVESTMENT of Haitians from the Diaspora to Haiti that&#8217;s destroyed by the wannabees and Franco-PHONIES &#8212; <em>moun ak kravat e bel ròb yo</em> &#8212; and their corrupt Oligarchy in Haiti, and in the US.</p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/08/what-special-un-envoy-bill-clinton-may-do-to-help-haiti/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Latin American Social Movements in Times of Economic Crises</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/08/latin-american-social-movements-in-times-of-economic-crises/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/08/latin-american-social-movements-in-times-of-economic-crises/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 12 Aug 2009 16:01:27 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>James Petras</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Central Ixachilan (America)]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Economy/Economics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Haiti]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[History]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Imperialism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Neoliberalism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Poverty]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[South Ixachilan (America)]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=9754</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The most striking aspect of the prolonged and deepening world recession/depression is the relative and absolute passivity of the working and middle class in the face of massive job losses, big cuts in wages, health care and pension payments and mounting housing foreclosures.  Never in the history of the 20-21st Century has an economic [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The most striking aspect of the prolonged and deepening world recession/depression is the relative and absolute passivity of the working and middle class in the face of massive job losses, big cuts in wages, health care and pension payments and mounting housing foreclosures.  Never in the history of the 20-21st Century has an economic crisis caused so much loss to so many workers, employees, small businesses, farmers and professionals with so little large-scale public protest. </p>
<p>      To explore some tentative hypotheses of why there is little organized protest, we need to examine the historical-structural antecedents to the world economic depression.  More specifically, we will focus on the social and political organizations and leadership of the working class, the transformation of the structure of labor and its relationship to the state and market.  These social changes have to be located in the context of the successful ruling class socio-political struggles from the 1980’s, the destruction of the Communist welfare state, and the subsequent uncontested penetration of imperial capital in the former Communist countries.  The conversion of Western Social Democratic parties to neo-liberalism, and the subordination of the trade unions to the neo-liberal state are seen as powerful contributing factors in diminishing working class representation and influence.</p>
<p>      We will proceed by outlining the decline of labor organization, class struggle and class ideology in the context of the larger political-economic defeat and co-optation of anti-capitalist alternatives.  The period of capitalist boom and bust leading up to the current world depression sets the stage for identifying the strategic structural and subjective determinants of working class passivity and impotence.  The final section will bring into sharp focus the depth and scope of the problem of trade union and social movement weakness and their political consequences.</p>
<p><strong>History of Economic Depression and Worker Revolts: US, Europe, Asia and Latin America</strong></p>
<p>      The social history of the 20th and early 21st Century’s economic crises and breakdowns is written large with working class and popular revolts, from the left and right.  During the 1930’s the combined effects of the world depression and imperialist-colonial wars set in motion major uprisings in Spain (the Civil War), France (general strikes, Popular Front government), the US (factory occupations, industrial unionization), El Salvador, Mexico and Chile (insurrections, national-popular regimes) and in China (communist/nationalist, anti-colonial armed movements).  Numerous other mass and armed uprising took place in response to the Depression in a great number of countries, far beyond the scope of this paper to cover.</p>
<p>      The post-World War II period witnessed major working class and anti-colonial movements in the aftermath of the breakdown of European empires and in response to the great human and national sacrifices caused by the imperial wars.  Throughout Europe, social upheavals, mass direct actions and resounding electoral advances of working class parties were the norm in the face of a ‘broken’ capitalist system.  In Asia, mass socialist revolutions in China, Indo-China and North Korea ousted colonial powers and defeated their collaborators in a period of hyper-inflation and mass unemployment.</p>
<p>      The cycle of recessions from the 1960’s to the early 1980’s witnessed a large number of major successful working class and popular struggles for greater control over the work place and higher living standards and against employer-led counter-offensives.<br />
Economic Crises and Social Revolts in Latin America</p>
<p>      Latin America experienced similar patterns of crises and revolts as the rest of the world during the World Economic Depression and the Second World War.  During the 1930-40’s, aborted revolutionary upheavals and revolts took place in Cuba, El Salvador, Colombia, Brazil and Bolivia.  At the same time ‘popular front’ alliances of Communists, Socialists and Radicals governed in Chile and populist-nationalist regimes took power in Brazil (Vargas), Argentina (Peron) and Mexico (Cardenas).</p>
<p>      As in Central and Eastern Europe, Latin America also witnessed the rise of mass right-wing movements in opposition to the center-left and populist regimes in Mexico, Argentina, Brazil, Bolivia and elsewhere – a recurrent phenomenon overlooked by most students of ‘social movements’.</p>
<p>      The phenomenon of ‘crisis’ in Latin America is chronic, punctuated by ‘boom and bust’ cycles typical of volatile agro-mineral export economies and by long periods of chronic stagnation.  Following the end of the Korean War and Washington’s launch of its global empire building project (mistakenly called ‘The Cold War’), the US engaged in a series of ‘hot wars’, (Korea- 1950-1953 and Indo-China- 1955-1975) and overt and clandestine coups d’etat (Iran and Guatemala – both in 1954); and military invasions (Dominican Republic, Panama, Grenada and Cuba);  all the while backing a series of brutal military dictatorships in Cuba (Batista), Dominican Republic (Trujillo), Haiti (Duvalier),Venezuela (Perez-Jimenez), Peru (Odria) among others. </p>
<p>      Under the combined impact of dictatorial rule, blatant US intervention, chronic stagnation, deepening inequalities, mass poverty and the pillage of the public treasury, a series of popular uprisings, guerrilla revolts and general strikes toppled several US-backed dictatorships culminating in the victory of the social revolution in Cuba.  In Brazil (1962-64), Bolivia (1952), Peru (1968-74), Nicaragua(1979-89) and elsewhere, nationalist presidents took power nationalizing strategic economic sectors, re-distributing land and challenging US dominance.  Parallel guerrilla, peasant and workers movements spread throughout the continent from the 1960’s to the early1970’s.  The high point of this ‘revolt against economic stagnation, imperialism, militarism and social exploitation/exclusion’ was the victory of the socialist government in Chile (1970-73).</p>
<p>      The advance of the popular movements and the electoral gains however did not lead to a definitive victory (the taking of state power) except in Cuba, Grenada and Nicaragua nor did it resolve the crisis of capitalism (the key problem of chronic economic stagnation and dependence).  Key economic levers remained in the hands of the domestic and foreign economic elites and the US retained decisive control over Latin America’s military and intelligence agencies.</p>
<p>      The US backed military coups (1964/1971-76),US military invasions(Dominican Republic 1965 ,Grenada1983,Panama 1990,Haiti 1994,2005),surrogate mercenaries Nicaragua 1980-89 and right-wing civilian regimes (1982-2000/2005), reversed the advances of the social movements, overthrew nationalist/populist and socialist regimes and restored the predominance of the oligarchic troika: agro-mineral elite, the ‘Generals’ and the multinational corporations.  US corporate dominance, oligarchic political successes and pervasive private pillage of national wealth accelerated and deepened the boom and bust process. However the savage repression, which accompanied the US-led counter-revolution and restoration of oligarch rule ensured that few large-scale popular revolts would occur, between the mid 1970’s to the beginning of the 1990’s – with the notable exception of Central America.</p>
<p><strong>Civilian Rule, Neo-liberalism, Economic Stagnation and the New Social Movements</strong></p>
<p>      Prolonged stagnation, popular struggles and the willingness of conservative civilian politicians to conserve the reactionary structural changes implanted by the dictatorships, hastened the retreat of the military rulers.  The advent of civilian rulers in Uruguay, Brazil, Chile, Bolivia, Argentina in the late 1980’s was accompanied by the rapid intensification of neo-liberal policies.  This was spelled out in the ‘Washington Consensus’ and was integral to the President George H.W. Bush’s New World Order.  While the new neo-liberal order failed to end stagnation it did facilitate the pillage of thousands of public enterprises, their privatization and de-nationalization.  At the same time the massive outflow of profits, interest payments and royalties and the growing exploitation and impoverishment of the working people led to the growth of ‘new social movements’ throughout the 1990’s.</p>
<p>      During the ascendancy of the military dictatorships and continuing under the neo-liberal regimes, while social movements and trade unions were suppressed, non-governmental organizations (NGOs) flourished.  Billions of dollars flowed into the accounts of the NGOs from ‘private’ foundations. Later the World Bank and US and EU overseas agencies viewed the NGOs as integral to their counter-insurgency strategy.</p>
<p>      The theorists embedded in the NGO-funded feminist, ecology, self-help groups and micro-industry organizations eschewed the question of structural changes, class and anti-imperialist struggles in favor of collaboration with existing state power structures.  The NGO operatives referred to their organizations as the ‘new social movements’, which, in practice, worked hard to undermine the emerging class-based movements of anti-imperialists, Indians, peasants, landless workers and unemployed workers.  These class-based mass movements had emerged in response to the imperial pillage of their natural resources and naked land grabs by powerful elites in the agro-mineral-export sectors with the full support of voracious neo-liberal regimes.</p>
<p>      Toward the end of the 1990’s, neo-liberal pillage throughout Latin American had reached its paroxysm:  Tens of billions of dollars were literally siphoned off and transferred, especially out of Ecuador, Mexico, Venezuela and Argentina, to overseas banks.  Over five thousand lucrative, successful state-owned enterprises were ‘privatized’ by the corrupt regimes at prices set far below their real value and into the hands of select private US and EU corporations and local regime cronies.  The predictable economic collapse and crisis following the blatant looting of the major economies in Latin America provoked a wave of popular uprisings, which overthrew incumbent elected neo-liberal officials and administrations in Ecuador (three times), Argentina (three successful times) and Bolivia (twice).  In addition, a mass popular uprising, in alliance with a constitutionalist sector of the military, restored President Chavez to power.    During this period mass movements flourished and numerous center-left politicians, who claimed allegiance to these movements and denounced ‘neo-liberalism’, were elected president.</p>
<p>      The deep economic crisis and repudiation of neo-liberalism marked the emergence of the social movements as major players in shaping the contours of Latin American politics.  The principal emerging movements included a series of new social actors and the declining influence of the trade unions as the leading protagonist of structural change.</p>
<p><strong>The Crisis of 1999-2003: Major Social Movements at the ‘End of Neo-liberalism’</strong></p>
<p>      Major social movements emerged in most of Latin America in response to the economic crisis of the 1990’s and early 2000’s and challenged neo-liberal ruling class control.  The most successful were found in Brazil, Ecuador, Venezuela, Argentina and Bolivia.</p>
<p>      <strong>Brazil</strong>:  The Rural Landless Workers Movement (MST), with over 300,000 active members and over 350,000 peasant families settled in co-operatives throughout the country, represented the biggest and best organized social movement in Latin America.  The MST built a broad network of supporters and allies in other social movements, like the urban Homeless Movement, the Catholic Pastoral Rural (Rural Pastoral Agency) and sectors of the trade union movement (CUT), as well as the left-wing of the Workers Party (PT) and progressive academic faculty and students.  The MST succeeded through ‘direct action’ tactics, such as organizing mass ‘land occupations’, which settled hundreds of thousands of landless rural workers and their families on the fallow lands of giant <em>latifundistas</em>.  They successfully put agrarian reform on the national agenda and contributed to the electoral victory of the putative center-left Workers Party presidential candidate Ignacio ‘Lula’ Da Silva in the 2002 elections.</p>
<p>      <strong>Ecuador</strong>:  The National Confederation of Indian and Nationalities in Ecuador (CONAIE) played a central role in the overthrow of two neo-liberal Presidents, Abdala Bucaram in 1997 and Jamil Mahuad in January 2000, implicated in massive fraud and responsible for Ecuador’s economic crisis of the 1990’s.  In fact, during the January 2000 uprising, the leaders of CONAIE briefly occupied the Presidential Palace.  Beginning in the late 1990’s CONAIE had resolved to form an electoral party ‘Pachacuti’, which would act as the ‘political arm’ of the movement.  Pachacuti, in alliance with the rightist populist former military officer Lucio Gutierrez in the 2002 elections, briefly held several cabinet posts, including Foreign Relations and Agriculture.  CONAIE’s and Pachacuti’s short-lived experience as a government movement and party was a political disaster.  By the end of the first year, the Gutierrez regime allied with multi-national oil companies, the US State Department and the big agro-business firms, promoted a virulent form of neo-liberalism and forced the resignation of most CONAIE-backed officials.  By the end of 2003, widespread discontent and internal divisions were exacerbated by an army of US and EU-funded NGOs, which infiltrated the Indian communities.</p>
<p>      <strong>Venezuela</strong>: Major popular revolts in 1989 and 1992 culminated in the election of Hugo Chavez in 1999.  Chavez proceeded to encourage mass popular mobilizations in support of referendums for constitutional reform.  A US-backed alliance between the oligarchy and sectors of the military mounted a palace coup in April 2002, which lasted only 48 hours before being reversed by a spontaneous outpouring of over a million Venezuelans supported by constitutionalist soldiers in the armed forces.  Subsequently, between December 2002 and February 2003, a ‘bosses’ lockout’ of the petroleum industry, designed to cripple the national economy, supported by the Venezuelan elite and led by senior officials in the PDVSA (state oil company), was defeated by the combined efforts of the rank and file oil workers with support from the urban popular classes.  The failed US-backed assaults on Venezuelan democracy and President-elect Chavez radicalized the process of structural changes:  Mass community-based organizations, new class-based trade union confederations and national peasant movements sprang up and the million-member Venezuelan Socialist Party was formed.  Social movement activity and membership flourished, as the government extended its social welfare programs to include free universal public health programs via thousands of clinics, state-sponsored food markets selling essential food at subsidized prices in poor neighborhoods and the development of universal free public education including higher education.  At the same time numerous enterprises in strategic economic sectors, such as steel, telecommunications, petroleum, food processing and landed estates, were nationalized.</p>
<p>      While the ruling class continues to control certain key economic sectors and highly-paid officials in the state sector retain powerful levers over the economy, the Chavez government and the mass popular movements have maintained the initiative in advancing the struggle throughout the decade from the late 1990’s into the first decade of the new millennium.</p>
<p>       The Venezuelan social movements retain their vigor in part because of the encouragement of Chavez’ leadership, but the movements are also held back by powerful reformist currents in the regime, which seek to convert the movements into transmission belts of state policy.  The movement-state relationship is fluid and reflects the ebb and flow of the conflict and the threats emanating from the US-backed rightist organizations.</p>
<p>      The regime-movement relationship deepened during the crisis period of 1999-2003 and was further strengthened by the rise in oil prices during the world commodity boom of 2003-2008.  With the unfolding of the world economic crisis in late 2008-2009, the positive relationship between the state and the movements will be tested.</p>
<p>      <strong>Bolivia</strong>:  Bolivia has the highest density of militant social movements of any country in Latin America, including high levels of mine and factory worker participation, community and informal market vender organizations, Indian and peasant movements and public employee unions.  The long years of military repression from the early 1970’s to the mid 1980’s weakened the trade unions and was followed by intense application of neo-liberal policies. </p>
<p>      By the end of the 1990’s, new large-scale social movements emerged but the locus of activity shifted from the historically militant mining districts and factories to the ‘sub-proletariat’ or ‘popular classes’ engaged in informal, ‘marginal’ occupations, especially in cities like ‘El Alto’. ‘El Alto’, located on the outskirts of La Paz, is densely populated by recent migrants, displaced miners and impoverished Indians and peasants, and received few public services.  The new nexus for direct action challenging the neo-liberal regimes emerged from the coca farmers and Indian communities in response to the brutal implementation of US-mandated programs suppressing coca cultivation and the displacement of small farmers in favor of large-scale, agro-business plantations.  In the cities, public sector employees, led by teachers, students and factory health worker unions fought neo-liberal measures privatizing services, like water, and cutting the public budgets for education and health care. </p>
<p>      The economic crises of the late 1990-2000’s led to major public confrontation in January 2003, followed by a popular revolt in October and insurrection centered in ‘El Alto’ and spread to La Paz and throughout the country.  Before being driven from power, the Sanchez de Losada regime murdered nearly seventy community activists and leaders.  Hundreds of thousands of impoverished Bolivians stormed the capital, La Paz, threatening to take state power.  Only the intervention of the coca farmer leader and presidential hopeful, Evo Morales, prevented the mass seizure of the Presidential palace.  Morales brokered a ‘compromise’ in which the neo-liberal Vice President Carlos Mesa was allowed to succeed to the Presidency in exchange for a vaguely agreed promise to discontinue the hated neo-liberal policies of his predecessor, Sanchez de Losada.  The tenuous agreement between the social movements and the ‘new’ neo-liberal President survived for two years due to the moderating influence of Evo Morales.</p>
<p>      In May-June 2005, a new wave of mass demonstrations filled the streets of La Paz with workers, peasants, Indians and miners forcing Carlos Mesa to resign.  Once again, Evo Morales intervened and signed a pact with the Congress calling for national elections in December 2005 in exchange for calling off the protests and appointing a senior Supreme Court judge (Rodriguez) to act as interim President.</p>
<p>      Morales diverted the mass social movements into his party’s campaign machinery, undercutting the autonomous direct action strategies, which had been so effective in overthrowing the two previous neo-liberal regimes. This resulted in his election as President in December 2005.</p>
<p>      While the economic crisis abated with the boom in commodity prices, President Evo Morales’ social-liberal policies did little to reduce the gross income inequalities, the vast concentration of fertile land in a handful of plantation elite and the dispossession of a majority of Indian communities from their lands.  Morales’ policies of forming joint ventures with foreign multinational gas, oil and mining companies did little to end the massive transfer of profits from Bolivia’s natural resources back to the ‘home offices’ of the MNCs.  Nevertheless the Morales’ tepid ‘nationalist gestures led to a ‘political-economic’ confrontation with the US-backed Bolivian oligarchy, which was funded by their enormous private profits gained during the ‘commodity boom’.</p>
<p>      <strong>Argentina</strong>:  The strongest relationship between a severe economic crisis and a mass popular rebellion took place in Argentina in December 19-20, 2001 and continued throughout 2002. </p>
<p>      The conditions for the economic collapse were building up in the 1990s during the two terms of President Carlos Menem.  His neo-liberal regime was marked by the corrupt ‘bargain basement’ sale of the most lucrative and strategic public enterprises in all sectors of the economy.  The entire financial sector of Argentina was de-regulated, de-nationalized, dollarized and opened up to the worst speculative abuses.  The national economic edifice, weakened by the massive privatization policies, was further undermined by rampant corruption and gross pillage of the public treasury.  Menem’s policies continued under his successor, President De la Rua, who presided over the banking crisis and the subsequent collapse of the entire national economy, the loss of billions of dollars of private savings and pension funds, a thirty percent unemployment rate and the most rapid descent into profound poverty among the working and middle classes in Argentine history.</p>
<p>      In December 2001, the people of Buenos Aires staged a massive popular uprising in front of the Presidential palace with the demonstrators taking over the Congress.  They ousted President De la Rua and subsequently three of his would-be presidential successors in a matter of weeks.  Hundreds of thousands of organized, unemployed workers blocked the highways and formed community-based councils.  Impoverished, downwardly mobile middle class employees and bankrupt shopkeepers, professionals and pensioners formed a vast array of neighborhood assemblies and communal councils to debate proposals and tactics.  Banks throughout the country were stormed by millions of irate depositors demanding the restitution of their savings. Over 200 factories, which had been shut down by their owners, were taken over by their workers and returned to production.  The entire political class was discredited and the popular slogan throughout the country was: ‘<em>!Que se vayan todos!</em>’ (‘Out with all politicians!’).  While the popular classes controlled the street in semi-spontaneous movements, the fragmented radical-left organizations were unable to coalesce to formulate a coherent organization and strategy for state power.</p>
<p>      After two years of mass mobilizations and confrontation, the movements, facing an impasse in resolving the crisis, turned toward electoral politics and elected center-left Peronist Kirchner in the 2003 Presidential campaign.</p>
<p><strong>Low Intensity Social Movements: Peru, Paraguay, Colombia, Chile, Uruguay, Central America, Haiti and Mexico</strong></p>
<p>      The entire Latin American continent and the neighboring regions witnessed the significant growth of social movement activity of greater or lesser scope.  What differentiated these movements from their counterparts in Brazil, Argentina, Ecuador, Bolivia and Venezuela was the absence of political challenges and regime change and the limited scope of their social action.</p>
<p>      Nevertheless significant outbreaks of mass popular movements raised fundamental challenges to the reigning neo-liberal hegemony.</p>
<p>      In Haiti, a mass popular rebellion to reinstate the democratically elected President Jean Bertrand Aristide, who had been taken hostage and flown into exile by a joint US-EU-Canadian military operation, was brutally repressed by a multinational mercenary force led by a Brazilian general.  Subsequent massacres in crowded slums by the occupying troops aborted the resurgence of the popular ‘Lavelas’ movement protesting the foreign imposition of neo-liberal ‘privatization’ and austerity measures.</p>
<p>      Mexico witnessed a series of localized rebellions and mass uprisings against the neo-liberal regimes dominating Mexico.  In 1994, the Zapatista National Liberal Army (EZLN), based in the Indian communities of rural Chiapas, rose and temporarily succeeded in gaining control of several towns and cities.  With the entry of many thousands of Mexican Federal troops, and in the absence of a wider network of support, the Zapatistas withdrew to their jungle and mountain bases.  An unstable truce was declared, frequently violated by the government, in which an isolated EZLN continued to exist confined to a remote area in the state of Chiapas.  In Oaxaca, an urban rebellion, backed by trade unions, teachers and popular classes in the capital city and surrounding countryside, organized a popular assembly (comuna) and briefly created a situation of ‘dual power’ before being suppressed by the reactionary neo-liberal governor of the state using ‘death squads’ and Mexican troops.  Faced with the repressive power of the state, the insurgent popular movements shifted toward the electoral process and succeeded in electing center-left Andres Manual Lopez Obrador in 2006 in the midst of the neo-liberal economic debacle.  Their victory was short-lived, with the election results, overturned through massive fraud in the final tally of the votes.  Subsequent peaceful protests involving millions of Mexicans eventually lost steam and the movement dissipated.</p>
<p>      In Colombia, mass peasant, trade union and Indian protests challenged the neo-liberal Pastrana regime (1998-2002) while the major guerrilla movements (FARC/ELN) advanced toward the capital city.  Fruitless peace negotiations, broken off under US pressure and a $5 billion dollar US counter-insurgency program, dubbed ‘Plan Colombia’, heightened political polarization and intensified paramilitary death-squad activity.  With the election of Alvaro Uribe, the Colombian regime decimated peasant, trade union and human rights movements as it advanced its neo-liberal policies. </p>
<p>      The political effects of the economic crisis at the end of the 1990’s, which had precipitated social movement activity throughout the hemisphere, led to brutal repression in Haiti, Mexico and Colombia in order for the neo-liberal regimes to continue their policies.</p>
<p>      In several other Latin American countries, namely Peru and Paraguay, as well as in Central America, powerful rural-based peasant and Indian movements engaged in rural road blockages and land occupations against their governments’ neo-liberal ‘free trade’ agreements with the US.  Since these rural movements lacked nation-wide support, especially from the urban centers, their struggles failed to make a significant impact even as their economies crumbled under neo-liberal policies. </p>
<p><strong>Social Movements in the Time of the Commodity Boom</strong></p>
<p>      The sharp rise of agricultural and mineral commodity prices between 2003-2008, along with the election of center-left politicians, had a major impact on the most active and dynamic social movements.</p>
<p>      In Brazil the election of Lula De Silva (2002-2006) from the putatively center-left Workers Party was backed by all the major social movements, including the MST (Landless Rural Workers Movement) under the mistaken assumption that he would accelerate progressive structural changes like land re-distribution.  Instead, Da Silva embraced the entire neo-liberal agenda of his predecessor, President Cardoso, including widespread privatization and tight fiscal policies, which, with the rise of agro-mineral prices, led to a narrowly focused agro-mineral export strategy centered exclusively on large agro-business and mineral extractive elites to the detriment of small businesses and rural producers.  The MST’s efforts to influence Da Silva over the past decade(2003-2009) were futile – as state, local and federal governments criminalized the movement’s direct action tactics of land occupation.  Lula’s policy of granting subsistence federal food allowances to the extremely poor and his success at co-opting movement leaders, especially from the huge trade union federations, neutralized the landless peasants and organized workers’ capacity to protest and strike.  Lula’s policies isolated the MST from its ‘natural’ urban allies in the labor movement.</p>
<p>      Lula’s right-turn and the vast increase in export revenues from high commodity prices led to increased social expenditures and reduced the level of activity and support for the MST in its struggle for agrarian reform.  While retaining its mass base and continuing its land occupations, the MST no longer had a strategic political ally in its quest for social transformation.  Subsequently it pursued more moderate reforms to avoid confrontation with the Lula regime, to which it still offered ‘critical support’. </p>
<p>      In Argentina, the massive wave of direct action social movements subsided with the election of Kirchner (2003-2008) and the 7% economic growth rate stimulated by the commodity boom and the recovery from the dramatic economic melt-down of 2001-2002.  With the recovery of employment and the return of their savings, the middle class assemblies rapidly disappeared.  Kirchner offered subsidies to the unemployed and co-opted their leaders, which led to a sharp reduction of road blockages and membership in the militant unemployed workers organizations.   Kirchner won over part of the human rights movement with his policies, which included his public purge of some of the more notorious military and police officials and the granting of subsidies to certain sectors of the human rights movement, including the Madres de la Plaza de Mayo.  With the decline of the radicalized movements of 1999-2002, the economic recovery of 2003-2008 led to a partial recovery of trade union activism, whose demands were mostly economic, focusing on the recovery of the workers’ wages and benefits lost during the systemic crisis.</p>
<p>      In Bolivia, the economic boom, which began under the neo-liberal regime of Carlos Mesa continued under ‘leftist’ populist Evo Morales.  He quickly moderated movement demands as he moved to the center-left.  As an alternative to the social movement platform calling for the nationalization of the principal resource sectors exploited by multi-national corporations, Morales promoted ‘joint ventures’ which he demagogically claimed were ‘nationalization without expropriation’.  Likewise he answered peasant and Indian demands for agrarian reform by opening up mostly uncultivatable public lands in the Amazon to the landless peasants.  By the same token, he protected the most fertile land in the largest privately owned plantations from expropriation by exempting private land, which was classified as performing a ‘social function’.  Avoiding structural change, Morales was able to use the windfall of state revenues from the high prices of Bolivian minerals and gas to co-opt movement leaders, provide incremental increases in the minimum wage, finance subsidies to Indian communities, encourage legal, political rights and recognize indigenous jurisdiction over their local communities.</p>
<p>      Morales retained his leadership of the coca farmers union and, through his Movement to Socialist Party (MAS), exercised hegemony over the major community-based movements.   His close ties with Presidents Castro in Cuba and Chavez in Venezuela set him in radical opposition to Washington’s interventionist policies and its supporters among the five rightist-controlled provinces centered in Santa Cruz.  The extreme right gained ascendancy in the latter region and launched a violent racist frontal assault on the Morales government, polarizing the countryside while guaranteeing Morales the continued mass support among the popular classes and movements throughout the country. </p>
<p>      In Ecuador, the powerful Indian movement (CONAIE) and its allies in the trade unions supported the neo-liberal regime of Lucio Gutierrez and suffered a severe decline in their power, support and organizational cohesion.  The recovery has been slow, hindered by interventions of numerous US/EU funded NGOs.</p>
<p>      With the demise of the established social movements, a new urban-based ‘citizens’ movement’ led by Rafael Correa overthrew the venal, corrupt, neo-liberal Gutierrez regime and led the electorate to vote Correa into power in both 2006 and 2009.  Correa adapted center-left political positions, financing incremental wage and salary increases and state subsidized cheap credit to small and medium size businesses.  He adopted a nationalist position on foreign debt payments and the termination of US military basing rights in Manta.  The boom in mining and petroleum prices and ties with oil-rich Venezuela facilitated President Correa’s capacity to fund programs to secure support among the Andean bourgeoisie and the popular classes.</p>
<p>      In Venezuela, the economic boom, namely the tripling of world oil prices, facilitated Venezuela’s economic recovery after the crisis caused by the opposition coup and the bosses’ lockout (2002-2003).  As a result, from 2004 to 2008 Venezuela grew by nearly 9% a year.  The Chavez government was able to generously fund a whole series of progressive socio-economic changes that enhanced the strength and attraction of pro-government social movements.  The social movements played an enormous role in defeating opposition referendums, which had called for the impeachment of the President.  Peasant organizations were prominent in pressuring recalcitrant bureaucrats in the Chavez government to implement the new agrarian laws calling for land distribution.   Trade union militants organized strikes and demonstrations and played a major role in the nationalization of the steel industry.   Given the vast increase in state resources, the Chavez government was able to both compensate the owners of the expropriated firms and meet workers’ demands for social ownership. </p>
<p><strong>Summary</strong></p>
<p>      The economic boom and the ascendancy of center-left governments led to incremental increases in living standards, a decline of unemployment and the co-optation of some movement leaders &#8212; resulting in the decline of radical movement activity and the revival of traditional ‘pragmatic’ trade union moderates.  During the economic boom and the rise of the center-left, the only major mass mobilization took the form of right wing movements determined to destabilize the center-left governments in Bolivia and Venezuela. </p>
<p>      A comparison of the social movements in countries where they played a major role in political and social change (Venezuela, Ecuador, Brazil and Bolivia) and movements in countries where they were marginalized reveals several crucial differences.  First of all, the differences are not found in terms of the quantity of public protests, militant direct actions or number of participants.  For example, if one adds up the number of social movement protests in Mexico, Peru, Colombia and Central America, they might equal or even surpass the social actions in Brazil, Argentina and Bolivia.  What was different and most politically significant was the quality of the mass action.  Wherever they were of marginal significance, the organizations were fragmented, dispersed and without significant national leadership or structure and without any political leverage on the institutions of national power.  In contrast, influential social movements operated as national organizations, which coordinated social and political action, centralized and capable of reaching the nerve centers of political power – the capital cities (La Paz, Buenos Aires, Quito and to a lesser degree Sao Paolo).  To one degree or another, the high impact social movements combined rural and urban movements, had political allies in the party system and bridged cultural barriers (linking indigenous and mestizo popular classes).</p>
<p><strong>World Economic Crisis and Social Movements – 2008 Onward</strong></p>
<p>      Beginning in late 2008 and continuing in 2009 the world economic crisis spread across Latin America.  The crisis came later to Latin America and with less initial severity than in the US or EU.  Because it is an ongoing process, the full socio-political implications and economic impact is still far from clear.  What we can observe is that, at least initially, the current crisis has not provoked anything like the mass upheavals and the surge of radical social movements that we witnessed during the crisis beginning in 2001.</p>
<p><TABLE><TR> <TH>Gross Domestic Product</TH></TR> <TR><TH>($ Millions of dollars, constant 2000 prices)</TH></TR> <TR><TH>Annual growth rates</TH> <TR><TH></TH> </TR> <TR> <TH>Country</TH> <TH>2007</TH> <TH>2008</TH><TH>2009*</TH></TR> <TR> <TD>Argentina</TD><TD>8.7</TD> <TD>7.0</TD><TD>1.5</TD></TR> <TR> <TD>Bolivia</TD><TD>4.6</TD> <TD>6.1</TD><TD>2.5</TD></TR> <TR> <TD>Brazil</TD><TD>5.7</TD> <TD>5.1</TD><TD>-0.8</TD></TR> <TR> <TD>Chile</TD><TD>4.7</TD> <TD>3.2</TD><TD>1.0</TD></TR> <TR> <TD>Colombia</TD><TD>7.5</TD> <TD>2.6</TD><TD>0.6</TD></TR> <TR> <TD>Costa Rica</TD><TD>7.8</TD> <TD>2.6</TD><TD>3.0</TD></TR> <TR> <TD>Cuba</TD><TD>7.3</TD> <TD>4.3</TD><TD>1.0</TD></TR> <TR> <TD>Ecuador</TD><TD>2.5</TD> <TD>6.5</TD><TD>1.0</TD></TR> <TR> <TD>El Salvador</TD><TD>4.7</TD> <TD>2.5</TD><TD>-2.0</TD></TR> <TR> <TD>Guatemala</TD><TD>6.3</TD> <TD>4.0</TD><TD>1.0</TD></TR> <TR> <TD>Haiti</TD><TD>3.4</TD> <TD>1.3</TD><TD>2.0</TD></TR> <TR> <TD>Honduras</TD><TD>6.3</TD> <TD>4.0</TD><TD>2.5</TD></TR> <TR> <TD>Mexico</TD><TD>3.3</TD> <TD>1.3</TD><TD>-7.0</TD></TR> <TR> <TD>Nicaragua</TD><TD>3.2</TD> <TD>3.2</TD><TD>1.0</TD></TR> <TR> <TD>Panama</TD><TD>11.5</TD> <TD>9.2</TD><TD>2.5</TD></TR> <TR> <TD>Paraguay</TD><TD>6.8</TD> <TD>5.8</TD><TD>3.0</TD></TR> <TR> <TD>Peru</TD><TD>8.9</TD> <TD>9.8</TD><TD>2.0</TD></TR> <TR> <TD>Dominican Republic</TD><TD>8.5</TD> <TD>5.3</TD><TD>1.0</TD></TR> <TR> <TD>Uruguay</TD><TD>7.6</TD> <TD>8.9</TD><TD>1.0</TD></TR> <TR> <TD>Venezuela</TD><TD>8.9</TD> <TD>4.8</TD><TD>0.3</TD></TR> <TR> <TD>Sub-total Latin America</TD><TD>5.8</TD> <TD>4.2</TD><TD>-1.9</TD></TR> <TR> <TD>Caribbean</TD><TD>3.4</TD> <TD>1.5</TD><TD>-1.2</TD></TR> <TR> <TD>Latin American and the Caribbean</TD><TD>5.8</TD> <TD>4.2</TD><TD>-1.9</TD></TR> </TABLE></p>
<p>* Projections<br />
Source: ECLAC</p>
<p>      If anything, we have seen a surge of right-wing movements and electoral organizations in countries, like Argentina, and a US-backed right-wing military coup backed by the rightist business associations in Honduras, and the continued ‘pragmatic’ behavior of mass social movements in Brazil, Bolivia and Ecuador.</p>
<p>      The only exception is in Peru where the organized Indian communities in the Amazonian region have engaged in armed mass confrontations with the US-backed, right-wing regime of Alan Garcia.  The Amazonian Indians responded to a series of Government decrees, which handed mineral and gas exploitation rights on Indian lands to foreign mining and energy corporations.  From a historical perspective, the struggle was ‘conservative’, in so far as it pitted indigenous communities defending traditional use and ownership of lands and resources against the modern economic predators and the the neo-liberal state.</p>
<p><strong>The Lumpen-Bourgeoisie: The Triple Alliance of the Neo-Liberal State, Narco-traffickers and the Unemployed Poor</strong></p>
<p>      The least studied, but most dynamic, and, possibly best organized social movement in Latin America today is the right-wing drug trafficking movement.  Headed by a powerful narco-bourgeoisie, with strong ties to the military and neo-liberal state apparatus and with armed lumpen-cadres drawn from the urban unemployed and landless peasantry, the ‘Lumpen’ Movement has created a powerful geographic and social presence in Mexico, Colombia, Peru, Bolivia, Guatemala, Honduras, El Salvador and elsewhere. </p>
<p>      It was the agrarian neo-liberal policies that prepared the ground for the ‘mass base’ of the rightist narco-movement.  The promotion of mechanized agro-export agriculture in Colombia, Mexico, Peru and Central America uprooted millions.  State terror and paramilitary death squads drove millions of peasant families from the land and into urban slums.  The large-scale importation of cheap, subsidized agricultural produce from the US wiped out many thousands of small-scale family farms. The stagnant of manufacturing sector was unable to absorb the migrants into labor-intensive work. This created massive numbers of young rural unemployed landless and urban workers, who could be either recruits for progressive social movements or recruits for the narco-industry.  Cultivating coca and opium, refining and smuggling the drugs and soldiering for the drug lords provided a livelihood for these desperate young men and women.  The deep economic crisis and stagnation of the 1990’s and early 2000’s created a large mass of young unemployed and under-employed workers in the cities ripe for employment by the narco-gangs who paid a living wage for an often deadly occupation.</p>
<p>      The links between right-wing political parties, banking, business and landowner associations has been demonstrated repeatedly throughout Latin America.  In Colombia, drug traffickers have become large landowners after their death squads devastated peasant communities suspected of supporting leftists or progressive organizations.  ‘Sicarios’ or ‘hit-men’ are mostly young men from working or peasant class background who ‘work’ for business leaders and multi-national corporations as assassins.  They have killed hundreds of trade union and peasant and Indian leaders each year in Colombia alone.  Over a third of the members of the Colombian Congress, the principle backers of President Uribe, have been financed by the drug cartels.  Uribe has long-term ties with prominent narco-traffickers and death-squad militia leaders.</p>
<p>      In Mexico, drug traffickers have recruited widely among the impoverished peasants.  In many Mexican states the narcos have purchased the services of thousands of government officials from top to bottom.  In the absence of employment and a social safety-net, many of the poor find work in the narco-trade.   Narco-traffickers have established alliances and business associations with upper class financial groups engaging in joint ‘philanthropic’ activities, such as handing out cash and delivering needed services to the poor.  Narco-traffickers eventually wash their illegal earnings through major banks in the US, Canada and Europe and then invest in real estate, tourist complexes and landed properties.</p>
<p>      Narco-trafficker organizations and death squads have worked closely with rightwing movements in Sta. Cruz (Bolivia), with rightist political parties in El Salvador, Guatemala and Honduras, as well as in Mexico and Colombia.</p>
<p>      The ‘lumpenization’ process operates via two routes:  In some cases, young unemployed males are directly recruited via neighborhood organizations; in other cases the dispossessed, bankrupt and downwardly mobile farmers and long-term unemployed workers are gradually forced into the ‘illegal’ labor market.</p>
<p>      The long-term, large-scale process of stagnation, despite the periods of export growth, marginalize the rural poor and accelerate their impoverishment without generating  compensatory stable, urban employment paying a living wages.  The ‘lumpenization’ of these displaced, marginalized peasants and workers, produced by the crisis and class polarization, is accompanied by the rise of a ‘lumpen culture’ with its own hierarchical structures, where the few at the ‘top’ develop ties to the economic and state elite and the masses at the ‘bottom’ aspire to a degenerate kind of middle-class consumerist life-style. </p>
<p>      By the first decade of the new millennium, the rightist lumpen-narco movement far exceeded the progressive popular movements in terms of power and influence in Mexico, Colombia, Central America and some countries in the Caribbean, like Jamaica.  The relationship between the ‘legal’ rightist and the ‘narco’ rightist movements is one of collaboration and conflict:  They join forces to oppose powerful rural and trade union movements and progressive electoral regimes.  The lumpen-narcos provide the ‘shock troops’ to assassinate progressive leaders, including elected officials and to terrorize supporters among the peasantry and urban poor.  On the other hand, violent conflict between the rightists can break out at any time, especially when the lumpen-elite encroach on the state prerogatives, business interests, ties with imperial drug enforcement agencies and raise questions about the legitimacy of the bourgeois class.</p>
<p><strong>Latin America’s Social Movements and the Economic Recession/Depression</strong></p>
<p>      Economic crises have multiple and diverse impacts on the popular classes and social movements.</p>
<p>      The profound economic crisis of the 1990’s and first years of 2000 radicalized the popular classes and led to widespread ‘high impact’ protests and national rebellions, which overthrew incumbent neo-liberal regimes and replaced them with ‘center-left’ regimes.  At the same time the social changes, implicit in the neo-liberal crisis, led to a downwardly mobile urban and rural sector.  This formed the basis for the growth of dynamic leftist social movement led by popular mass-based leaders and rightist movements led by lumpen-narco chiefs and supported by the economic elites.  The conservative, far-right confronted popular social movements from positions in the state and through the military and para-military death squads.</p>
<p>      The commodity boom and the ascendancy of the ‘center-left’ regimes led to the ‘moderation’ of demands from below in the face of cooptation from above.  Large-scale job creation and poverty programs, cheap credit and incremental wage and salary increases all contributed to moderating mass politics.  The trade unions re-emerged as central actors and collective bargaining replaced mass direct action.  Rural movements engaged in militant struggle were relatively isolated.  The key political factor in this period was the demobilization of the popular classes, the decline of the direct action movements and the restoration of the power of the business, land-owning and mining elite based on their strengthened economic position.  The rejuvenated Right took the lead in directing their own ‘direct action’ movements in Bolivia, Argentina and Central America.   </p>
<p>      As the crisis of 2008-2009 unfolded, the progressive movements were slow to respond, having been ‘under the tent’ of the center-left electoral regimes.  Since these regimes were now being held responsible for the fallout of the commodity crash, the left social movements were in a weak position and unable to pose any radical alternatives. </p>
<p>      It is important to remember that the world economic crisis had hit the ‘North’ (US/EU) earlier and harder than in Latin America.  In Latin American, the social impact was weaker – at first.  Unemployment grew mainly during the last months of 2008.  The gradual unfolding of the crisis contrasted with the system-wide crash of the late 1990’s-2002, which precipitated mass rebellions.  In addition, as a consequence of the earlier crisis, capital and finance controls had been imposed that limited the spread of the toxic assets and financial crisis from the US to Latin America.</p>
<p>      Moreover, Latin American countries are diversifying their trade, especially toward Asia including China, which continues to grow at 8% a year.  Diversification and financial controls limited the impact of the US financial melt-down on the Latin American economies.  In addition, the early ‘stimulus’ measures, taken in response to the first signs of the crisis, had the effect of temporarily ameliorating the impact of the global recession/depression on Latin America.</p>
<p>      Nevertheless as the depression deepens in the North, Latin America’s trade has plunged, and the region has fallen into negative growth.  As a result, unemployment is growing in both the export sectors as well as in production for the domestic economy.  In response, the right-wing parties and leaders blame the center-left regimes.  Moves are underway in Argentina, Bolivia and Ecuador to oust these regimes through elections or through coups, backed by US President Obama’s ‘rollback’ global strategy.  The July 2009 coup in Honduras, covertly backed from the strategic US military base in the country, is the first sign that Washington is moving its military client to overthrow the new independent ‘center-left’ regimes in the region.  This is particularly true among the Central American and Caribbean countries linked with Venezuela in the new integration programs, such as ALBA and PetroCaribe.</p>
<p>      The first manifestations of progressive mass popular protests in the current economic recession are not directly related to the economic decline.  In Peru, the indigenous Amazonian communities organized militant road blockages and confrontations with the military resulting in over one hundred dead and wounded.  This mass movement developed in response to the Peruvian government’s granting concessions of mining exploitation rights to foreign multi-nationals, an infringement of the rights of the indigenous people to their lands in the Amazonian region.  Demonstrations in solidarity with the Amazonian Indians occurred in most cities, including Lima.  The Congress, fearing a mass uprising, temporarily canceled the concessions.  This was a major victory for the indigenous communities.  Moreover, the success of the Amazonian Indian communities has detonated widespread sustained strikes and protests in most of the major cities of Peru, in response to economic decline resulting from falling commodity prices.</p>
<p>      The sustained popular struggle in Honduras is in response to the military coup overthrowing President Zelaya, a moderate reformer pursuing an independent foreign policy.  Led by the urban public sector trade unions and peasant movements, the struggle has combined democratic, nationalist and populist demands.</p>
<p>      Apart from these two mass popular movements, the economic crisis has yet to evoke mass radical rebellions, like those which took place during earlier crises between 2000-2003.  We can posit several possible explanations or hypotheses for the contrasting responses of the mass movements to economic crises.</p>
<p>      <strong>Hypotheses </strong></p>
<p>               1. The full impact of the world crisis has yet to hit the popular classes – it began late in</p>
<p>            2008 and only began to register increased unemployment in the first quarter of 2009.</p>
<p>            2.    The current crisis, at first, did not hit the lower middle classes, public employees and skilled workers.  It has been highly segmented, thus weakening cross class solidarity and alliances present in earlier crises.</p>
<p>            3.    Unlike the previous period, the crisis takes place in many countries, which are ruled by ‘center left’ regimes with an organized social base backed by the social movements.  These regime-movement linkages neutralize mass protests, out of fear of a return to the hard right.</p>
<p>            4.    The mass movements on the left have responded to the crisis with relative passivity – in part because the governments have intervened with economic stimulus measures and some social ameliorative policies.  The continuation and deepening of the crisis and the inadequate coverage of moderate public interventions could eventually lead to the resurgence of mass struggles.</p>
<p>            5.    The increasing economic vulnerability of the incumbent center-left regimes and the relative passivity of the progressive social movements has opened political space and opportunities for rightwing mass mobilizations, combining electoral and street politics to build a base for a return to power.</p>
<p>            6.   The crisis will likely accelerate the lumpenization process, as long-term unemployment sets in and if alternate movements fail to organize the chronically unemployed in consequential struggles.  </p>
<p>            7.    As the bourgeoisie and its political supporters find few legitimate sources for profiteering available, they will likely serve as intermediaries and ‘protectors’ of the narco-traffickers and other criminal syndicates and rely on them to eliminate left social movement leaders and activists.</p>
<p>            8. The rise of the ‘lumpen-Right’ may lead to a virtual ‘dual power’ situation in which  legitimate and illegitimate power configurations cooperate in repressing social movements and compete for influence.</p>
<p>            9.  The relative passivity of the social movements is likely a transitory phenomenon, influenced by the convergence of circumstances.  If the crisis deepens and extends over time and rightist regimes return to power, recent past historical experience strongly suggests that the massive increase in poverty and unemployment, combined with repressive rightist regimes, could lead to mass rebellions on the part of the previously ‘passive’ popular classes.</p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/08/latin-american-social-movements-in-times-of-economic-crises/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>25</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Hillary Clinton’s Business Trip to India</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/08/9711/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/08/9711/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 11 Aug 2009 16:01:02 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Kamalakar Duvvuru</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Blowback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[China/Tibet]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Corporate Globalization]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Imperialism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[India]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Military/Militarism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Nuclear Proliferation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Poverty]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=9711</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[India’s booming economy and vast new market made Hillary Clinton, not surprisingly, to stop first in India’s commercial capital Mumbai during her three day tour of India in July 2009. In an op-ed in The Times of India, Clinton laid out clearly US’ interests in India. First was “the 300 million members of India&#8217;s burgeoning [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>India’s booming economy and vast new market made Hillary Clinton, not surprisingly, to stop first in India’s commercial capital Mumbai during her three day tour of India in July 2009. In an op-ed in <em>The Times of India</em>, Clinton laid out clearly US’ interests in India. First was “the 300 million members of India&#8217;s burgeoning middle class” whom she identified as “a vast new market and opportunity.”<sup>1</sup>  The focus on India as fundamentally a market for the US business indicates the purpose of Hillary’s visit to India.</p>
<p>In Mumbai, Hillary Clinton first had a meeting with a selective group of Indian business executives. Later she stayed at Taj Mahal Palace &#038; Tower, one of the two hotels that had been attacked by terrorists in November 2008. At a news conference she subtly brought India’s 11/26 and US’ 9/11 together: “Just as India supported America on 9/11, these events are seared in our memory….”<sup>2</sup>  The reason for this, probably, was to direct Indian public’s attention to the common perpetrator: Islamic extremism. In her op-ed in <em>The Times of India</em>, Clinton clearly made her point. She mentioned about security: “Our countries have experienced searing terrorist attacks. We both seek a more secure world for our citizens,” and therefore, “We should intensify our defense and law enforcement cooperation to that end.” In the same breath she identified the common enemy as the extremism that Pakistan is confronting.<sup>1</sup> </p>
<p>The two events – Clinton’s meeting with Indian business executives and her stay at Taj hotel – are steeped in a powerful, but unfortunate, symbolism, as 11/26 is linked with 9/11.</p>
<p><strong>US’ 9/11 and Weapons’ Trade</strong></p>
<p>On September 11, 2001 there was a significant shift in security trend. For the first time since the British burned down Washington in 1814, US experienced death and destruction on its land through an enemy attack.<sup>3</sup>  Till then death and destruction have always been suffered on foreign lands. George W. Bush, then President of the US, in his State of the Union address on January 28, 2003 recognized this: “In two years, America has gone from a sense of invulnerability to an awareness of peril.” This challenge to its hegemony and attack on its land, instead of leading to introspection of its foreign policy and actions on foreign lands, resulted in the US’ “war on terror.” US failed to acknowledge that the terrorist attack on its land was a blowback. In an interview on the Mike Malloy radio show, former FBI translator Sibel Edmonds said that the US maintained “intimate relations” with Osama Bin Laden and Taliban “all the way until that day of September 11.”<sup>4</sup>  The goals of American “statesmen” using these “intimate relations” with al-Qaida included control of Central Asia’s vast energy supplies and new markets for US military-industrial complex.<sup>4</sup> </p>
<p>Recently in a very rare acknowledgement by Hillary Clinton, she confessed that the US’ present enemy in Afghanistan and Pakistan was once its friend. To a question of the Congressman Adam Shciff in a Subcommittee of the House of Appropriations Committee on April 23, 2009, Clinton explained how the militancy was linked to the US-backed proxy war against the Soviets in Afghanistan:</p>
<blockquote><p>Let’s remember here…the people we are fighting today we funded them twenty years ago…and we did it because we were locked in a struggle with the Soviet Union. They invaded Afghanistan…and we did not want to see them control Central Asia and we went to work…and it was President Reagan in partnership with Congress led by Democrats who said you know what it sounds like a pretty good idea…let’s deal with the ISI and the Pakistan military and let’s go recruit these mujahedeen…let them come from Saudi Arabia and other countries, importing their Wahabi brand of Islam so that we can go beat the Soviet Union…they (the Soviets) retreated…they lost billions of dollars and it led to the collapse of the Soviet Union. So there is a very strong argument which is…it wasn’t a bad investment in terms of Soviet Union but let’s be careful with what we sow…because we will harvest.<sup>5</sup> </p></blockquote>
<p>Therefore, the early foundations of al-Qaida were built, mainly, on relationships and weaponry that came from the billions of dollars in US support for the Afghan mujahedeen during the war to expel Soviet forces from that country. The US has long relied on weapons supplies and sales to prop up allies or enhance collective defense arrangements. According to the report titled “Conventional Arms Transfers to Developing Nations,”: “For decades, during the height of the Cold War, providing conventional weapons to friendly states was an instrument of foreign policy utilized by the United States and its allies.”<sup>6</sup> </p>
<p>The US Cold War foreign policy of supplying weapons to maintain strategic relationship continued even after 9/11. In fact, the US’ response to the terror attacks was that it was more willing than ever to sell or supply high technology weapons to countries that have pledged assistance in the global war on terror, regardless of their past behavior or current status. Under the guise of the global war on terror, George W. Bush fast-tracked weapon sales, released countries from arms embargoes, and pumped more money into foreign military aid. US sanctions were lifted on Armenia, Azerbaijan, India, Pakistan, Tajikistan, and Yugoslavia. These countries have been identified as key allies in the global war on terror.<sup>7</sup> </p>
<p><strong>US-India Relationship</strong></p>
<p>After initial confidence building measures, on January 12, 2004 US and India signed an agreement called the “Next Steps in Strategic Partnership” (NSSP) with the aim of implementing a shared vision to expand cooperation, deepening the ties of commerce and friendship between the two nations, and increasing stability in Asia and beyond. This “strategic partnership” has grown into “global partnership” with the ratification of the US-India Agreement for Cooperation on Peaceful Uses of Nuclear Energy in July 2005. Bush signed the Henry J. Hyde United States-India Peaceful Atomic Energy Cooperation Act of 2006 (or “Hyde Act”) into law in December 2006 (P.L. 109-401).<sup>8</sup>  Commenting on the nuclear deal Nicholas Burns, then Under Secretary of State, said that it was “positive for United States national security interest because it will help us cement our strategic partnership with India, which is very important for our global interests.”<sup>8</sup> </p>
<p>In October 10, 2008 Condoleezza Rice, then US Secretary of State, and Pranab Mukherjee, then External Affairs Minister of India, signed the nuclear deal after three years of negotiations. Called the 123 Agreement after a section in the U.S. Atomic Energy Act, the pact allowed India to buy vital nuclear fuel and technology from American companies.</p>
<p>Right from the beginning corporate interests led by the nuclear industry and arms makers in the US lobbied for the nuclear deal. They saw the possibilities for nuclear trade, weapons sales, and selling spare parts and other services to India.<sup>9</sup>  According to the <em>Washington Post</em>, American companies saw a vast market in India for nuclear reactors and conventional weapons, after having been largely frozen out of that market for decades.<sup>10</sup>  The US-India Business Council hired the high-powered firm of Patton Boggs to work on Congress, and the Indian government a powerful US lobbying firm, Barbour Griffith &#038; Rogers LLC, for which Robert Blackwill &#8212; US ambassador to India from 2001 to 2003 &#8212; is president, as well as the law firm of Venable LLP. The Confederation of Indian Industry and the India-American Friendship Council were also involved.</p>
<p>US politicians, both Democrats and Republicans, overwhelmingly supported the US-India nuclear deal. Because they either have investments in or received financial contributions from the arms industry.</p>
<p><strong>US’ Interests in the Deal</strong></p>
<p>US has acknowledged India’s growing global economic, political, and geo-strategic clout. So it wanted to court India through US-India nuclear deal to further its global interests. </p>
<p>   <strong>1. To Contain China</strong></p>
<p>US perceives China to be the larger threat to its hegemony. According to the 2008 annual report to Congress from the Office of the Secretary of Defense on the Military Power of the People’s Republic of China, “China’s expanding and improving military capabilities are changing East Asian military balances; improvements in China’s strategic capabilities have implications beyond the Asia-Pacific region.”<sup>11</sup>  US sees India as a new emerging power of the 21st century, one that can be an ally of the United States and help it balance and contain the rise of China. India also directly faces the Chinese military along a four thousand kilometer northern border.</p>
<p>There has been some speculation regarding US’ intention to create an Asian NATO. During the Cold War era, US forged the Southeast Asia Treaty Organization (SEATO) comprising of pro-western countries such as Pakistan, Philippines, Thailand, Australia and New Zealand as well as France and UK. However, this organization was dissolved in 1977.<sup>12</sup>  The speculation about US’ intention to forge Asian NATO has been substantiated with the proposals of some American politicians such as Rudolph Giuliani and John McCain. Giuliani proposed that India, Japan, Singapore, Israel and Australia should be included in NATO. Whereas McCain suggested the establishment of US-led League of Democracies. Trabanco opines that McCain’s proposal was a euphemism for the inclusion of nonEuropean US allies in a global military coalition.<sup>12</sup>   The reason for this seems to be the rise of China as an economic power. The US National Intelligence Council called it “the unprecedented transfer of wealth from west to east.”<sup>12</sup> </p>
<p>In order to contain China’s power and to preserve its control over strategic sea routes, US strategists have acknowledged the strategically significant geographic location of India. This could be the reason why US has forged an alliance with India in maritime cooperation.</p>
<p>Therefore, the US’ willingness to make nuclear deal with India is perceived, by some, to gain latter’s strategic and geopolitical loyalty.<sup>12</sup>  “(It) would buttress (India&#8217;s) potential utility as a hedge against a rising China, encourage it to pursue economic and strategic policies aligned with U.S. interests, and shape its choices in regard to global energy stability&#8230;.” said Tellis.<sup>13</sup>  </p>
<p>   &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<strong>1. To Involve India in the “Reconstruction” of Afghanistan</strong></p>
<p>There is also a talk about US’ intention to involve India in Afghan “reconstruction” and ask for Indian troops.<sup>11</sup>   India, in the past, refused to send its troops to Iraq. However, the US-India “global partnership” might give the US leverage over India. As the relationship deepens, it would be difficult for India to reject US’ request for its partnership in the “reconstruction” of Afghanistan, which includes alignment of Indian troops with the NATO troops under the leadership of US.</p>
<p>During her three day visit to India, Hillary Clinton, US Secretary of State, mentioned about security cooperation: “Our countries have experienced searing terrorist attacks. We both seek a more secure world for our citizens,” and therefore, “We should intensify our defense and law enforcement cooperation to that end.” And this cooperation is against the extremism that Pakistan is tackling at present.</p>
<p>The US strategy seems to be to draw India (as a “partner”) into “Afghan trap”, as it did Russia (its enemy). Admitting that an American operation to infiltrate Afghanistan was launched long before Soviet invasion of Afghanistan, Zbigniew Brzezenski boasted, “We actually did provide some support to the Mijahedeen before (Soviet) invasion.”<sup>14</sup>  “We did not push the Russians into invading, but we knowingly increased the probability that they would,” Brzezenski bragged. “That secret operation was an excellent idea. The effect was to draw the Russians into the Afghan trap.”<sup>15</sup>  </p>
<p>   &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<strong>2. Market for US Military-Industrial Complex</strong></p>
<p>The US-India nuclear deal not only links India more closely to US and its global interests, but also boosts US trade in a profitable sector, nuclear industry. It also creates market for US conventional weapons. Till now Russia is the largest supplier of weapons to India (second is Israel). US expects that the nuclear deal will change this scenario.</p>
<p>India is a huge market for weapons sales. In 2005 it was the largest buyer of arms in the developing world with purchases of $5.4 billion. US’ intention to profit from this market is evidenced by recent visits to India by US officials, including Robert Gates, the Defence Secretary, in February 2008 to strengthen military ties and promote weapons sales. Lt. Gen. V.K. Kapoor, a defence analyst, said, “Other than obvious commercial interests, the US is keen to invest militarily in India….”<sup>16</sup>  At DefExpo 2008 in New Delhi in February 2008 at which major US weapons companies were well represented, William Cohen, former US Defence Secretary under Bill Clinton, declared, “The promise of deeper US-India defence co-operation is now a reality, with collaborations and joint ventures between US and India firms already under way.”<sup>16</sup>  India is projected to spend more than $30 billion by 2012 as the country seeks to modernize its military. By 2022 spending is expected to reach $80 billion.</p>
<p>The US-India nuclear deal has opened a huge market for the US weapons industry. For US weapons companies foreign sales mean the biggest bucks. Also, sales are often accompanied by lucrative deals for accessories, spare parts, and eventual upgrades. There is growing evidence that weapons sales are more about money for the US military-industrial complex and other major military economies. According to the congressional report “Conventional Arms Transfers to Developing Nations,”: “Where before the principal motivation for arms sales by foreign suppliers might have been to support a foreign policy objective, today that motivation may be based as much on economic considerations as those of foreign policy or national security policy.”<sup>6</sup>  </p>
<p><strong>Weapons Deals during Hillary Clinton’s Visit to India</strong></p>
<p>The burgeoning “global partnership” between US and India is gradually laying bare its contents. India has dramatically increased its defence budget up over 34% alone this year. Hillary Clinton’s visit to India in July 2009 resulted in defence, space and nuclear power agreements. It is the payoff resulting from the US-India nuclear deal.</p>
<p>On July 20, 2009 an accord, known as an end use monitoring agreement, between India and US has been reached in New Delhi to clear the way for the sale of US weapons to India. “We have agreed on the end-use monitoring arrangement which would refer to…Indian procurement of US defence technology and equipment,” said S.M. Krishna, Indian External Affairs Minister, in a joint news conference with Clinton. India is now holding a tender for the order of 126 multi-purpose lightweight fighters for the Air Force. US company Lockheed Martin stands as the front runner to sell F-16. The other three bidders are companies from Russia, France and Sweden. According to the tender terms, a winner should launch licensed production of its aircraft in India. The Indian-assembled F-16 would be a lot cheaper than its equivalent put together in the US or Europe. There is qualified labor in India, and labor costs are low. For the first time in history the US is making such an offer to a country that is neither a NATO member state nor has it Americans troops deployed on its territory.</p>
<p>Hillary Clinton said that India has also approved two sites for the construction of two US nuclear reactors. She said, “I am also pleased that Prime Minister Singh told me that sites for two nuclear parks for US companies have been approved by the government.” That means, it provides about $10 billion business for the US nuclear reactor builders such as General Electric Company and Westinghouse Electric Company, a subsidiary of Japan’s Toshiba Corporation. However, what is not clear is whether India has agreed to the US’ demand for legal immunity to its companies, if there is an accident. </p>
<p>India has already bought $2.1 billion worth of anti-submarine planes from Boeing earlier this year, the largest US arms transfer to India to date.<sup>17</sup>   Arms deals between India and US will pull the military of the two countries together and foster interoperability.<sup>11</sup> </p>
<p>At a May 2009 Defense Writers Group convened by the Center for Media and Security, to the question “whether the Obama administration will follow the general policy of supporting (weapons) exports?” and “do you anticipate any change in terms of where US arms will be sold?” Undersecretary of Defense for Policy Michele Flournoy responded, “We don&#8217;t have a sort of arms sale policy as much as more a sense of commitment to building partner capacity.”<sup>7</sup>  Vice Admiral Jeffrey Wieringa, the head of the Pentagon agency that administers weapons exports, was more candid: “We sell stuff to build relationships.”<sup>7</sup> </p>
<p>Not surprisingly, Loren Thompson of the Lexington Institute, a consultant to Lockheed Martin, said, “Weapons could be the single biggest U.S. export item over the next 10 years.”<sup>17</sup>  Increased weapons sales will certainly help the US Military-Industrial Complex weather the current economic crisis. </p>
<p><strong>Conclusion</strong></p>
<p>Not surprisingly, in the “global partnership” between US and India, the people who are missing are the poor of both the countries. In the op-ed in <em>The Times of India</em> Hillary Clinton, former Wal-Mart Board Director, made no mention of India&#8217;s poor. According to the World Bank poverty line of $1.25 (Rs. 56.13) per day, the number of poor in India during 2004-2005 was 456 million, that is, 41.6% of the population. The official figure of number of poor in the US in 2007 was 37.3 millions.<sup>18</sup>  However, Katherine Newman, professor of Sociology and Public Affairs at Princeton University, says that apart from 37.3 million poor, there are over 50 million Americans, who belong to what she calls “the missing class”. In her book <em>The Missing Class: Portraits of the Near Poor in America</em>, co-authored with Victor Tan Chen, she says that the Americans who belong to “the missing class” are those who are living on the edge &#8212; one sudden illness, one pink slip (i.e., loss of job), one divorce away from free fall.<sup>19</sup> </p>
<p>The impact of arms trade between US and India has on the lack of economic development among the poor in both the countries, as more and more resources are directed into production and acquisition of new deadly weapons. “We&#8217;ve put this money down a black hole of so-called security,” says David Krieger, President of the California-based Nuclear Age Peace Foundation. “In a more just and humane society, that money would be spent on health care, housing and the alleviation of poverty.”<sup>20</sup> </p>
<p>Therefore, the single most pressing “security” issue of the 21st century will be assuring the essentials of a healthy, dignified life for the millions of people in India and US, who are left out of the global economy. Poverty continues to be the main human rights issue in both the countries.</p>
<p>What needs to be done is, try and reduce the drive for production and acquisition of more and more weapons systems, so that resources may be used for education, healthcare, and to fight against poverty.  </p>
<ol class="footnotes"><li id="footnote_0_9711" class="footnote">Hillary Rodham Clinton, “<a href="http://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/NEWS-India-Encourage-Pakistan-as-it-confronts-extremism/articleshow/4787173.cms">Encourage Pakistan as It Confronts Extremism</a>,” in The Times of India (July 17, 2009).</li><li id="footnote_1_9711" class="footnote">Mark Landler, “<a href="http://www.nytimes.com/2009/07/19/world/asia/19clinton.html">Seeking Business Allies, Clinton Connects with India’s Billionaires</a>,” in <em>New York Times</em> (July 18, 2009).<br />
</li><li id="footnote_2_9711" class="footnote">Chomsky, Noam, “September 11th and Its Aftermath: Where is the World Heading?” Public Lecture at the Music Academy, Chennai (Madras), India (November 10, 2001).</li><li id="footnote_3_9711" class="footnote">Lukery, “Bombshell: Bin Laden Worked for US until 9/11: Sibel Edmonds on the Mike Malloy Radio Show,” in <em>Global Research</em> (August 1, 2009).</li><li id="footnote_4_9711" class="footnote">Anwar Iqbal, “<a href="http://www.dawn.com/wps/wcm/connect/dawn-content-library/dawn/news/world/12-us-created-taliban-and-abandoned-pakistan-clinton-bi-06">US Created Taliban and Abandoned Pakistan: Clinton</a>,” in <em>Dawn.Com</em> (April 25, 2009) and see <a href="http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=X2CE0fyz4ys">Youtube</a>.</li><li id="footnote_5_9711" class="footnote">Bryan Bender, “<a href="http://www.worldproutassembly.org/archives/2006/11/us is top purve.html">US Is Top Purveyor on Weapons Sales List Shipments Grow to Unstable Areas</a>,” in <em>worldproutassembly.org</em> (November 13, 2006). </li><li id="footnote_6_9711" class="footnote">Frida Berrigan, “Weapons: Our No#1 Export?” in <em>Foreign Policy In Focus</em> (July 1, 2009).</li><li id="footnote_7_9711" class="footnote">Michael F. Martin and K. Alan Kronstadt, <em>CRS Report for Congress: India-U.S. Economic and Trade Relations</em>, August 31, 2007.</li><li id="footnote_8_9711" class="footnote">Andrew Lichterman and M.V. Ramana, “<a href="http://dissidentvoice.org2008/09/rushing-into-the-wrong-future-the-us-india-nuclear-deal-energy-and-security">Rushing into the Wrong Future: The U.S.-India Nuclear Deal, Energy and Security</a>,” in <em>Dissident Voice.org</em> (September 20, 2008).</li><li id="footnote_9_9711" class="footnote">Steven Mufson, &#8220;New Energy on India: Companies and Lobbyists Throw Support behind U.S. Participation in the Countries Nuclear Sector,&#8221; in <em>Washington Post</em> (July 18, 2006).</li><li id="footnote_10_9711" class="footnote">William R. Hawkins, “<a href="http://www.frontpagemag.com/readArticle.aspx?ARTID=33188">Bush’s Legacy in India</a>,” in <em>FrontPageMagazine.com</em> (November 24, 2008).</li><li id="footnote_11_9711" class="footnote">Jose Miguel Alonso Trabanco, “Is an ‘Asian NATO’ Really on the US Agenda?” in <em>Global Research</em> (January 28, 2009).</li><li id="footnote_12_9711" class="footnote">Siddharth Varadarajan, “The Truth behind the Indo-U.S. Nuclear Deal,” in <em>Global Research</em> (July 29, 2005).</li><li id="footnote_13_9711" class="footnote">Noor Ali, “US-UN Conspiracy against the People of Afghanistan,” in <em>Online Center for Afghan Studies</em> (February 21, 1998).</li><li id="footnote_14_9711" class="footnote">J.W. Smith, “Simultaneously Suppressing the World’s Break for Freedom,” in <em>Economic Democracy: The Political Struggle for the 21st Century</em>, ed. by M.E. Sharpe (New York: Armonk, 2000). Nafeez Mosaddeq Ahmed, “<a href="http://www.mediamonitors.net/mosaddeq2.html ">Afghanistan, the Taliban and the United States: The Role of Human Rights in Western Foreign Policy</a>.”</li><li id="footnote_15_9711" class="footnote">“<a href="http://www.india-defence.com/reports-3883">India and US Defence Ties Grow Stronger</a>,” in <em>india-defence.com</em> (June 25, 2008).</li><li id="footnote_16_9711" class="footnote">“<a href="http://www.usatoday.com/news/military/2009-06-13-weaponssales-overseas_N.htm">Weapons Makers Look Overseas as DoD Cuts Back</a>,” in <em>USAToday</em> (June 13, 2009).</li><li id="footnote_17_9711" class="footnote">&#8221;<a href="http://www.infoplease.com/ipa/A0104520.html">Poverty in the United States, 2007</a>.&#8221;</li><li id="footnote_18_9711" class="footnote">Katherine S. Newman and Victor Tan Chen, <em>The Missing Class: Portraits of the Near Poor in America</em> (Boston, MA: Beacon Press, 2007).</li><li id="footnote_19_9711" class="footnote">Craig Kielburger and Marc Kielburger, “Invest in People, Not Weapons,” in <em>Toronto Star</em> (March 24, 2008).</li></ol>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/08/9711/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>4</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>No Letup In Political Witch-Hunts Under Obama</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/08/no-letup-in-political-witch-hunts-under-obama/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/08/no-letup-in-political-witch-hunts-under-obama/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 10 Aug 2009 17:00:49 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Stephen Lendman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Discrimination]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Obama]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Poverty]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Prejudice]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Racism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Zionism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=9690</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[For eight years, the Bush administration relentlessly targeted Muslim, environmental, and animal rights activists as national security or terrorist threats. Shamefully, Obama continues the same practice.
On May 20, the FBI arrested four New York men, claiming they planned to bomb a Bronx synagogue and community center and shoot down Newburgh, New York-based Air National Guard [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>For eight years, the Bush administration relentlessly targeted Muslim, environmental, and animal rights activists as national security or terrorist threats. Shamefully, Obama continues the same practice.</p>
<p>On May 20, the FBI arrested four New York men, claiming they planned to bomb a Bronx synagogue and community center and shoot down Newburgh, New York-based Air National Guard jets with stinger missiles.</p>
<p>The same day Justice Department press release said:</p>
<p>The charges against James Cromite (aka Abdul Rahman and Abdul Rehman), David Williams (aka Daoud and DL), Onta Williams (aka Hamza), and Laguerre Payen (aka Amin and Almondo) include &#8220;plot(ting) to detonate explosives near a synagogue in the Riverdale section of the Bronx, New York, and to shoot military planes&#8230;.with Stinger surface-to-air missiles. In their efforts to obtain weapons, the defendants dealt with an informant acting under law enforcement supervision, and the FBI and other agencies monitor(ing) the defendants&#8217; actions up to the time of arrest, including providing an inactive missile and inert explosives to the informant for the defendants.&#8221;</p>
<p>It&#8217;s a familiar scheme involving an FBI sting using an informant to entrap unwitting victims, in this case four poor black Newburgh, New York men who&#8217;d converted to Islam, two while in prison for unrelated charges. Cromite was called the ringleader. A Pakistani man named Shahed Hussain (aka Malik) was a paid FBI informant facing prison and/or deportation on dozens of fraud counts. He was enlisted to cooperate in return for leniency.</p>
<p>He&#8217;s the same man used earlier for four separate stings, Yassin Aref among them, an innocent man, entrapped and victimized, now serving a 15 year prison term, and a valued friend of this writer. In post-9/11 America, he&#8217;s one of many Muslim victims of police state justice. They&#8217;ve been targeted, persecuted, arrested, imprisoned, kept in isolation, denied bail, tried on secret evidence on trumped-up charges, convicted by juries too intimidated to acquit, and sentenced to long prison terms for being Muslims at the wrong time in America. Others for being environmental and/or animal rights activists. It went on under George Bush and continues under Obama. When the Newburgh 4 are tried in late 2009, they&#8217;ll face 25 year to life sentences if convicted on one or more charges.</p>
<p>They&#8217;re petty felons, not terrorists, with criminal records on drug-related charges, assault, and Payen&#8217;s unrelated weapons charge for firing a BB gun hitting two people in the head, then snatching purses from two women the same day. He&#8217;s a Haitian citizen. The others are Americans, and both Williams men aren&#8217;t related. They apparently met in prison where two of them were introduced to Islam.</p>
<p><strong>Background on Informant Malik</strong></p>
<p>On FBI instructions, he looked for targets at a Newburgh mosque and found them in four convicted felons, prime candidates to be framed on bogus charges if he could lure them into the trap. He befriended them with offers to pay medical bills but never did because arrests came first after months of entrapment. His victims were poor, in need of cash, and induced to go along by small gifts and offers of more.</p>
<p>The Justice Department called them &#8220;radicalized Muslims,&#8221; acting out of hatred for Jews and wanting revenge on behalf of Muslims against America.</p>
<p>The Anti-Defamation League (ADL) uses anti-Semitism for moral cover, but is notoriously Islamophobic in its ideology. Its web site highlighted &#8220;Muslim extremists motivated by hatred for Jews and Israel have targeted Jews in the US for many years, an alarming number of post-9/11 plots and conspiracies have involved or been led by&#8221; American Muslims &#8220;arrested on various terror-related charges (related to) ideologies of extreme intolerance propagated by terrorist movements overseas (and in some cases) jihadist materials on the Internet.&#8221; The ADL cited alleged quotes about wanting &#8220;to get a synagogue&#8221; and willingness to die and go to &#8220;paradise&#8221; as a martyr.</p>
<p>New York police commissioner Raymond Kelly said the men planned to bomb two Bronx synagogues by detonating explosives from a cell phone. After supposedly planting phony devices, given Malik by the FBI, police surrounded their car and arrested them in a carefully planned operation. It involved an 18-wheel police vehicle and armored personnel carrier using NYPD Emergency Service Unit personnel. It came off with military precision and why not. It was a setup.</p>
<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s hard to envision a more chilling plot,&#8221; said Assistant US Attorney Eric Snyder. &#8220;These are extremely violent men.&#8221; In fact, they&#8217;re innocent victims of police state justice facing an uphill struggle for vindication against a Justice Department determined to convict with dozens of easily manipulated and/or doctored audio and video DVD recordings of supposedly terror-plotting meetings and conversations.</p>
<p>On June 2, a federal grand jury indicted the four men on eight bogus counts:</p>
<ul>
<li>&#8220;Conspiracy to use weapons of mass destruction within the United States&#8221;</li>
<li>Three counts of &#8220;Attempt to use weapons of mass destruction within the United States</li>
<li>Conspiracy to acquire and use anti-aircraft missiles</li>
<li>Attempt to acquire and use anti-aircraft missiles</li>
<li>Conspiracy to kill officers and employees of the United States (and)</li>
<li>Attempt to kill officers and employees of the United States&#8221;</li>
</ul>
<p>On May 20, the <em>New York Times</em> described &#8220;a painstaking investigation that began in June 2008 involving an FBI agent who had been told by a federal informant of the men&#8217;s desire to attack targets in America.&#8221; No explanation was given about entrapment. Instead The Times highlighted &#8220;some of the most significant allegations of domestic terrorism in some time&#8221; and expressions of relief by local political leaders, including Charles Schumer, the senator from AIPAC, saying:</p>
<blockquote><p>If there can be any good news from this terror scare it&#8217;s that this group was relatively unsophisticated, infiltrated early, and not connected to another terrorist group. This incident shows that we must always be vigilant against terrorism &#8211; foreign or domestic.</p></blockquote>
<p>The senator said nothing about four innocent men, targeted and framed for a supposed terror plot.</p>
<p>If convicted on all charges, the men face possible life sentences. No trial date so far has been set. All four are in Westchester County Jail without bail.</p>
<p><strong>The North Carolina 7</strong></p>
<p>On July 27, dozens of heavily armed Swat and hostage rescue team members arrested seven North Carolina men on terrorist-related charges, six US citizens and one permanent resident.</p>
<p>The same day Justice Department press release cited Daniel Patrick Boyd, his two sons, Zakariya and Dylan, Hysen Sherifi, Anes Subasic, Mohammad Omar Aly Hassan, and Ziyad Yaghi on charges of &#8220;conspiring to provide material support to terrorists and conspiring to murder, kidnap, main and injure persons abroad.&#8221; Allegations only were provided. Precise details were omitted.</p>
<p>Earlier on July 22, the federal grand jury indictment listed seven counts:</p>
<ul>
<li>&#8220;conspiracy to provide material support to terrorists;</li>
<li>conspiracy to murder, kidnap, main, and injure persons in a foreign country;</li>
<li>receiving a firearm through interstate commerce;</li>
<li>possession of a firearm to be used for a crime of violence;</li>
<li>selling or otherwise disposing of a firearm and ammunition to a person knowing and having reasonable cause to believe was convicted of a crime punishable by imprisonment for a term exceeding one year;&#8221;    and</li>
<li>two counts of false statements.</li>
</ul>
<p>The DOJ also alleged that &#8220;Daniel Boyd is a veteran of terrorist training camps in Pakistan and Afghanistan who, over the past three years, has conspired with others in this country to recruit and help young men travel overseas in order to kill.&#8221; Again, no evidence was cited, just supposition-based accusations.</p>
<p>The indictment claimed that from 1989-1992, Boyd got &#8220;violent jihad&#8221; training abroad and &#8220;allegedly fought in Afghanistan&#8221; against the Soviets. Then from November 2006 through July 2009, he and the other defendants &#8220;conspired to provide material support and resources to terrorists, including currency, training, transportation and personnel&#8221; along with the other charges in the indictment. As part of the &#8220;conspiracy,&#8221; they &#8220;believe(d) that violent jihad was a personal religious obligation,&#8221; and they &#8220;were willing to die as martyrs.&#8221; An eighth unnamed suspect is also being sought, a man believed to have traveled to Pakistan last year, for what purpose wasn&#8217;t indicated.</p>
<p>According to US Attorney George EB Holding:</p>
<blockquote><p>
These charges hammer home the point that terrorists and their supporters are not confined to the remote regions of some far away land but can grow and fester right her at home. Terrorists and their supporters are relentless and constant in their efforts to hurt and kill innocent people across the globe. We must be equally relentless and constant in our efforts to stop them.</p></blockquote>
<p>Six of the seven men are being held at a Farmville, VA detention facility. When brought to trial, they&#8217;ll face life sentences if convicted on the most serious charges. Yet according to The New York Times:</p>
<p>DOJ officials &#8220;said that the men charged on (July 22) were not seen as serious terrorist threats to the United States or American interests abroad, and that there were no indications of ties to Al Qaeda or other militant groups.&#8221;</p>
<p>The claimed evidence relates solely to concern that they were &#8220;amassing a sizable number of automatic weapons, (the fact that Boyd had) foreign fighter experience, (and has) a network of contacts overseas, intending to recruit others who were on the fence.&#8221;</p>
<p>Yet Attorney General Eric Holder and DHS Secretary Janet Napolitano cited the arrests as proof of increased &#8220;homegrown terrorism.&#8221;</p>
<p>On August 5, AP reported that:</p>
<blockquote><p>Federal authorities said Tuesday (August 4) the accused ringleader of a group of North Carolina terrorism suspects talked about loving jihad, fighting for Allah and loathing a US military presence at Muslim holy sites.</p></blockquote>
<p>Writer Mike Baker said FBI Special Agent Michael Sutton claimed Boyd wanted the defendants &#8220;to engage in jihad, train on firearms and travel overseas. Sutton said Boyd repeatedly spoke of armor-piercing ammunition and a year ago told a witness about his dislike of the US military in some Middle Eastern lands.&#8221; According to Boyd, &#8220;They&#8217;re over there killing our brothers.&#8221;</p>
<p>In an August 5 <em>Jewish World Review</em> article, self-styled anti-terrorism expert and notorious Islamophobe Steven Emerson played up the prosecution charges of another homegrown terrorist plot using secretly (and perhaps illegally) FBI taped conversations and comments &#8220;reported by witnesses,&#8221; including a voice identified as Boyd saying:</p>
<p>&#8220;If I don&#8217;t leave this country soon, I am going to make jihad right here in America (and) Allah knows I love jihad.&#8221;</p>
<p>Emerson said the FBI &#8220;found a fatwa, or religious edict, in Boyd&#8217;s house saying Muslims have &#8216;an individual duty to kill Americans and their allies.&#8221;</p>
<p>Both Emerson and the Justice Department are notorious for manipulating, doctoring, or inventing evidence to incite fear and intimidate juries to convict. </p>
<p>Yet this entire case appears as bogus as others, and this one is even stranger. Throughout the 1980s, the CIA and Pakistani ISI spent billions recruiting and training Afghan mujahedeen (including Osama bin Laden) to wage jihad against the Soviets. Ronald Reagan called them &#8220;freedom fighters.&#8221; Today, they&#8217;re &#8220;homegrown terrorists&#8221; with no apparent proof they plan crimes, just suspicions based on the flimsiest suppositions.</p>
<p>As for Daniel Patrick Boyd, the so-called ringleader, he arrived in Pakistan after the Soviets&#8217; February 1989 withdrawal. Yet the CIA continued to support a civil war against the Kabul government, and beginning in 1977 began working with Gulbuddin Hekmatyar, a man &#8220;responsible for murdering hundreds of dedicated resistance fighters, political workers, and intellectuals (as well as being) a leading figure in the heroin trade,&#8221; according to Ralph McGehee, a former CIA veteran (from 1952 &#8211; 1977) and critic.</p>
<p>In 1977, Hekmatyar founded the Hezb-e-Islami Party of Islam. The CIA backed it with material support and weapons. Boyd arrived in Peshwar, Pakistan in 1989, apparently to work for a Muslim relief organization connected to the movement, not to train and fight as a mujahedeen. But in any event, Washington and the CIA backed the party and his activities. </p>
<p>Now he and the others are called jihadists, the DOJ citing Boyd, his son Zakariya, Yaghi, and Sherifi&#8217;s overseas travels as more proof. In March 2006, Boyd and his sons went to Gaza, then to Israel in June 2007 to visit Muslim holy sites. The DOJ claims the first trip was to meet with Palestinians who &#8220;believed that violent jihad was a personal religious obligation,&#8221; and the second to wage &#8220;violent jihad,&#8221; yet no evidence of specific crimes were mentioned or intent to commit them.</p>
<p>In October 2006, Yaghi, it was alleged, went to Jordan for the same reason, and so did Sherifi in July 2008 on a trip to Kosovo after which he &#8220;returned to North Carolina in April 2009, for the purpose of soliciting funds and personnel to support the mujahedeen&#8221; &#8211; the same fighters America backed in Afghanistan, then did again with KLA extremists in NATO/America&#8217;s war against Milovesic and Serbia.</p>
<p>Overall, the indictment is as bogus as others. It&#8217;s based on suppositions and unfounded claims but no clear evidence of intent to commit or support violent crimes. The defendants are being used to instill fear, justify the Iraq occupation, the escalated offensive in Afghanistan and spillover into Pakistan, and expanded US military presence globally, including on US streets if ordered. It&#8217;s happening at a time when we&#8217;re all as vulnerable as the Newburgh 4 and North Carolina 7.</p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/08/no-letup-in-political-witch-hunts-under-obama/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>The Crimes of Bongo</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/07/the-crimes-of-bongo/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/07/the-crimes-of-bongo/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2009 15:02:15 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keith Harmon Snow</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Africa]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Animal Rights]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Capitalism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Corporate Globalization]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Corruption]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Democracy]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Disinformation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Environment]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Espionage]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[France]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Gabon]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Global Warming]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[History]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Human Rights]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Imperialism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Military/Militarism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mining]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Oil]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Poverty]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Racism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=9103</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The June death of Gabon’s little ‘Big Man’—President Al Hajji Omar Bongo Ondimba—inspired praise worldwide. Cameroon’s President Biya saluted Bongo’s wisdom while French President Sarkozy called Bongo the “great and loyal friend of France.” Equatorial Guinea declared three days of national mourning and a ‘saddened’ U.S. President Obama lauded Bongo’s role in ‘shaping’ U.S.-Gabon relations [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The June death of Gabon’s little ‘Big Man’—President Al Hajji Omar Bongo Ondimba—inspired praise worldwide. Cameroon’s President Biya saluted Bongo’s wisdom while French President Sarkozy called Bongo the “great and loyal friend of France.” Equatorial Guinea declared three days of national mourning and a ‘saddened’ U.S. President Obama lauded Bongo’s role in ‘shaping’ U.S.-Gabon relations for 41 years and his dedication to nature conservation and conflict resolution. “At a continental level,” bemoaned Zambia’s President Banda, “he was a pan-Africanist who tirelessly and tenaciously worked for the unity of the African continent.” </p>
<p>Behind the crocodile tears the  news of Bongo’s death saw police and troop reinforcements hitting the streets of Gabon—France’s private Eden in Africa—as the old crocodile’s teethy security apparatus clicked into lockdown. Who are the white secret service agents behind Bongo (See the ancient photo of Gabon’s then new President, Albert-Bernard Bongo, circa 1965.) And then there’s Halliburton, nuclear weapons, secret societies… Who was Omar Bongo really?</p>
<p>In September 2003 the <em>National Geographic</em> unveiled the first in a series of feature stories about the world’s ‘least spoiled’ and ‘most threatened’ tropical forests. The ‘Saving Africa’s Eden’ series showcased elephants walking on white sand beaches, silverback gorillas in lush greenery, and hippos surfing in the salty sea. Omar Bongo—“a self-possessed man with a wide mustache and a warm smile”—was the African hero who created thirteen new national parks literally overnight.</p>
<p>The <em>National Geographic</em> series followed the adventures of the requisite modern day white-skinned Tarzan personified by American biologist J. Michael Fay—the ‘man who walked across the continent of Africa’—and photos showed Fay trekking through the equatorial jungle, crisscrossing savannahs and, later, surveying the wilderness with the charismatic black-skinned then U.S. Secretary of State—fresh out of a helicopter for a photo op—General Colin Powell.<sup>1</sup> </p>
<p>It was all so captivating that I got the idea I had to go there. And so I did. Intrigued by the stories in <em>National Geographic</em>—which I recognized as the propaganda of the corporate empire<sup>2</sup> &#8211;in late 2004 I took a ‘vacation’ from the beauty and bloodshed in the big Congo (Kinshasa) and hitchhiked across the (not-so) little Congo (Brazzaville) for a visit to ‘paradise.&#8217;<sup>3</sup>  </p>
<p>From Libreville I flew to Gamba, in the south of Gabon, took a boat to Sette Cama, and spent Christmas 2004 with my base camp on a bluff some 50 feet above the ocean in Loango National Park, the jewel of Gabon’s largest new protected area, the 1,132,000 hectare ‘Gamba Protected Area Complex.’ It is also the heartland of Shell, Halliburton and Schlumberger operations in Gabon.<sup>4</sup> </p>
<p>“Blue seas, white sand, elephants, whales, sea turtles, monkeys, bush pigs, unbelievable scenery,” biologist Fay was quoted to say. “Gabon has it all. It has everything that everyone ever dreams about in paradise, as far as I’m concerned.”</p>
<p>J. Michael Fay was right, I said to myself, many times, surrounded by beauty and wildness, warm (90 degree) mists on the ocean and elephants on the beaches, soaring ospreys and chimpanzees falling out of trees, and the peace of the deserted shores of one of the most fantastic enduring wild places on earth. </p>
<p>But J. Michael Fay skipped the dirty details. Fay didn’t mention the poverty and suffering of black Gabonese villagers whose mud-hut and malaria suffering stands in sharp juxtaposition to the swimming pools and golf courses for highly paid white expatriates, sport fisherman or adventure tourists. Or that the Gamba Complex is a private zone controlled by Shell Oil, with checkpoints and guards, where pipelines, oil barges, well-heads and huge toxic flames burning off natural gas are more visible than the elephants. And the medical waste, dumped at sea, that litters the ‘pristine’ beach: one day I picked 48 syringes with 2 inch needles out of the white sand where I was walking barefoot. J. Michael Fay became a personal adviser to Omar Bongo, but he didn’t tell us about the terror Gabonese people live and die with.</p>
<p>“It [‘Saving Africa’s Eden’] is unbelievable,” Marc Ona Essangui told me, in Libreville. It was just like another film about Africa.” In April 2009, Marc Ona received the <a href="http://www.goldmanprize.org/2009/africa">Goldman Environmental Prize</a>  for his selfless grass roots struggle to exposing corruption and human rights violations and protect Gabon’s environment, and he was threatened, arrested and illegally detained by the Bongo government. </p>
<p>“They announced that setting up these new Gabon parks would bring one million tourists a year, but even Kenya couldn’t do that. The pictures in <em>National Geographic</em> suggested that it’s easy to encounter these animals, but it’s not. It would take many days. Even though the whole world may perceive that conservation is proceeding in Gabon, this is not the reality.” </p>
<p>“Why did Bongo create [gazette] these thirteen new reserves? Because of scandals that took place in the past few years, like the financial scandal with FIBA Bank and the fraudulent presidential elections here, and to create tension and play off the United States against France. Bongo needed to find some way to repair relations with the United States.”</p>
<p>Welcome to Gabon, a small otherwise unheard of Banana Republic in equatorial Africa. Hippos in the surf… gorillas in the mist… the adventures of the great white Tarzan, National Geographic Society explorer-in-residence, J. Michael Fay, “the crazed American, the wild child who footed his way across all those nearly impassable forests and swamps, who sat half-naked atop the Inselbergs, who brought back photos and tales of a Gabon that Omar Bongo himself hadn’t known existed.”<sup>5</sup> </p>
<p><em>Now he’s bushwhacking through tropical lianas and serpent filled trees with machete… now’s he wading through leech-filled crocodile swamps… his trusty negro porters and trackers at hand… now he’s being gored by an elephant…</em> Welcome to the state-of-the-art cartography and explorer-conqueror genre: Fay’s private helicopter almost daily dropping supplies in the jungle to the tune of hundreds of thousands of U.S. taxpayer dollars and mom &#038; pop conservation donations… </p>
<p>The coup des grace on all this propaganda was the portrait of Omar Bongo—the altruistic African President more interested in saving the environment than selling it off for the glitter of gold or the bling bang of diamonds or for parquet floors and plywood. President Omar Bongo was portrayed as the intent listener, the wise philosophical leader, the humanitarian negotiator. He was not—according to the spin-doctors of the propaganda system—your usual African dictator who packs people’s severed heads in his refrigerator (Idi Amin) and later has his ears cut off (Samuel Doe).</p>
<p>The <em>National Geographic</em> photos of Eden unveiled were splashed all over cyberspace. Films were made and speeches given to capitalize on the momentum of public interest. Maps and guides were mass produced, DVDs and coffee table picture books, interactive features—even “classroom companion African resources” to properly influence the kiddies. The travel agencies jumped on board. Everyone was echoing the mantra: “Could Gabon be the next ecotourism destination?”</p>
<p>The <em>National Geographic</em> series was a sort of public relations pitch for the big money conservation non-government organizations—Bi(g) NGOs or BINGOs—who get all the funding: corporate entities like World Wildlife Fund, Conservation International, Fauna and Flora International, and the Wildlife Conservation Society. But the series also introduced and paved the way for the Congo Basin Forest Partnership (CBFP), a predatory USAID<sup>6</sup>  initiative involving some seven African countries, U.S. logging companies, NASA, the Pentagon and the U.S. Fish &#038; Wildlife Service, launched under President George W. Bush.<sup>7</sup> In 2002, Walter Kansteiner, U.S. Assistant Secretary of State for African Affairs, paid a six-day visit to President Omar Bongo to negotiate the CBFP, and “Saving Africa’s Eden” whitewashed the Kansteiner story as falsely as they did the Bongo regime.</p>
<p><em>National Geographic</em> was selling ecotourism and wildlife protection as a panacea to ‘save’ Africa’s idyllic gardens of Eden. But it was all a smokescreen, a blanket of propaganda draped over the primitive realities of the country of Gabon. The script was written by big business masquerading as conservation: the Wildlife Conservation Society wrote Colin Powell’s speeches, delivered in Johannesburg. Kansteiner was described as a humanitarianism possessed with the need for democracy, health care and peace, but the Kansteiner family profits by exploiting Africa as ruthlessly as King Leopold. Trading in columbium tantalite (coltan) out of the bloody Kivu provinces of D.R. Congo, Kansteiner is also a director of Moto Gold, a company that sprouted out of the genocide in the DRC’s bloody Ituri districts.<sup>8</sup> </p>
<p>Today the blanket of propaganda is being draped over the casket of Albert-Bernard Bongo, the elfish little man who for forty-one years ran the country of Gabon as a private enterprise for himself, his family, his foreign backers and protectors. Articles that mildly illuminate the corruption of the Bongo government merely serve to distance Western governments and cover for multinational corporations and state sponsored terrorism by blaming everything on Bongo.<sup>9</sup> </p>
<p>This was not my first visit to Gabon. In 1997 I was focused on the murder of Ken Saro Wiwa and the petroleum genocide in the Niger River Delta.<sup>10</sup>  I wanted a visa for Nigeria, and I passed through every country around or near Nigeria trying to get one. But the country was closed under dictator Sani Abacha—the butcher—and I was too frightened to enter Nigeria without a visa.<sup>11</sup> </p>
<p>Ghana was an Anglo-American stronghold, but the others I passed through were all Francophone dictatorships: Burkina Faso, Niger, Togo, Cameroon—and Gabon. It was a wake-up call to the structural violence that enslaves Africa and enriches the West and its comprador class agents like Omar Bongo.<sup>12</sup>  (Of course, U.S. President Obama’s recent criticisms of corruption and cronyism in Africa are extremely hypocritical, at the very least.)</p>
<p>In Libreville, I met Thierry (not his real name). Thierry quietly told me he had worked in human rights until he became a very outspoken critic of the government. He was on the run, living ‘underground’ and existing by moving, one day to the next, through networks of friends. He was an intellectual, and he described a climate of terror in Gabon involving extra-judicial executions, disappearances, torture, all run by Bongo’s intelligence operatives and the Deuxieme Bureau, also known as the Service de Documentation Extérieure et de Contre-Espionnage (SDECE), the French secret service. </p>
<p>The most egregious repression occurred in 1990, Thierry said, when civilians were massacred during the ‘pro-democracy’ protests in Port Gentil. The true human rights situation is hidden, he said, even after numerous letters were sent to Amnesty International and Human Rights Watch.</p>
<p>“President Bongo knows everything that goes on in Gabon,” said Thierry. “Everything. Nothing happens that he does not know about. And there are very sophisticated forms of terror, like torture, disappearing, ritual killings, using plain-clothes operatives, in designer blue jeans or NIKE tracksuits. Bongo knows all about it—he is involved—and they have killed a lot of people with no one knowing about it. People just suddenly disappear or turn up dead.”<sup>13</sup> </p>
<p>A white woman named Catherine who worked in language translations confirmed the 1990 massacres. “There are a lot of things you can do in the United States that you cannot do here,” Catherine told me, acerbically, “and one is to be politically curious. You just don’t go around asking these kinds of questions here. You would never get away with it, but even if there was an attempt to investigate the massacres it would be blocked.”</p>
<p>I also met a white expatriate consulting in the oil sector. He had just come from Port Harcourt, Nigeria, but he shuffled around between Cameron, Nigeria, Gabon and Angola. “Foreigners who work in Gabon work in wood or in oil,” he said. He confirmed that killings were routine before the mid-1990’s, and that massacres occurred in Port Gentil just as Thierry had said. He said that the stories about protestors being arrested and tortured were true. “It was not just a few people killed,” he insisted. “It was a lot of people. Protestors were taken out over the ocean in oil company helicopters and pushed out, alive or dead. It’s more than just a rumor.” </p>
<p>Togolese and Nigerian refugees in Benin, human rights activists in Cameroon, all have described these terrorist tactics involving petroleum sector helicopters. One Togolese refugee explained that in Togo they didn’t just push people out, they hang them from helicopters and fly low over the ‘jungle communities’ to instill them with terror.<sup>14</sup> </p>
<p>“Bongo used to just kill anyone he wanted, openly, before 1990,” a local Gabonese man, Maconi, told me in Libreville. Maconi’s family is involved in the timber sector in Gabon, and his mother is French and he moves within the French community. “Bongo would just kill them without trying to keep it quiet. Now [2004] it is different, it is subtle, quiet, you don’t see it, but it hasn’t stopped.”<sup>15</sup> </p>
<p><strong>PARISTROIKA</strong></p>
<p>From the very beginning, circa 1865, Gabon was the focal point from which France projected its military and economic power across the continent, serving as an intelligence-gathering base much as Burkina Faso has historically served that role for Israel and the Congo (Zaire) has for the USA. </p>
<p>In fact, France forced Gabon’s independence movement to accept France’s full economic control as a pre-condition for ‘independence’. </p>
<p>Gabon’s first President Leon M’ba—and his early one-party dictatorship—set the stage for the Bongo regime both through sheer corruption and the Gabonese state’s nefarious military and intelligence alliance with the French. A rapid intervention by French Foreign Legion commandoes secured M’ba’s presidency after an attempted coup d’etat in 1964: M’ba was said to be a close friend of Charles De Gaulle. Many of Mba and Bongo’s French supporters considered Gabon their private domain and were threatened by Gabon’s ‘independence’ after decades of French colonial occupation. When M’ba died of illness, Bongo took the reins and with the help of France he consolidated absolute power: one of the fledgling President’s first actions was to immediately dissolve all political parties and replace them with the ‘Democratic Party of Gabon.’</p>
<p>Charles de Gaulle and his ‘Monsieur Afrique,’ Jacques Foccart directly installed Bongo in 1967.  Bongo was the choice of a powerful group of Frenchmen—the Clan des Gabonais—composed of key members of the French government and influential Gabonese in alliance with strategically placed French nationals who controlled the economy of Gabon.<sup>16</sup>  Foccart maintained French control in the former colonies through the Reseau Foccart, an intricate ‘network’ who collaborated with the French military and major French economic interests to guarantee access to strategic minerals. Former French ambassador and close M’ba adviser Maurice Delauney was a central figure in the Foccart network and the man who handpicked Bongo as Mba’s successor.<sup>17</sup>  French mercenaries and legionnaires like Bob Denard were (and remain) members of the Clan des Gabonais, using Gabon as home base for intelligence, covert operations and terrorism from Sao Tomé to Madagascar.<sup>18</sup>  French soldiers operate within the Gabonese military and French pilots in the Air Force; elite Mirage and Jaguar aircraft from the French air force are based on the military side of the Leon Mba airport in Libreville.</p>
<p>Petroleum exploration in Gabon was begun in the early 1930s by the French national oil company and Gabon was the first African country to host French oil giant Elf in the 1960s, from where Elf operated as a state within a state, serving as a base for French military and espionage activities, and for many decades Libreville remained the French nerve center of covert operations in central and southern Africa.<sup>19</sup> </p>
<p>Shell Oil entered Gabon in 1960 (Nigeria in 1958). Other oil companies in Gabon today include: AGIP (Italy), Amerada Hess (USA), AMOCO (US), BP (British Petroleum), Occidental Petroleum (USA), Energy Africa Gabon (South Africa), Pan African Energy, Marathon Oil (USA), Exxon/Mobil (and subsidiary Esso Exploration West Africa), Broken Hill Petroleum and Tullow Oil, a U.K.-based profiteer also involved in war crimes, crimes against humanity and genocide in eastern Congo and Uganda.<sup>20</sup>  The French oil conglomerate Total acquired Belgium’s PetroFina in 1999 and Elf-Acquitaine in 2000, creating one of the world’s nastiest multinational oil companies.</p>
<p>For almost 50 years, France’s entire international security policy—its classified nuclear weapons strike force (<em>le force de frappe atomique</em>) and atomic reactor complex —revolved around access to uranium from Gabon and Niger. Uranium in Gabon was discovered in 1956 and exploitation began through the Compagnie des Mines d’Uranium de Franceville (COMUF), a consortium involving multinationals like Total and AREVA, in 1958.<sup>21</sup>  COMUF is 68.4% owned by French multinational COGEMA, which is also one of Canada’s largest uranium producers; COGEMA is partnered with the U.S. Department of Energy in the production of nuclear fuel for the U.S. weapons complex. The infamous U.S. multinational Union Carbide, responsible for crimes against humanity in Bhopal, India, was heavily involved in another catastrophe: uranium mining in Gabon. A hospital near the remote Mounana uranium mine has documented the long history of under five children living and dying with disfigured bodies, gynecological tumors, blood and skin diseases, cancers and leukemias, or the epidemics of radiation poisoning that quietly obliterated so many adult miners over 38 years of operations.<sup>22</sup>  It is the same, ugly story in Niger, only uglier, due to higher populations of Tuareg and Toubou nomads; <em>National Geographic</em> writers who have whitewashed Gabon hide the same ugly imperial realities of uranium.<sup>23</sup> ,<sup>24</sup> </p>
<p>Also involved in uranium in Gabon are: Motapa Diamonds (U.S.A.); Mineral Services International (Cape Town, Vancouver, London, Gaborone and Libreville); Pitchstone Exploration (Canada, U.S.A.) and CAMECO (U.S.A., Canada)—a DeBeers connected company also tied to the Washington D.C. law firm Winston &#038; Strong.<sup>25</sup> ,<sup>26</sup> ,<sup>27</sup> </p>
<p>Manganese is essential for superalloys essential to the western aerospace and defense complex: Gabon is the second largest producer behind South Africa and manganese is Gabon’s third largest export earner. U.S. Steel owned 44% of Gabon’s manganese producer, the Compagnie Miniere de l’Ogooue (COMILOG), which U.S. Steel set up with France in 1953; U.S. Steel reportedly sold out in the 1960’s, but 60% of COMILOG was controlled by French and U.S. interests until 1996 when Eramet Group (France) bought 57%, leaving the Gabon government with 27% and ‘other private parties’ (read: U.S. &#038; French businessmen) with 16%. <sup>17</sup>  COMILOG has a capital value of over $80 billion and its profits soared from US$ 4.2 million in 2003 to US$ 183 million in 2004; about one-third of COMILOGs production is used by Eramet’s manganese plants in France, Norway and USA (two-thirds goes to China, India and Ukraine). </p>
<p>COMILOG also controls the TransGabonese Railway—crucial to the massive devastation of rainforest logging. (Due to heavy metals emissions, Eramet Marietta is under fire in Ohio and West Virginia for epidemics of disease.<sup>28</sup> )  Repression in the logging sector in Gabon is widespread: foreign companies penetrate rural areas, dividing and conquering forest people with cash and conflict, bringing alcohol, hunting, prostitution, traffic in endangered species, and direct paramilitary violence. The entire western NGO (e.g. BINGOs like WWF, WCS, Dian Fossey Gorilla Fund, the Great Apes Survival Project, Jane Goodal Institute) narrative on the ‘bushmeat trade’ ignores the role of state repression backed by western institutions and the private profits and white supremacy of the BINGOs. <sup>29</sup> </p>
<p>Directors of the mighty French nuclear conglomerate AREVA also serve on the boards of Lloyd’s of London, Goldman Sacs (USA), Power Companies of Canada, Euro Disney, Total Oil and others. AREVA’s connections to the Belgian establishment include intelligence insider Viscount Etienne Davignon, a man deeply tied to the depopulation of the Congo (DRC) through his long-time directorship of Belgium’s Societé Generale—one of the DRC’s longest and most lasting enemies and the copperbelt giant Union Miniére. Davignon is also an affiliate of Donald Rumsfeld and George Schultz through Gilead Sciences, a U.S. pharmaceutical (read: biowarfare) firm, and he is a director of Kissinger Associates.<sup>30</sup>   Davignon was Belgian Minister of State during the ‘independence’ transition (1960) and the installation of Colonel Joseph Mobutu. A 2001 Belgian parliamentary enquiry explored Davignon’s role in the assassination of Patrice Lumumba, but the enquiry was a political tool from the start and, naturally, exonerated Belgian officials of all but ‘moral responsibility’ in the assassination.<sup>31</sup> </p>
<p>Successive government’s of Japan have also supported the corruption and terror in Gabon through mining and oil and direct financing provided by Japan International Cooperation Agency (JICA) to the Bongo regime.<sup>32</sup>  Mitsubishi holds four major petroleum concessions, one in partnership with Tullow Oil, but Gabon was also critical to Japan’s nasty atomic reactor industries.</p>
<p>The stranglehold of the International Monetary Fund’s (IMF) economic austerity plans led to civil unrest as labor taxed, wages were cut, education and public health sectors, never much to begin with, were gutted. By the late 1980’s Bongo was overseeing a massively oppressive regime predicated on state terror backed by France and, more poignantly, multinational corporations. </p>
<p>With the fall of the Berlin wall and the Soviet Perestroika the veneers of stability in Gabon gave way to deep, festering wounds of decades of state oppression: students, onshore oil workers, civil servants and the general public took to the streets in pro-democracy protests. It was the same story in Burma, South Korea, Indonesia and China, but only Tiananmen Square made the news: China is considered an ‘enemy state’ of Western predatory capitalism, while the others are client states.<sup>33</sup>  It was the same story in Port Gentil and Libreville, Gabon as in Colonel Joseph Mobutu’s Zaire, General Gnassingbe Eyadema’s Togo, Paul Biya’s Cameroon, and General Ibrahim Babangida’s Nigeria: all Western client states which saw massive repression of civil society, with student massacres, 1989-1991. This state orchestrated terrorism occurred at Jos and Port Harcourt, Nigeria, and in Lubumbashi, Zaire (May 11-12, 1990), and massacres were covered up by the West and its propaganda system; subsequent student-government clashes in Zaire occurred in Kisangani, Mbuji-May, Bukavu, Kinshasa and Mbanza-Ngungu during the communications blackouts, and were never known to the world in any details.<sup>34</sup>   Meanwhile, Dennis Sassou-Nguesso and Omar Bongo collaborated with Mobutu to prevent all news of the Lubumbashi massacre from leaking out. And then, a few weeks later, Bongo had the same problem: corpses needing to be disappeared.</p>
<p>The violence in Gabon reached a local peak in March, April and May of 1990. Pressured to declare the ‘end of one party rule,’ Bongo and his one-party state set about to neutralize all significant opposition. The people protested fearlessly. The state terror apparatus clicked into action after foreign oil sector executives (e.g. Shell Gabon’s director André-Dieudonne Barre) complained.<sup>35</sup> </p>
<p>On May 21, 1990, France sent in several hundred elite paratroopers. Dubbed ‘Operation Requin’ (Shark), the rapid intervention forces of the French Foreign Legion 2nd Paratroopers Regiment (REP: <em>2eme Regiment Etranger des Parachutistes</em>)—the elite of the world’s elite soldiers—were sent to support the French Foreign Legion Infantry Regiment (REI: <em>2eme Regiment Etrangere d’Infanterie</em>) troops permanently based in Gabon. The REP was known to attach U.S. covert operatives on missions and is described as “some of the most skilled and dangerous soldiers on earth.”<sup>36</sup> </p>
<p>From May 21-30 some 500 French troops were dispatched to the luxury oil city of Port Gentil. Bongo, furious, arrogant and absolute, declared a ‘state of siege’ throughout the coastal province of Ogooue-Maritime, the only significant population center in the country. Quite literally overnight, key opposition leaders were assassinated or disappeared. But the French troops collected all French nationals at the Elf Corporation compound in Port Gentil and together with the Presidential Guard they battled with ‘rebel forces’ [read: civilian protestors]. The Presidential Guard was ‘credited’ with the killing and not the French troops —it is always black Africans who are credited with massacres in partnership with foreign troops.<sup>35</sup>  </p>
<p>While reporting that “several people had been shot in the unrest”—official reports today suggest only five dead<sup>37</sup> —international media also reported that the Presidential guard crushed civilian barricades “deploying tanks, automatic weapons and grenades” and, in the last days, finally “began to round up demonstrators” amidst “continued intermittent gunfire.”<sup>35</sup>  But people in Gabon report that at least 500 to 600 civilians (some say 2000), many of them students, were massacred on the streets of Port Gentil—from May 21 to May 31, 1990—by the orders of President Omar Bongo.<sup>38</sup> </p>
<p>The appearance of tolerance for any ‘opposition’ in the country was provided by a faux opposition connected to Bongo’s and France’s multinational corporate competition: any true opposition was bought off by Bongo and/or compromised by their participation in secret societies (like the Freemasons).<sup>39</sup>  The intelligence networks and terror apparatus targeted anyone unable to be silenced by bribery or blackmail. The long arm of Omar Bongo’s assassinations squads even reached outside Gabon: in 1996 one opponent of Bongo was assassinated in France on the orders of Libreville.<sup>40</sup> </p>
<p>All so-called ‘elections’ that have occurred in Gabon (Cameroon, Togo, Nigeria, post-1994 Rwanda, etc.) are demonstration elections meant to legitimize nasty dictatorships serving western capital.<sup>41</sup>   Of course, President Omar Bongo Ondimba always won—in 1993, 1998 and, most recently, 2005—and Bongo’s foreign patrons characteristically whitewashed elections violence.</p>
<p>Meanwhile, Bongo visited the White House, and its counterparts in France, England, Belgium, Holland, Switzerland, Luxembourg, Canada, Germany, China and Saudi Arabia. </p>
<p>Military relations between the U.S., Canada, France, England and Israel on the one hand, and the dictators like Bongo on the other, continued throughout their decades long tenures, no matter their brutalities: under the Clinton Administration, for example, the Pentagon sent U.S. covert forces to train General Eyadema and Paul Biya’s elite killers under a new program, the Africa Crises Response Force (‘Force’ was later changed to ‘Initiative’ to soften it, transforming ACRF to ACRI); troops also trained at the Pentagon’s Special Operations School at Fort Hurlburt, Florida.<sup>42</sup> </p>
<p>Bongo meddled in weapons and money-laundering: one of Bongo’s private arms dealers, Frenchman René Cardona, fell out with Bongo and was imprisoned in Gabon in 1996: a corruption investigation in France found that Cardona’s son paid 300 million CFA francs into Bongo’s personal account to buy his father’s freedom.<sup>43</sup> </p>
<p>Gabon grew to become an unprecedented example of the success of the national security client state, where the offshore petroleum industry was designed to operate as an independent state, with its own private communications, transport, and supply chain infrastructure thus making offshore oil operations immune to onshore civil strikes or public protests. The oil operations grew to become islands of stability staffed by foreign expatriate labor and management, supplied by independent shipping and aviation, protected by elite networks of the foreign and domestic security apparatus.  </p>
<p><strong>DIALING FOR DICTATORS</strong></p>
<p>For some forty-one years the Elf-ish Albert-Bernard Bongo ruled Gabon. Was Bongo the international humanitarian and peacemaker that the propaganda system has universally portrayed him as? Why do so many people know so little about the realities of life and death in Gabon?</p>
<p>In his widely lauded 2004 book, <em>A Continent for the Taking: The Tragedy and Hope of Africa</em>, Howard W. French, the former <em>New York Times</em> bureau Chief for Africa from circa 1993-1998, had only this to say of Gabon: “It has long been said that even tinier, oil-rich Gabon next door [to Congo-Brazzaville] was the world’s leader in per capita champagne consumption.”<sup>44</sup>  </p>
<p>However, back in 1995, Howard W. French reported that Bongo and friends patronized lavish prostitution scandals run by Europeans; one Italian fashion designer who ended up in a French court admitted to personally furnishing Bongo with French call-girls charging $15,000 a visit in exchange for $600,000 tailoring contracts.<sup>45</sup>  French also reported: “the French engineered a partly successful boycott of an international investors conference in Gabon this year because it was organized by an ex-American Assistant Secretary of State for African Affairs, Herman Cohen.” </p>
<p>What the <em>New York Times</em> forgot to add was that Herman Cohen, who worked in the George H.W. Bush administration, was a lobbyist whose firm Cohen &#038; Woods (C&#038;W) was paid $300,000 to present Gabon as a “politically stable and economically successful country” and to “generate awareness of President Bongo and his national and international accomplishments,” including the “very concrete process of democratization and democratic reforms.”<sup>46</sup> </p>
<p>C&#038;W also whitewashed the crimes of another blood-drenched client near Gabon, the government of Eduardo Dos Santos in diamond and oil-studded Angola. While C&#038;W were peddling influence for Bongo and Dos Santos, the U.S. State Department was flagging human right in Gabon for extra-judicial killings, torture, corruption and election rigging; Angola was far more grim.<sup>47</sup>   It was the tip of the iceberg on the brutal dictatorships and plunder of the oily Gulf of Guinea.</p>
<p>It was Herman Cohen and James Woods that convinced African countries to participate in the Pentagon’s ACRF, the precursor to the current Africa Contingency Operations Training Program (ACOTA), two programs training killers under a ‘peacekeeping’ smokescreen: Gabon has participated in both. C&#038;W were also pimping for Military Professional Resources Inc., the private military company out of Virginia; MPRI and LOGICON, another Pentagon contractor, advanced the ACRF/ACOTA cause, and benefited from it.<sup>48</sup>  One of the primary architects of ACRF was Susan Rice, Barrack Obama’s foreign policy adviser and U.S. Ambassador to the U.N. since January 2009.<sup>49</sup> </p>
<p>Over the past two decades the Bongo regime has been publicly whitewashed by public relations agencies connected to power in Europe, Japan and to both political parities in the USA. These included Cohen &#038; Woods, Cassidy Associates, Powell Tate, and Verner, Liipfert, Bernhard, McPherson &#038; Hand in the USA, and UK-based Shandwick Public Affairs.<sup>50</sup>  PR firms also sanitized the French language markets with customized propaganda. Cassidy &#038; Associates spent between $20-30 million lobbying Congress between 1998 and 2009. In 2000 and 2001, Gabon also hired the public relations firm Manatt, Phelps and Phillips.</p>
<p>The son of Jacques Foccart’s affiliate Mahmoud Bourgi, French lawyer Robert Bourgi is considered Foccart’s francafrique successor. As an example of media censorship and postcolonial control, his brother Albert Bourgi is the editor of <em>Jeune Afrique</em>, Francophone Africa’s popular news publication coming out of Paris since 1964, but a disinformation front billed as the ‘number one Pan-African magazine.’ Robert Bourgi was one of former President Joseph Mobutu’s most intimate security advisers and an intimate adviser and lawyer to Omar Bongo.<sup>51</sup>  On September 27, 2007 at the Palais de l’Elysée, French President Nicolas Sarkozy honored Robert Bourgi with the Medal of the Knight’s Insignia in the National Order of the Legion of the French Republic; Bongo’s daughter was also in attendance.<sup>52</sup>  According to Robert Bourgi, Omar Bongo had President Sarkozy’s overseas-aid minister Jean-Marie Bockel removed due to a ‘bold’ speech denouncing patronage and corruption. <sup>51</sup> </p>
<p>Gabon also maintained a three-year-old relationship with Jacqueline Wilson, the ex-spouse of senior U.S. diplomat and Gabon Ambassador Joe Wilson, who received tens of thousands of dollars for special projects and reports to President Omar Bongo’s daughter, Pascaline Mferri Bongo. </p>
<p>In another well-publicized case, lobbyist Jack Abramoff was the supposed mover-and-shaker behind the 2003 meeting between Bongo and George W. Bush—a meeting where President Bongo pledged support for the Pentagon’s “war on terror” and signed an “open skies agreement” between the two countries. Abramoff, who was also a Washington lobbyist for President Joseph Mobutu in Zaire (DRC), sought $9 million for his services for the Maryland public relations firm GrassRoots Interactive.<sup>53</sup>   Abramoff also reportedly worked with Bongo through David Safavian, a former business partner, former White House budget official and a registered agent in Washington for President Bongo, and also through another of Bongo’s paid influence peddlers in Washington named Joe Slavik, a mysterious insider who is apparently also very close to Bongo’s eldest daughter, Pascaline Bongo who also served as her father’s principal secretary, and is reportedly a director for several large French firms operating in Gabon, including Total Gabon.<sup>53</sup>   President Omar Bongo left the White House and later attended a lavish dinner organized by the Corporate Council on Africa (CCA), the public relations wing of the world’s most negligent and destructive corporations in Africa, as everywhere; later still he showed up in Houston as a guest at the Baker Institute. The CCA chairman at the time was diamond magnate and Democratic Party financier Maurice Tempelsman, the United States’ equivalent of France’s ‘dirty tricks’ operative Jacques Foccart. </p>
<p>Tempelsman’s role in interventions in Africa and his networks of organized crime involved in diamonds and cobalt are legendary, but wholly hidden by the bling bling of the propaganda system. One of Tempelsman’s stellar roles was serving as a broker for the Oppenheimer and De Beers diamond cartel—another friend of the Bongo regime. Given the blood diamond wealth in the nearby countries—Angola, Namibia, the two Congos—there is no chance De Beers would overlook Gabon.</p>
<p>Years of prospecting in Gabon by the De Beers cartel led to the development of a cartographic minerals database based on 13,513 sq. kms of terrestrial surveys and 36,580 km of airborne magnetic surveys. One company affiliated with De Beers in Gabon is the Canada-based SearchGold Corporation, which is licensed to exploit 7,865 sq. kms of concession in partnership with the U.K. company Zambezi Gold and its Luxembourg subsidiary Arc Mining and Investment.<sup>54</sup>  Also mining Gabon is Cluff Mining, a shareholder in Banro Mining Corporation—the Canadian powerhouse that is plundering and depopulating eastern Congo; Anglo-American Corp., the Oppenheimer/DeBeers conglomerate, is a majority shareholder in Cluff. </p>
<p>&#8220;Gabon was the only one of France’s former African colonies to vote to become a French department, or administrative district, on the eve of independence in 1960, a request that President Charles de Gaulle turned down,” Howard W. French wrote. “Since independence, however, as the extent of the Gabon’s oil, forest and mineral wealth has become known, France has fought ferociously to keep the influence of other Western powers in the country to a minimum.&#8221;<sup>55</sup> </p>
<p>Seven French soldiers died recently when a French army AS 532 Cougar helicopter crashed into the sea off Gabon during joint military exercises.<sup>56</sup>  While the propaganda system is always advertising withdrawals of French troops from bases in Africa, the French contingents in Gabon will certainly remain.<sup>57</sup> </p>
<p><strong>BONGO THE PEACEMAKER</strong></p>

<a href='http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/07/the-crimes-of-bongo/app2000122694783/' title='APP2000122694783'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://dissidentvoice.org/wp-content/uploads/2009/07/Bongo_Crop-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="French President Frantois Mitterrand (L) waves to the crowd, 17 January 1983, on his arrival at Leon M&#039;ba airport in Libreville accompanied by his Gabonese counterpart Omar Bongo (R). (Photo credit should read DANIEL JANIN/AFP/Getty Images)" title="APP2000122694783" /></a>
<a href='http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/07/the-crimes-of-bongo/gabon-bongo-story027/' title='Gabon Bongo Story027'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://dissidentvoice.org/wp-content/uploads/2009/07/Gabon-Bongo-Story027-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Forest elephants cross a saltwater estuary at Loango National Park, Gabon, the terminus for J. Michael Fay’s ‘megatransect’ across equatoria. Photo keith harmon snow, December 2004." title="Gabon Bongo Story027" /></a>
<a href='http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/07/the-crimes-of-bongo/gabon-bongo-story007/' title='Gabon Bongo Story007'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://dissidentvoice.org/wp-content/uploads/2009/07/Gabon-Bongo-Story007-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Controlled by French companies since 1900, Gabon’s corrupt logging sector is the second largest income earner. One goal of the Congo Basin Forest Partnership is to facilitate U.S. corporate access to Gabon woods to ‘sustainably’ plunder Eden. Over 600,000 m3 of logs are annually exported illegally. Photo keith harmon snow, Gabon, December 2004." title="Gabon Bongo Story007" /></a>
<a href='http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/07/the-crimes-of-bongo/sarkozy-chirac-bongo-2/' title='Sarkozy Chirac Bongo 2'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://dissidentvoice.org/wp-content/uploads/2009/07/Sarkozy-Chirac-Bongo-2-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="French President Nicolas Sakozy (2-L) and former French President Jacques Chirac (3-L) pay their respects before the coffin of former President of Gabon Omar Bongo at the Presidential palace in Libreville on June 16, 2009. Photo by AFP/Getty Images." title="Sarkozy Chirac Bongo 2" /></a>
<a href='http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/07/the-crimes-of-bongo/gabon-bongo-story011/' title='Gabon Bongo Story011'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://dissidentvoice.org/wp-content/uploads/2009/07/Gabon-Bongo-Story011-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="1997 industry map of oil concessions in the Gulf of Guinea and along the West Coast of Africa. Yellow blocks are ELF (see KEY below)." title="Gabon Bongo Story011" /></a>
<a href='http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/07/the-crimes-of-bongo/gabon-bongo-story016/' title='Gabon Bongo Story016'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://dissidentvoice.org/wp-content/uploads/2009/07/Gabon-Bongo-Story016-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="" title="Gabon Bongo Story016" /></a>
<a href='http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/07/the-crimes-of-bongo/gabon-bongo-story001/' title='Gabon Bongo Story001'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://dissidentvoice.org/wp-content/uploads/2009/07/Gabon-Bongo-Story001-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Access to printed matter under African dictatorships is limited: government controlled newspapers are supplemented with pornography, sports and travel trash, titillating tabloids and beauty rags peddling Western decadence and white supremacy; everything is saturated with corporate advertising. Photo keith harmon snow, Libreville, Gabon, 1997." title="Gabon Bongo Story001" /></a>
<a href='http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/07/the-crimes-of-bongo/gabon-france-bongo-funerals/' title='GABON-FRANCE-BONGO-FUNERALS'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://dissidentvoice.org/wp-content/uploads/2009/07/Nguema-EG-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Equatorial Guinea’s President Teodoro Obiang Nguema attends the funeral of Gabonese President Omar Bongo, on June 16, 2009 in Libreville, Gabon. Agence France Presse/Getty Images." title="GABON-FRANCE-BONGO-FUNERALS" /></a>
<a href='http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/07/the-crimes-of-bongo/gabon-bongo-story003/' title='Gabon Bongo Story003'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://dissidentvoice.org/wp-content/uploads/2009/07/Gabon-Bongo-Story003-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="The elite ELF-Gabon headquarters along the ocean in Libreville. Photo keith harmon snow, Libreville, Gabon, 1997." title="Gabon Bongo Story003" /></a>
<a href='http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/07/the-crimes-of-bongo/gabon-bongo-story030/' title='Gabon Bongo Story030'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://dissidentvoice.org/wp-content/uploads/2009/07/Gabon-Bongo-Story030-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Royal/Dutch Shell controls the Rabi oil fields of the Gamba Complex but local Gabonese who live in and around the concessions have received zero benefits from decades of oil exploitation and export. Photo keith harmon snow, Sette Cama, Gabon, December 2004." title="Gabon Bongo Story030" /></a>
<a href='http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/07/the-crimes-of-bongo/gabon-bongo-story023/' title='Gabon Bongo Story023'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://dissidentvoice.org/wp-content/uploads/2009/07/Gabon-Bongo-Story023-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Biodiversity in the Gamba Complex Protected Area is of value to corporations for pharmaceutical products, unethical genetic engineering, and huge inequitable, white economy ‘research’ programs predicated on Empire and support for the military-industrial complex, but operating both obliviously and knowingly under false presumptions, innocence, humanitarianism, science and progress. Photo keith harmon snow, Loango National Park, Gabon, December 2004." title="Gabon Bongo Story023" /></a>
<a href='http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/07/the-crimes-of-bongo/gabon-bongo-story021/' title='Gabon Bongo Story021'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://dissidentvoice.org/wp-content/uploads/2009/07/Gabon-Bongo-Story021-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="“Suffering provides good counsel” -- Local villages around Sette Cama are run down, dilapidated examples of the parallel (Apartheid) economies of exploitation and oil seen widely in Gabon, as all across Africa. Photo keith harmon snow, December 2004." title="Gabon Bongo Story021" /></a>

<p>While France was consolidating its control over Gabon it was also arming neighboring regimes: Omar Bongo was their African kingpin.</p>
<p>Under the cover of ‘humanitarian’ flights, the Bongo government shipped weapons from Libreville to the Biafran war in Nigeria 1967-1970, and Bongo imported Biafran rebels connected to secessionist leader Emeka Ojukwu to luxurious lives in Gabon. France also supported the Biafra struggle, where a U.S./NATO/U.S.S.R. blockade led to some 500,000 to 2,000,000 deaths from starvation, disease and war. Shell-British Petroleum and the French state company Société Anonyme Française des Recherches et d’Exploitation de Pétrole (SAFRAP; now Elf Petroleum Nigeria Ltd.), were centrally involved in the bloodshed and exploitation.<sup>58</sup> </p>
<p>From 1970-1975 France provided over 300 Panhard armored cars to Mobutu in Zaire: this is a footnote in the long history of French arms transfers to dictatorships that served their interests in Africa.<sup>59</sup>  President Richard M. Nixon met with Bongo on August 2, 1973. At the time, the SDECE (Service de Documentation Exterieure et Contre-Espionage) and CIA were collaborating against the MPLA (Movement for the Popular Liberation of Angola) government in Angola by training and arming UNITA and FNLA guerrillas.<sup>60</sup>  Elf Acquitaine backed both the MPLA government and UNITA rebels: Bongo was certainly involved in French interventions.<sup>61</sup>  In 1975, the SDECE hired the infamous Congo mercenary Bob Denard and twenty French mercenaries, all paid by the CIA station out of Zaire —Maurice Tempelsman’s gang Lawrence Devlin, Mark Garsin and others—for covert operations in Angola; the SDECE and CIA also worked with Bureau of State Security (BOSS) agents out of South Africa at the height of the Apartheid struggle.<sup>59</sup>  Omar Bongo was clearly aware of Washington’s covert terrorist operations in support of UNITA from the 1970’s to 1990’s. Bongo’s government allowed individuals in Gabon to back UNITA rebels in the brutal civil war in Angola, and in 1990’s Gabon was caught red-handed violating United Nations sanctions against UNITA.<sup>62</sup> </p>
<p>When Ian Smith’s white supremacist government needed support against the imperialist forces seeking to put a black face on power in Rhodesia, it was Omar Bongo who helped Smith bust the international sanctions by routing through Libreville aircraft ferrying contraband to and from Rhodesia and Europe; networks of organized crime worked through Switzerland and Lichtenstein, and Bongo’s officials in Gabon issued false certificates of origin and other fabricated documentation, while also taking their cut in profits.<sup>63</sup> </p>
<p>Bongo also maintained relations with Harvard University’s Liberian warlord Charles Taylor; Bongo was known to receive Taylor at his presidential mansion and certainly benefited from the blood diamond cartels Taylor was involved with.<sup>64</sup> ,<sup>65</sup> </p>
<p>The Bongo government was complicit with the successive Nguema dictatorships (1968-1979, 1979-present) and their campaigns of terror and depopulation in Equatorial Guinea (E.G.). Under Bongo’s rule, Gabon violated the territorial sovereignty of E.G. through military occupation of southern E.G. islands and military incursions in the southwest near Rio Muni, all in search of oil and profits.<sup>66</sup>  </p>
<p>Before his ascendancy to President by coup d’etat in 1979, Teodoro Obiang Nguema personally ran the notorious Black Beach prison in E.G.: his regime is today considered one of the most corrupt, ethnocentric, oppressive and undemocratic states in the world. U.S. corporate backing of the Obiang regime involved corruption and profiteering that was exposed in the U.S. Rigg’s bank investigations in 2004. U.S. companies—Exxon-Mobil, Amerada Hess, Chevron-Texaco, Marathon Oil and others—paid for scholarships for children of the country’s leaders to attend elite schools like Pepperdine University (CA), formed business ventures with government officials, hired companies linked to Obiang and rented property from government officials and their relatives.<sup>67</sup>  Petroleum-connected U.S. officials like Condoleeza Rice have called Obiang a ‘good friend’ of the U.S., while Obiang has for years paid Cassidy &#038; Associates some $120,000 a month to whitewash the regime. While the arrogance of oil wealth caused a small rift between the two dictators, Bongo’s importance to E.G. can be measured by Nguema’s decree of three days of national mourning after Bongo’s death.</p>
<p>Albert-Bernard Bongo is the son-in-law of Dennis Sassou-Nguesso, another dictator who has reigned for two decades, with a gap from1992-1997, sustained with millions of Elf petrol dollars: Sassou-Nguesso’s elite Cobra militia were also trained by French advisers and, like Mobutu, Sassou-Nguesso relied on Israeli security and intelligence for protection. Omar Bongo backed bloodshed in the recent Congo-Brazzaville war (1997-2000) by offloading planeloads of weapons and shipping them across the border to Sassou Nguesso’s home village of Oyo.<sup>68</sup>  Bongo’s government was also accused of airlifting Rwandan and Moroccan mercenaries into Congo-Brazzaville, even as Bongo was preparing to lead negotiations between Sassou-Nguesso and Congo-Brazzaville’s more openly U.S.-backed President Pascal Lissouba, and after a ceasefire had been declared in July 1997.<sup>69</sup>  All sides were involved in ethnic cleansing. The French military, the Elysée Palace and Elf Aquitaine all actively supported Sassou-Nguesso, who fought his way back to power on October 25, 1997 with the assistance of Chadian troops backed by French logistical support.<sup>70</sup> </p>
<p>After France, Bongo maintained his closest alliance with Joseph Mobutu’s CIA client state in Zaire. </p>
<p>On the morning of March 3, 1977, U.S. President Jimmy Carter had a conversation with French President Valery Giscard d’Estaing. Later in the afternoon President Carter met with Omar Bongo; also in attendance were Secretary of State Cyrus R. Vance, Assistant for National Security Affairs, Zbigniew Brzezinski, and Robert Bongo, Minister of Foreign Affairs and Cooperation, Gabonese Republic and nephew of President Bongo.<sup>71</sup>  Less than 10 days after Bongo met with Carter the U.S. and Belgium shipped weapons to Shaba (Katanga), Zaire, and on March 16 Secretary of State Vance appeared before the U.S. Congress to justify the intervention as critical to protect the flow of Shaba’s copper from Zaire, but it was the cobalt of the copperbelt veins, stockpiled by the Pentagon’s Defense Logistics Agency and essential to the western permanent warfare enterprise, that the national security apparatus was concerned about.<sup>72</sup> , <sup>73</sup> ,<sup>74</sup>  Bongo met with Carter again on October 17, 1977, and he thus played a definitive role in backing the western terror apparatus in Zaire, in sharp contradistinction to the propaganda system’s salutations as ‘peacemaker’ on the continent.</p>
<p>In June 2002, Robert Bongo was appointed as a United Nations Special Representative of the Secretary General in the DRC.<sup>75</sup>  Brzezinski is a high level adviser to the International Crises Group, a flak organization promoting peace through war in Sudan, Uganda and Congo, and was advising Barack Obama in 2008. As National Security Advisor under Carter, Brzezinski reportedly commissioned the March 17, 1978 document Presidential Review Memorandum/NSC 46; entitled Black Africa and the U.S. Black Movement, the classified ‘Secret’ document advocated for clandestine U.S. support to (Apartheid) South Africa and called for a special covert U.S. program to “perpetuate divisions in the black movement; to neutralize the most active groups of leftist radical orientation and diminish their influence among blacks; and to stimulate dissension and hostility between organizations representing different social strata of the community…”<sup>76</sup> ,<sup>77</sup> </p>
<p>“For 20 years President Bongo has led his country in an era of stability and progress,” said President Ronald Reagan during an October 2, 1987 meeting with Bongo in Washington. “Under his leadership, Gabon has consistently encouraged the peaceful settlement of regional disputes, siding with reason, dialogue, and moderation over bloodshed, war, and terror.”</p>
<p>Reagan pledged to increase U.S. investment in Gabon—and it happened—and Gabon’s financial programs were subsequently restructured in keeping with western ‘shock doctrine’ economics of Structural Adjustment Programs (SAPs) arranged with and for Bongo’s elite clique. The U.S. media called the deal ‘U.S. Aid to Gabon.’ Meanwhile, SAPs shattered the social fabric and further ruined hundreds of millions of ordinary people’s lives from Gabon to Bolivia to South Korea.<sup>78</sup> </p>
<p>The strategic and corporate alliance with Bongo thrived under every U.S. president who sat during Bongo’s reign—Johnson, Nixon, Ford, Carter, Reagan, G.H.W Bush, Clinton, G.W. Bush—and the imperial relations and structural violence were perpetually whitewashed by the western propaganda system.</p>
<p>Gabon provided military logistical support to the Laurent Kabila government during the second phase of war in DRC (1998), but later and/or simultaneously Bongo backed Jean-Pierre Bemba and his Movement for the Liberation of Congo. Bemba was another Mobutist warlord who was close to Congo-Brazzaville’s Dennis Sassou-Nguesso. Until his death, Bongo was sending $US 20,000 a month to Bemba’s legal fund, along with Sassou-Nguesso, Moamar Gadhafi and a fourth (unidentified) African President (for a total of $US 80,000 a month).”<sup>79</sup>  </p>
<p>“Bongo even financed small politicians with no hope,” says one Congolese businessman, “he gave money to everyone, that’s how he maintained access. In DRC, for example, he even gave money to Alou Bonioma Kalokola—a lawyer who has lived his entire life as a hustler. Bonioma was married to [Dennis] Sassou-Nguesso’s step-daughter, and Sassou-Nguesso’s wife is from DRC. Alou knew he would get money from Bongo so he ran for president [in the 2006 elections].”<sup>80</sup> </p>
<p><strong>THE KING OF BLING</strong></p>
<p>Bongo was connected to the Corsican mafia through the French ministers and shady businessmen, including Michel Tomi and son Jean-Baptiste, and Robert Feliciaggi (assassinated in a professional hit in Corsica, March 10, 2006), his son Jean-Jerome and brother Charles. Alleged to run French money-laundering schemes through casinos, lotteries and betting shops in Togo, Benin, Cameroon, Cote d’Ivoire, Congo-Brazzaville and Gabon, Jean-Jerome is close to Sassou-Nguesso, and Charles’ business supplies the Presidential Guard of diamond and petroleum magnate Jose Eduardo Dos Santos in Angola; the brothers held the second biggest bank accounts —after Elf-Aquitaine—at France’s now defunct FIBA bank, the conduit for Gabon and Angola’s plundered oil wealth.<sup>81</sup> </p>
<p>Gabon’s wealth was also siphoned off through the BGFI Bank, Gabon’s biggest investment bank. Created in Libreville in April 1971, the Bank was born out of a partnership between private Gabonese investors and the Banque de Paris, under the name <em>Banque de Paris et des Pays-Bas Gabon</em>. In view of the majority share of capital held by private Gabonese, the Bank took the name of Banque Gabonaise et Française Internationale (BGFI) in April 1996. To reap the plunder of nearby dictatorships, BGFI opened major branches in Equatorial Guinea (2001) and Congo-Brazzaville (2004). BGFI directors include Jean Ping (once married to Bongo’s daughter) and Christian Bongo; director Yves Abouab is also an executive with the Banque Belgolaise in Paris. Christian Bongo is also a director of the Banque Gabonaise de Development.</p>
<p>Jean Ping is one of the most powerful members of Bongo’s clan des Gabonaise, and an unapologetic agent for western capitalism’s enterprise of plunder and depopulation in Africa. Ping has played a pivotal role, for example, in furthering the ‘new humanitarian’ [read: same old imperialist] policy doctrine of the ‘Responsibility to Protect’. </p>
<p>Corsican Michel Tomi operates through Groupe Kabi in Gabon, involved in private airlines, communications and gaming, and winning lucrative construction contracts from the Bongo government.<sup>82</sup>  An adviser to Omar Bongo in the 1990’s, Corsican Andre Tarallo was boss of Elf-Corsica from 1987-1988, and he funded the anti-Marxist guerrilla movement FLEC in neighboring Angola in the 1980’s.<sup>83</sup>  Tarallo managed Elf’s Africa interests for more than 30 years, and he ended up in a French jail (2004) over the Elf petroleum bribery scandals, where he testified about payoffs to Bongo, Sassou-Nguesso and Teodoro Obiang Nguema.<sup>84</sup> ,<sup>85</sup>  Another member of the ‘Clan Corsican’ at Bongo’s disposal was former French Minister Charles Pasqua, one of Jacques Chirac’s former aides, described as a mafia godfather.<sup>86</sup> </p>
<p>Omar Bongo, Charles Pasqua, Jean-Christophe Mitterand and other officials were involved in Angolagate, the French arms-for-oil scandal involving shady arms merchants, oil executives, intelligence operatives and others in France and Africa. In 1999, the U.S Congress flagged Bongo’s huge accounts at Citibank in a money-laundering probe.<sup>46</sup>  Omar Bongo and friends have also bankrolled French politicians: Former French president Valéry Giscard d’Estaing accused former President Chirac of receiving party financing from Omar Bongo in a 1981 campaign.<sup>87</sup> </p>
<p>Gabon received $850,000 dollars in foreign military financing from the Pentagon from 2005 to 2008, with $1,597,000 in International Military Education &#038; Training funds from 2001-2007, and with 192 Gabonese military trained in the US IMET program from 1950-2007; ninety of these Gabonese soldiers were trained in the U.S. between 2000 and 2007.<sup>88</sup> ,<sup>48</sup> </p>
<p>Through the Pentagon’s Gulf of Guinea Initiative, Gabon is involved with the US Navy’s Maritime Partnership Program and the Africa Partnership Station, programs that militarize the Gulf of Guinea to assure and secure U.S. control of oil infrastructure, shipping lanes, offshore sea-bed mining, illegal fishing, toxic dumping and other corporate piracy. Gabon also provides the Pentagon with air naval base access for Cooperative Security Locations (CSLs) and Forward Operating Locations (FOLs). All of these programs are conduits for U.S. covert operations and facilitate the involvement of private military companies and transnational corporations in resource plunder and depopulation.<sup>89</sup> </p>
<p><strong>THE CALCULATED IMPOSITION OF IGNORANCE</strong></p>
<p>Gamba town is the urban centre of the wild Gamba Protected Area Complex, an enclave of white, gated western privilege surrounded by dense forests, impenetrable swamps and deep estuaries where you might see an elephant swimming across open water or ambling across a grassy field. This is Shell country in Gabon, and the only way in is on an expensive Air Gabon flight. </p>
<p>“If I have to describe Gamba to someone,” confided one French expatriate in “Shell’s Best Kept Secret,” a blurb in a Royal/Dutch Shell public relations brochure, “I always say it is a Club-Med in the middle of the jungle. You have the freedom and opportunity to do things you thought you’d only ever dream of and all with an amazing backdrop of jungle and unspoilt beaches and lots of wildlife right on your doorstep! … We are quite a sporty bunch in Gamba. We have our own 18 hole golf course, there is the Yenzi Boat club a sailing club, tennis, football, tae-kwon-do, yoga, fitness, swimming, aerobics &#038; step classes, volleyball, badminton, squash, hockey, rugby and much, much more&#8230;not to mention that every so often you can take part in our triathlon!”<sup>90</sup> </p>
<p>In October 2004, paramilitary police in Gamba killed two locals who protested against Shell’s injustices. A survey of local attitudes revealed a climate of fear seething beneath the surface. Locals reported routine oil spills where Shell and contractors Halliburton and Schlumberger have for years and years burned off oil spills as a form of remediation.<sup>91</sup> </p>
<p>With a certain arrogance that comes with white society beliefs about entitlement, French expatriates have considered Gabon their private property since the colonial era, and Gamba is one of their hideaway playgrounds.<sup>92</sup>  One French expatriate in Gamba, Louis Rigon, runs a high-end sport fishing and ‘ecotourism’ business, with private luxury camps and powerboats in the bush.<sup>93</sup>  He also provides a logistic base for oil exploration when companies like Transworld Exploration Gabon—a Houston Texas oil company—arrive in Gamba (2006) for seismic testing in Loango National Park. It is families with names like Louis Rigon and Pierre Goods—a Transworld director based in Port-Nice, Gabon—who float their 4-WD safari land rovers from Sette Cama, across the estuary on a barge, off-load in Loango National Park, and casually joy-ride some 50 kilometers down the pristine beach—as they did when I was there. This is their version of ‘ecotourism’—another buzzword and the cutting edge of the white, western, corporate invasion of wilderness.</p>
<p>Oil exploration in the Loango wilderness was not the only reality I found incongruent with the slick propaganda about “Saving Africa’s Eden.” The western diamond firm Southern Era was prospecting in the newly designated Lope Reserve—J. Michael Fay’s newly ‘discovered’ Eden in northeastern Gabon—and all the BINGO conservation groups involved in the Congo Basin Forest Partnership knew this. None had said a word. </p>
<p>Southern Era began prospecting in Gabon in 1999 and when the CBFP came along—and Bongo created the new parks—they were issued permits for the Lope region from the Bongo regime. Southern Era is a fully owned subsidiary of Mwana Africa—another secretive mining company involved in the blood-drenched mining operations in eastern Congo (also Angola and Botswana’s blood diamond areas)—connected to the U.S., U.K. and South Africa.<sup>94</sup> </p>
<p>Tracking elephants in the Loango reserve turned up the remains of a research camp in the savannah. My local guide and WWF-paid ranger Robert (not his real name) took me to the place where the Smithsonian Institute set up a massive animal and plant collection operation; teams of researchers descended on the Loango wilderness and began catching, counting, cataloging, categorizing, and collecting species and genetic material. Claiming a universal benefit to all humanity—and to the people of Gabon, of course—the Smithsonian’s Gabon Biodiversity Monitoring and Research Program involves U.S. universities and scores of western researchers and tens of millions of dollars in funds; it is also backed by <a href="www.shellfoundation.org">Shell Oil Corporation</a>.  These funds cycle to and from western economies bringing little benefit to Gabonese people like Robert, and nothing of benefit to the average Gabonese citizen. Smithsonian scientists reported that they have ‘recorded’ over 2019 species of trees and thousands of species of birds, reptiles, snakes and amphibians, but they didn’t merely ‘record’ these species, they collected them.<sup>95</sup>  “Voucher specimens were injected with formaline (5%), then preserved in 70% ethanol, and will be housed in several scientific institutions.” <sup>95</sup> </p>
<p>“They paid us 6000 CFA (US $12) per day to collect birds, snakes, lizards,” says Robert, “They killed them and packed them up in jars and boxes. We worked hard, setting traps and checking nets, all day and night sometimes. It wasn’t much money.”</p>
<p>Robert was hired because he knew how to catch birds, where to hang nets, where bat species might be found, the habitat of rare snakes—you know, simple stuff, like where a rodent will hide—but based on years of painstaking study and intimate knowledge of the local environment for which Robert has dedicated his heart and soul all his life. Robert didn’t know anything about genetic engineering, cloning, or intellectual property rights, and that’s why it was easy for the Smithsonian to come in to Gabon and steal Robert’s intellectual property and pay him approximately one dollar and fifteen cents (<em>sic</em>) an hour.</p>
<p>Robert was hired as a grunt for an exclusive western program that offers the perfect example how white supremacy operates in Africa: lucrative contracts, travel perks, capital equipment budgets, romantic interludes in paradise for whites; hard labor, theft of expertise, downward mobility, obtuse explanations for blacks. It’s all about access. People like Robert will always be collecting dead birds, while someone else will be flying in and out of Gabon, presenting papers at conferences, getting PhDs, ostensibly saving the earth, murdering wilderness as fast as they are murdering the truth.</p>
<p>“Under Bongo life is hard,” Robert told me. “Many people are malnourished, many people are poor. There is no work. It’s terrible.” </p>
<p>The Smithsonian proceeded with the support of President Omar Bongo, the Pentagon, U.S. State Department, U.S. Fish &#038; Wildlife Service, NASA and other predatory agencies. Massive physical, economic and intellectual (property) thefts are underway, and it occurs on the backs of eager, willing, hopeful, yet unfreedomed Africans.<sup>96</sup>  </p>
<p>The markets in Gamba are muddy, dirty, run-down sites of suffering where a scattering of local people peddle bush-meat, manioc, cassava, little packets of salt and sugar, some traditional foods and forest products, bananas and mangos, and whatever manufactured commodities they can get their hands on and resell at a small profit. In the enclave of Sette Cama, a few miles across the estuary and down the beach, the people live by small-scale fishing and farming cassava. But for a few crumbs splashed their way—where the (mostly white) benefactors reconcile their entitlement and privilege behind assumptions that their pitiful charity is further evidence of their goodness and morality—the local people do not benefit from the itineraries and budgets of foreign eco-tourists. Misery is endemic.</p>
<p>Gabon has been a major oil producer since 1962. Historically, oil revenues accounted for approximately 60% of the government’s budget, more than 40% of GDP, and 75% of export earnings. Despite half a century of production from Sub-Saharan Africa’s third largest oil reserves, the majority of Gabon’s citizen’s exist in a Hobbesian nightmare where life is nasty, brutish and short. </p>
<p>In a country of approximately 1 million people, only about eight percent (80,000) have access to any kind of running water or electricity. Adding insult to injury, in 1992, the French corporation Lyonnaise des Eaux took control of the state-owned Societé d’Electricté et d’Eaux du Gabon (SEEG): Bongo signed on with the U.S. International Finance Corporation and IFC/Japan to privatize Gabon’s water and electricity sectors, leading “one of the first privatizations of electricity and water services in sub-Saharan Africa,” over a decade ago.<sup>97</sup> </p>
<p>In 2003, another beltway Maryland (U.S.A) company—Decision Analysis Partners (DAP)—won a lucrative contract ostensibly to map out the eco-tourism infrastructure for five of Bongo’s newly gazetted Gabon parks. But DAP’s deep ties to the Pentagon and intelligence networks suggest that there is, as usual, some hidden military agenda.<sup>98</sup>  </p>
<p>There are no accurate census figures for Gabon because the Bongo government benefited by inflating population statistics to maximize the regime’s profits skimming off the so-called ‘development aid’ business sector. Infant mortality is very high in Gabon due to malaria, malnourishment, diarrhea and starvation. Malaria, the principal cause of hospitalization, is of epidemic proportions: 40 per cent of children aged 0 to 5 years and 71 per cent of all pregnant women suffer from the disease. Some 64 percent of all households are in communities where waste is disposed of untreated.<sup>99</sup> </p>
<p>There are separate schools in Gamba for white expatriate children, and for black African children: Shell and Elf back the expatriate schools.<sup>100</sup> The housing and levels of health and community development are also unequal. Whites hire blacks as maids, nanny’s and housekeepers, and blacks are used for the most grueling and dangerous physical labor. The educational books that are produced in France and sent to Gabon are different for African children than the books for French children of the same ages and developmental levels. “Less content, less substance,” said one French woman. “It is the calculated imposition of ignorance and it’s happening throughout French speaking Africa.”<sup>101</sup>  </p>
<p>Companies like Shell, Elf and Total are deeply tied into dictating public policy through their control of advertising, schools, arts venues, TV news and wildlife programming—both in Gabon and the USA, Europe and Japan—and funding for all of these: their corporate logos are branded everywhere.</p>
<p>Education is also privatized: Shell is partnered with WWF and the Ministry of Education through the Shell program <em>L’Ecole Que J’Aime</em> (The School I Like). Further, the basic commodities (and luxury goods) available to expatriates connected to the oil industry are denied to poor Gabonese, and the black slave sector couldn’t afford them if they were, and there are stores (pools, clubs, etc.) where most blacks are not allowed. </p>
<p>This is Apartheid.  It is also environmental racism.</p>
<p>“It’s family living in an African Paradise,” wrote expatriate Louise Tasker in a Royal/Dutch Shell magazine for expatriates, “Apart from wildlife and beaches, Gamba offers children a chance to really enjoy childhood rather than grow up too fast… Flights in Gabon are very expensive, so you may not have as many visitors as you’d like.”<sup>102</sup>  </p>
<p>Just as there is Apartheid on the ground, you won’t see the average Gabonese flying on Air Gabon: it is an airline for people of the privileged classes—and the black people allowed to join the club.<br />
All air travel in Gabon was for more than 45 years controlled by the so-called “government-owned” national airline whose financial interests were also held by Air France,<sup>103</sup>  and whose directors included Omar Bongo’s relative Robert Bongo. Journalists in Gabon were jailed and whole publication runs confiscated in March 1997 after they reported that Air Gabon was involved in ivory smuggling.<sup>104</sup>  In another international scandal, Air Gabon—the airline of the elite in Gabon, tied to petroleum companies and run by the most powerful people in Gabon and France—went belly up in 2005. </p>
<p>Amongst the greatest causes of sickness in Gabon and its neighboring countries are unregulated corporate mining and pollution from extractive industries: gas flaring, uranium and manganese mining, all contribute to toxic environments. Gas-flaring by Royal/Dutch Shell, alone, in Africa, alone, is a leading cause of global warming.<sup>10</sup>  Yet, looking at the fancy public relations of the Shell Oil Foundation, we find that the corporate perpetrators of violence and destruction are blaming the victims for their own suffering. “More than half the world’s population uses open fires or traditional biomass-burning stoves to cook in their homes,” reads the disingenuous propaganda, where Shell wields a World Health Organization statistic. “There is also growing evidence that this pollution contributes to global warming.”<sup>105</sup>  </p>
<p>Does the World Health Organization challenge Shell, Elf, Total or Mobil for the massive and devastating carbon footprint of gas flaring? No. Of course, next to Shell’s support for dictatorships where petroleum flows are insured through rape, torture, and murder—the case of the Niger River Delta offering the most thoroughly documented example—Shell’s gas-flaring is perhaps one of the less troublesome aspects of petroleum operations in Africa.<sup>106</sup>  Meanwhile. In 1999, Shell flared some 25.6 million standard cubic feet of gas per day, in the Gamba complex Rabi concession alone—and this in a year where Shell—as supposed evidence of their benevolence—reported ‘reductions’ in their flaring footprint from 30 mmscf/d in 1998.<sup>107</sup>  On this basis, and given the past six decades of their operations, Shell’s contribution to global climate mayhem is unimaginable.</p>
<p>The evidence that multinational corporations and their government, academic, scientific and ‘philanthropic’ partners are decimating cultures and landscapes is overwhelming.<sup>108</sup>  What is underwhelming is the extent to which the general public—U.S., Canadian, European, Australian and Japanese citizens, ostensibly concerned about human rights and the environment, for example—are unable to recognize and name these rich-man poor-man relationships for what they are: genocide.<sup>109</sup>  An agent of predatory western capitalism, Omar Bongo played a major role in that, too. Gabon offers a perfect example of how the propaganda system covers for the western terrorist apparatus, always maximizing profits for the white-based economies of permanent warfare, depopulation and elite control.</p>
<p>On the cutting edge of this massive project of conquest over people and places of color are white people like J. Michael Fay, with their mega-transects and mega-flyovers,<sup>110</sup>  and their Pentagon connections, and the agendas they serve, even as they deny that they are in any ways involved, while peddling the new, old white power projects of conservation and humanitarian intervention in Africa. Meanwhile, the Hollywood dimension of modern day genocide involves such reality TV productions as Survivor Gabon—Earth’s Last Eden.<sup>111</sup> </p>
<p>“I’d be more than happy to meet a couple of cute girls on the island,” says Survivor’s arrogant tarzan-stud Marcus Lehman, who thinks the ‘<a href="http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jcZqfpMrt4U">remote Gabon coast’ </a>is an island. “It is Earth’s last Eden, so I’ll be Adam, she can be Eve, and see what goes on.” </p>
<p>Such is the nature of white supremacy, with all its attendant obliviousness, and assumptions of innocence, and power relations, and subliminal sexuality, and this is the true face of the globalization of terror.<sup>112</sup>  The history of Gabon is the history of slavery, alive and well in Africa’s gardens of Eden.</p>
<ol class="footnotes"><li id="footnote_0_9103" class="footnote">See: David Quammen, “Saving Africa’s Eden,” <em>National Geographic</em>, September 2003; J. Michael Fay, “Gabon’s Loango National Park: In the Land of the Surfing Hippos,” <em>National Geographic</em>, August 2004; Quammen, “Views of the Continent,” <em>National Geographic</em>, September 2005; and J. Michael Fay, “Ivory Wars: Last Stand in Zakouma,” <em>National Geographic</em>, March 2007.<br />
[2] E.g., Catherine A. Lutz and Jane L. Collins, Reading National Geographic, Univ. of Chicago, 1993.</li><li id="footnote_1_9103" class="footnote">E.g., Catherine A. Lutz and Jane L. Collins, <em>Reading National Geographic</em>, Univ. of Chicago, 1993.</li><li id="footnote_2_9103" class="footnote">The Gabon mission was partly funded with a small grant from the Rainforest Foundation U.K. </li><li id="footnote_3_9103" class="footnote">Halliburton has been subcontracting to Shell in Gabon for many, many years.</li><li id="footnote_4_9103" class="footnote">Quammen is one of the Outside magazine editorial gang (David Quammen, Donovan Webster, Jon Kracauer, Randy Wayne White) who guided Outside when it went astray of any substantive reportage in the late 1980’s, becoming a corporate travel and beauty rag, and who now unquestionably serve the Empire in producing whitewashed features about Africa for <em>National Geographic</em>, IMAX cinema productions, <em>Vanity Fair</em>, Smithsonian, <em>New York Times Magazine</em>, and other white institutions; their reportage has been directly funded by big corporate entities. See, e.g.: David Quammen, “Saving Africa’s Eden,” <em>National Geographic</em>, September 2003; Quammen, “Tracing the Human Footprint,” <em>National Geographic</em>, September 2005; Donovan Webster, “Journey to the Heart of the Sahara,” <em>National Geographic</em>, March 1999; “USADF Hosts Writer &#038; Editor Donovan Webster as Part of Distinguished Lecturer Series: <a href="http://www.adf.gov/USADFUSADFHostsWriterandEditorDonovanWebster.htm">Talk Focuses on Water Projects Funded in Niger by USADF</a>.&#8221;</li><li id="footnote_5_9103" class="footnote">United States Agency for International Development—another Pentagon-intelligence conduit.</li><li id="footnote_6_9103" class="footnote">CBFP involves too many agencies, countries, corporations and NGOs to list here.</li><li id="footnote_7_9103" class="footnote">keith harmon snow, “Merchant’s of Death: Exposing Corporate-Financed Holocaust in Central Africa: White-Collar War Crimes, Black African Fall Guys,” <em>Black Star News</em>, December 4, 2008.</li><li id="footnote_8_9103" class="footnote">E.g., “<a href="www.economist.com/displaystory.cfm?story_id=13855223">Omar Bongo</a>,” <em>The Economist</em>, 6/18/09.</li><li id="footnote_9_9103" class="footnote">Ike Okonta and Oronto Douglas, <em>Where Vultures Feast: Shell, Human Rights, and Oil</em>, Verso, 2003.</li><li id="footnote_10_9103" class="footnote">The nature of the west’s partnership with, and disposal of, General Abacha is unappreciated and opaque.</li><li id="footnote_11_9103" class="footnote">An excellent writing on the nature of race relations and control is: Frances Nesbitt Njubi, “<a href="http://www.codesria.org/Archives/ga10/papers_ga10_12/Brain_Njubi.htm">Migration, Identity and The Politics of African Intellectuals in the North</a>,” Paper Prepared for CODESRIA’s 10TH General Assembly on “Africa in the New Millennium”, Kampala, Uganda, 8-12 December 2002. </li><li id="footnote_12_9103" class="footnote">Private interview, “Thierry,” Libreville, Gabon, 1997.</li><li id="footnote_13_9103" class="footnote">keith harmon snow, personal interviews with UNHCR officials and Ogoni refugees in Cotonou, Benin, 1997. See also keith harmon snow (pseudonym Zak Harmon), “No Safe Haven: Even in refugee camps, Nigeria’s Ogonis Face Abuse and Intimidation,” <em>Toward Freedom</em>, Vol. 46, No. 6, November 1997.</li><li id="footnote_14_9103" class="footnote">Private interview, Maconi, Libreville, Gabon, December 29, 2004.</li><li id="footnote_15_9103" class="footnote">See: Nicolas Shaxon, “Gabon: Omar Bongo; Franco-African Secret Society,” <em>The East African</em>, June 22, 2009; “French Secret Services: African Debate,” <em>Africa Confidential</em>, date uncertain; James F. Barnes, <em>Gabon: Beyond the Colonial Legacy</em>, 1992; “Gabon: Oil, Money, Paristroika,” <em>Africa Confidential</em>, Vol. 31, No. 12, June 15, 1990.</li><li id="footnote_16_9103" class="footnote">James F. Barnes, <em>Gabon: Beyond the Colonial Legacy</em>, 1992.</li><li id="footnote_17_9103" class="footnote">See: Aidan Hartley, “Paradise Lost,” <em>Africa Report</em>, March-April 1990.</li><li id="footnote_18_9103" class="footnote">“French Secret Services: African Debate,” <em>Africa Confidential</em>, date uncertain.</li><li id="footnote_19_9103" class="footnote"><a href="http://www.tullowoil.com/tlw/operations/af/gabon/">Tullow Oil</a>. See: keith harmon snow, “<a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2008/02/over-five-million-dead-in-congo-fifteen-hundred-people-daily/">The War That Did Not Make the Headlines: Over Five Million Dead in Congo</a>,” <em>Dissident Voice</em>, January 31, 2008; and keith harmon snow, “<a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/.../the-rwanda-genocide-fabrications/">The Rwanda Genocide Fabrications: Human Rights Watch</a>, Alison Des Forges, and Disinformation on Central Africa,” <em>Dissident Voice</em>, April 13, 2009.</li><li id="footnote_20_9103" class="footnote">COMUF publication on Gabon’s uranium mining in the author’s possession.</li><li id="footnote_21_9103" class="footnote">See: “Gabon: AREVA sets up its observatory of health at Mounana,” <em>Gaboneco</em>, April 4, 2009.</li><li id="footnote_22_9103" class="footnote">See, e.g., “Desert residents pay high price for lucrative uranium mining [Niger],” UN Integrated Regional Information Network (IRIN), March 30, 2009; and “<a href="http://www.irinnews.org/Report.aspx?ReportId=74738">Niger Uranium: Blessing or Curse?</a>” IRIN, October 10, 2007.</li><li id="footnote_23_9103" class="footnote">Donovan Webster, “Journey to the Heart of the Sahara,” <em>National Geographic</em>, March 1999.</li><li id="footnote_24_9103" class="footnote">See: <a href="http://www.motapadiamonds.com/s/StrategicPartnerships.asp">Motapa Diamonds web site</a>.</li><li id="footnote_25_9103" class="footnote"><a href="http://www.pitchstone.net/africaprops.htm">Pitchstone Exploration Ltd</a>.</li><li id="footnote_26_9103" class="footnote">See: <a href="http://www.cameco.com/responsibility/governance/">CAMECO</a> and <a href="http://www.wise-uranium.org/uccam.html">Wise Uranium</a>.</li><li id="footnote_27_9103" class="footnote">Ohio Citizen Action, “<a href="http://www.ohiocitizen.org/campaigns/eramet/eramet.html">Eramet Marietta Inc</a>.&#8221;</li><li id="footnote_28_9103" class="footnote">The Jane Goodall Institute, for example, has directly backed war in eastern Congo. See the KING KONG series at <a href="http://www.allthingspass.com">All Things Pass</a>.</li><li id="footnote_29_9103" class="footnote">Of course Henry Kissinger ran covert wars in Zaire and Angola, and other places, and has been for years affiliated with the International Rescue Committee, an intelligence and propaganda front agency that is all over the Congo and Sudan today. See: Eric Thomas Chester, <em>Covert Network: Progressives, the International Rescue Committee, and the CIA</em>,  M.E. Sharpe, 1995.</li><li id="footnote_30_9103" class="footnote">On Davignon see David Gibbs, <em>The Political Economy of Third World Intervention: Mines, Money, and U.S. Policy in the Congo Crisis</em>, University of Chicago, 1991: p: 177; Ludo De Witte, <em>The Assassination of Lumumba</em>, Verso, 2001: p. 24; Parliamentary Committee of Enquiry in Charge of Determining the Exact Circumstances of the Assassination of Patrice Lumumba and the Possible Involvement of Belgian Politicians, Belgium, final report released Nov. 16, 2001; and a discussion of the politics of the commission in Mark Gibney et al, ed., <em>The Age of Apology: Facing Up to the Past</em>, University of Penn., 2008. See also the BBC whitewash “<a href="http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/africa/1660615.stm">Belgian Link in Lumumba Death</a>,” BBC, November 16, 2001.</li><li id="footnote_31_9103" class="footnote">“Gabon: Oil, Money, Paristroika,” <em>Africa Confidential</em>, Vol. 31, No. 12, June 15, 1990.</li><li id="footnote_32_9103" class="footnote">On ‘enemy’ versus ‘client’ states see Edward S. Herman and Noam Chomsky, <em>Manufacturing Consent: The Political Economy of the Mass Media</em>, Pantheon, 1988; Edward S. Herman and Noam Chomsky, <em>The Washington Connection and Third World Fascism</em>, South End, 1979; William Blum, <em>Killing Hope: U.S. Military &#038; CIA Interventions Since WW-II</em>, Common Courage, 1995.</li><li id="footnote_33_9103" class="footnote">There were “estimates of at least 100 killed” in Lubumbashi (e.g., “Zaire: Mobutu Takes to the Water,” <em>Africa Confidential</em>, Vol. 31, No. 12, June 15, 1990, pp. 1-3), but DRC experts attest to more than 2000 casualties as the murderous Division Spéciale Présidentielle massacred throughout the night on a campus with a student body of 7000 resident and 3000 external students. By the time the U.S.-based Lawyers Committee for Human Rights issued its 1990 report, the U.S. had “confirmed that one person had died” at Lubumbashi (see <em>Zaire: Repression As Policy,</em> Lawyers Committee for Human Rights, 1990).</li><li id="footnote_34_9103" class="footnote">“Gabon: Opposition Leader’s Death Unleashes Riots,” <em>Africa Research Bulletin</em>, June 15, 1990.</li><li id="footnote_35_9103" class="footnote">Howard R. Simpson, <em>The Paratroopers of the French Foreign Legion: From Vietnam to Bosnia</em>, Brassey’s, 1997.</li><li id="footnote_36_9103" class="footnote">E.g., Nicolas Shaxon, “Gabon: Omar Bongo; Franco-African Secret Society,” <em>East African</em>, June 22, 2009.</li><li id="footnote_37_9103" class="footnote">Interviews in Gabon, keith harmon snow, 1997, 2004.</li><li id="footnote_38_9103" class="footnote">See, e.g., Nicolas Shaxon, “Gabon: Omar Bongo; Franco-African Secret Society,” <em>The East African</em>, June 22, 2009; and Shaxson, <em>Poisoned Wells: The Dirty Politics of African Oil</em>, Palgrave, 2007: p. 75-78.</li><li id="footnote_39_9103" class="footnote"><em>Africa Research Bulletin</em>, Vol. 45, No. 3, March 2008, p: 17479.</li><li id="footnote_40_9103" class="footnote">On ‘demonstration elections’ see: Edward S. Herman and Noam Chomsky, <em>Manufacturing Consent: The Political Economy of the Mass Media</em>, Pantheon, 1988; Edward S. Herman and Noam Chomsky, <em>The Washington Connection and Third World Fascism</em>, South End, 1979.</li><li id="footnote_41_9103" class="footnote">“Africa-US,” <em>Africa Research Bulletin</em>, July 1-31, 1997, p: 12770. On ACRI, see Wayne Madsen, <em>Genocide and Covert Operations in Africa, 1993-1999</em>, Mellen, 1999, p. 251-257.</li><li id="footnote_42_9103" class="footnote"><em>Africa Confidential</em>, Vol. 48, No. 14, July 6, 2007.</li><li id="footnote_43_9103" class="footnote">Howard W. French, <em>A Continent for the Taking: The Tragedy and Hope of Africa</em>, Knopf, 2004: p. 72.</li><li id="footnote_44_9103" class="footnote">Howard W. French, “Prostitution Trial Upsets France-Gabon Ties,” <em>New York Times</em>, April 23, 1995.</li><li id="footnote_45_9103" class="footnote">Ken Silverstein, “Good Press for Dictators,” <em>The American Prospect</em>, April 8, 2001.</li><li id="footnote_46_9103" class="footnote">Ken Silverstein, “<a href="http://www.prospect.org/cs/articles?article=good_press_for_dictators">Good Press for Dictators</a>,” <em>The American Prospect</em>, April 8, 2001.</li><li id="footnote_47_9103" class="footnote">Wayne Madsen, <em>Genocide and Covert Operations in Africa, 1993-1999</em>, Mellen, 1999, p. 251-253.</li><li id="footnote_48_9103" class="footnote">Wayne Madsen, <em>Genocide and Covert Operations in Africa, 1993-1999</em>, Mellen, 1999, p. 356-358.</li><li id="footnote_49_9103" class="footnote">Silverstein reported that in 2001 the U.K. firm bought out Powell Tate and Cassidy &#038; Associates. Ken Silverstein, “<a href="http://www.prospect.org/cs/articles?article=good_press_for_dictators">Good Press for Dictators</a>,” <em>The American Prospect</em>, April 8, 2001. </li><li id="footnote_50_9103" class="footnote">“<a href="http://www.economist.com/world/europe/displaystory.cfm?story_id=13875618&#038;fsrc=rss">They Came to Bury Him Not to Praise Him</a>,” <em>The Economist</em>, June 18, 2009.</li><li id="footnote_51_9103" class="footnote">“<a href="http://www.lemonde.fr/cgi-bin/ACHATS/acheter.cgi?offre=ARCHIVES&#038;type_item=ART_ARCH_30J&#038;objet_id=1075797">Robert Bourgi, l&#8217;héritier des secrets de la Françafrique</a>,” <em>Le Monde</em>, March 26, 2009.</li><li id="footnote_52_9103" class="footnote">Philip Shenon, “<a href="http://www.nytimes.com/2005/11/10/politics/10lobby.html">Lobbyist Sought $9 Million to Set Bush Meeting</a>,” <em>New York Times</em>,  Nov. 10, 2005.</li><li id="footnote_53_9103" class="footnote">“<a href="http://www.infomine.com/index/pr/Pa535985.PDF">Searchgold options two Au properties in Gabon</a>,” Searchgold News Release, September 5, 2007.</li><li id="footnote_54_9103" class="footnote">Howard W. French, “<a href="http://www.nytimes.com/1995/.../23/.../prostitution-trial-upsets-france-gabon-ties.html">Prostitution Trial Upsets France-Gabon Ties</a>,” New York Times, April 23, 1995.</li><li id="footnote_55_9103" class="footnote"><em>Africa Research Bulletin</em>, Vol. 46, No. 1, January 1-31, 2009, p. 17839.</li><li id="footnote_56_9103" class="footnote"><em>Africa Research Bulletin</em>, Vol. 45, No. 3, March 2008, p. 17479.</li><li id="footnote_57_9103" class="footnote"><em>Biafra-Nigeria, 1967-1969, Political Affairs</em>, Confidential U.S. State Dept. files, ISBN 0-88692-756-0.</li><li id="footnote_58_9103" class="footnote">John Stockwell, <em>In Search of Enemies: A CIA Story</em>, Replica Books, 1978: p. 176-192.</li><li id="footnote_59_9103" class="footnote"><em>União Nacional para a Independência Total de Angola</em> (UNITA) and <em>Frente Nacional de Libertação de Angola</em> (FNLA).</li><li id="footnote_60_9103" class="footnote">Toby Shelley, <em>Oil: Politics, Poverty &#038; the Planet</em>, Zed Books, 2005.</li><li id="footnote_61_9103" class="footnote">See: &#8220;Report of the Panel of Experts on Violations of Security Council Sanctions Against UNITA,&#8221; UN Doc S2000/203, 10 March 2000. See also Yearbook of International Humanitarian Law, 2002.</li><li id="footnote_62_9103" class="footnote">James Mukuwire, “<a href="http://www.thezimbabwetimes.com/?p=17830">Omar Bongo Rescued Ian Smith</a>,” <em>Zimbabwe Times</em>, June 11, 2009.</li><li id="footnote_63_9103" class="footnote">Charles Taylor has the distinction of having attended Harvard University; being arrested in Boston (MA) for international warrants relating to embezzlement of funds in Liberia; being held in a Charlestown (MA) prison; and being ‘broken out’ with no trace or trail of his having been there.</li><li id="footnote_64_9103" class="footnote">See: keith harmon snow and Rick Hines, “Blood Diamond: Doublethink &#038; Deception Over Those Worthless Little Rocks of Desire,” <em>Z Magazine</em>, June &#038; July 2007.</li><li id="footnote_65_9103" class="footnote">Max Liniger-Gourmaz, <em>Small is Not Always Beautiful: The Story of Equatorial Guinea</em>, 1988.</li><li id="footnote_66_9103" class="footnote">Justin Blum, &#8220;U.S. Firms Entwined in Equatorial Guinea Deals,&#8221; <em>Washington Post</em>, September 7, 2004.</li><li id="footnote_67_9103" class="footnote">Wayne Madsen, <em>Genocide and Covert Operations in Africa, 1993-1999</em>, Mellen, 1999.</li><li id="footnote_68_9103" class="footnote">“Congo: Truce Broken,” <em>Africa Research Bulletin</em>, July 1-31, 1997, p.12760.</li><li id="footnote_69_9103" class="footnote">See, e.g., Guy Robert, &#8220;France’s African Policy in Transition: Disengagement and Redeployment,&#8221; Paper prepared for presentation at the African Studies Interdisciplinary Seminar, Center for African Studies, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, Champaign, Il, March 3, 2000. </li><li id="footnote_70_9103" class="footnote"><a href="http://www.jimmycarterlibrary.org/documents/diary/1977/d030377t.pdf">Daily Diary of Jimmy Carter</a>, March 3, 1977.</li><li id="footnote_71_9103" class="footnote">Bernard Gwertzman, “Vance Says Invaders in Zaire Threaten Vital Copper Mining; Calls Situation ‘Dangerous’,” <em>New York Times</em>, March 17, 1977: p. 61.</li><li id="footnote_72_9103" class="footnote">On western interventions in Shaba (Katanga) during the Ford/Carter years see: Antonio Tanca, <em>Foreign Armed Intervention in Internal Conflict</em>, Martinus Nijhoff, 1990; and William Blum, <em>Killing Hope: U.S. Military and CIA Interventions Since WW-II</em>, Common Courage, 1986.</li><li id="footnote_73_9103" class="footnote">See, e.g., <a href="https://www.dnsc.dla.mil/pgm.asp?Commodity=Cobalt">Defense National Stockpile Center, Gecamines (DRC) Cobalt</a>; Rae Weston, <em>Strategic Minerals: A World Survey</em>, Croom Helm, 1984.</li><li id="footnote_74_9103" class="footnote">Decisions of the Seventy-Sixth Ordinary Session of the OAU Council of Ministers / Eleventh Ordinary Session of the AEC, 28 June to 6 July 2002, Durban, South Africa, CM/Dec. 661-670.</li><li id="footnote_75_9103" class="footnote">“US-Africa: Genuine Leak or Disinformation?” <em>Africa Confidential</em>, 1984.</li><li id="footnote_76_9103" class="footnote">Of course, the African American community had long (since the 1960’s) been under attack in the U.S. through domestic COINTELLPRO terrorist operations. See, e.g., Ward Churchill and Jim Vander Wall, <em>Agents of Repression: The FBI’s Secret Wars Against the Black Panther Party an the American Indian Movement</em>, South End, 1988.</li><li id="footnote_77_9103" class="footnote">“Reagan Promises to Boost U.S. Aid to Gabon,” <em>Washington Post</em>, August 2, 1978.</li><li id="footnote_78_9103" class="footnote">Personal communication, businessman, Democratic Republic of Congo, June 2009.</li><li id="footnote_79_9103" class="footnote"> Personal communication, businessman, Democratic Republic of Congo, June 2009.</li><li id="footnote_80_9103" class="footnote">“France/Africa: Professional Risks,” <em>Africa Confidential</em>, Vol. 47. No. 6, March 3, 2006.</li><li id="footnote_81_9103" class="footnote">See: <a href="http://www.ag-partners.com/en/news-detail.php?id_art=63">AG Pertners</a>.</li><li id="footnote_82_9103" class="footnote"><em>Frente para a Libertação do Enclave de Cabinda</em>, FLEC.</li><li id="footnote_83_9103" class="footnote">“<a href="http://www.africanoiljournal.com/12-26-2007_president_bongo.htm">President Bongo Loses Court Case Against Ex-Official at Oil Group Elf</a>,” <em>African Oil Journal</em>, December 26, 2007; and Toby Shelley, <em>Oil: Politics, Poverty &#038; the Planet</em>, Zed Books, 2005.</li><li id="footnote_84_9103" class="footnote">Sophie Coignard &#038; Marie-Théres Guichard, <em>French Connections: Networks of Influence</em>, Algora, 2000.</li><li id="footnote_85_9103" class="footnote">“France/Africa: Professional Risks,” <em>Africa Confidential</em>, Vol 47. No. 6, March 3, 2006.</li><li id="footnote_86_9103" class="footnote">“<a href="http://www.economist.com/world/europe/displaystory.cfm?story_id=13875618&#038;fsrc=rss ">They Came to Bury Him Not to Praise Him</a>,” <em>The Economist</em>, June 18, 2009.</li><li id="footnote_87_9103" class="footnote"><em>Historical Facts Book</em>, U.S. Department of Defense, December 30, 2007.</li><li id="footnote_88_9103" class="footnote">Wayne Madsen, “AFRICOM: The Recolonization of Africa by Uncle Sam,” <em>Wayne Madsen Report</em>, January 3, 2008; see also Madsen, <em>Genocide and Covert Operations in Africa, 1993-1999</em>, Mellen, 1999, p. 251-253.</li><li id="footnote_89_9103" class="footnote">Jet Hoeve and Sue Garrone, “<a href="http://www.outpostthehague.com/destinprotect/pdfissues/destinations39/Destinations_39_01.pdf">Shell’s Best Kept Secret</a>,” Destinations, a Royal/Dutch Shell public relations expatriate magazine, Issue 39, Vol. 11, No. 2, June 2006, p. 8; see also <a href="www.yenziboatclub.com">Yenzi Boat Club</a>.</li><li id="footnote_90_9103" class="footnote">Private interviews, Gamba Complex, December 2004.</li><li id="footnote_91_9103" class="footnote">See: “<a href="http://www.gamba-gabon.com/#/adresses/3096600">Les Anciens de Gamba</a>.&#8221;</li><li id="footnote_92_9103" class="footnote"><a href="http://www.pacvoyages.fr/index.swf">Rigon</a> also <a href="http://www.halieutours.com.monsite.wanadoo.fr/page5.html">operates</a> in Madagascar and Senegal.</li><li id="footnote_93_9103" class="footnote">keith harmon snow, &#8220;Merchant’s of Death: Exposing Corporate Financed Holocaust in Africa,&#8221; September 2008,; see also: <a href="http://www.southernera.com/">http://www.southernera.com/</a> and <a href="http://www.mwanaafrica.com/">http://www.mwanaafrica.com/</a> .</li><li id="footnote_94_9103" class="footnote">Gabon Biodiversity Program, Publication No. 20, February 2003, http://nationalzoo.si.edu/ConservationAndScience/MAB/documents/GabonBriefingPaper6.pdf.</li><li id="footnote_95_9103" class="footnote">Nobel economist Amartya Sen describes “unfreedoms” in his book <em>Development as Freedom</em> (Sen, 1999).</li><li id="footnote_96_9103" class="footnote">“Lyonnaise to Manage SEEG,” <em>Africa Intelligence</em>, December 10, 1992.</li><li id="footnote_97_9103" class="footnote">“<a href="http://www.advfn.com/news_decision-analysis-partners-Awarded-National-Park-Transportation-Development-Stud_8745681.html">decision/analysis partners Awarded National Park Transportation Development Study for Gabon</a>,” PR Newswire, September 14, 2004; and <a href="http://www.decisionanalysis.net/">DAP</a>.</li><li id="footnote_98_9103" class="footnote">Draft Country Programme Document for Gabon (2007-2011), United Nations Development Program, May 1, 2006.</li><li id="footnote_99_9103" class="footnote">Kees Cline, Tracey Cripps and Terry Boyle, “<a href="http://www.outpostthehague.com/destinprotect/pdfissues/destinations39/Destinations_39_01.pdf">Schooling in Camp Yenzi, Gabon</a>,” <em>Destinations</em>, a Royal/Dutch Shell public relations expatriate magazine, Issue 39, Vol. 11, No. 2, June 2006, p. 7.</li><li id="footnote_100_9103" class="footnote">Interview in Libreville: Elaine Muerat (Responsable Librairie), SOGAPRESSE, Libreville, Gabon.</li><li id="footnote_101_9103" class="footnote">Louise Tasker, “<a href="http://www.outpostthehague.com/destinprotect/pdfissues/destinations39/Destinations_39_01.pdf">Family Living in an African Paradise</a>,” <em>Destinations</em>, a Royal/Dutch Shell “OUTPOST” public relations document, Issue 39, Vol. 11, No. 2 June 2006, p. 13.</li><li id="footnote_102_9103" class="footnote"><em>Flight International</em>, March 29, 1986.</li><li id="footnote_103_9103" class="footnote">Committee to Protect Journalists, <em>Country Report: Gabon</em>, December 31, 1998.</li><li id="footnote_104_9103" class="footnote">“<a href="http://www.shellfoundation.org/pages/core_lines.php?p=corelines_content&#038;page=breathing">Breathing Space</a>,” Shell Foundation web site.</li><li id="footnote_105_9103" class="footnote">Royal/Dutch Shell’s involvement in crimes against humanity and genocide in Nigeria is incontrovertible.</li><li id="footnote_106_9103" class="footnote">Royal /Dutch Shell statistics, 1998, 1999.</li><li id="footnote_107_9103" class="footnote">See, for example: Ike Okonta and Oronto Douglas, <em>Where Vultures Feast: Shell, Human Rights, and Oil</em>, Verso, 2003; Gerald Colby and Charlotte Dennett, <em>Thy Will Be Done: The Conquest of the Amazon</em>, Harper Collins, 1995; Max Liniger-Gourmaz, <em>Small is Not Always Beautiful: The Story of Equatorial Guinea</em>, 1988; and <a href="http://www.bmf.ch">Bruno Manser Fonds</a>.</li><li id="footnote_108_9103" class="footnote">See: Ward Churchill, <em>A Little Matter of Genocide</em>, City Lights, 2001.</li><li id="footnote_109_9103" class="footnote">See: David Quammen, “Views of the Continent,” <em>National Geographic</em>, September 2005; and J. Michael Fay, “Ivory Wars: Last Stand in Zakouma,” <em>National Geographic</em>, March 2007.</li><li id="footnote_110_9103" class="footnote">“<a href="www.realitytvworld.com">CBS reveals the castaways of &#8216;Survivor: Gabon—Earth&#8217;s Last Eden’</a>,” Reality TV staff, 8/27/08.</li><li id="footnote_111_9103" class="footnote">See: keith harmon snow, &#8220;Towards an Anthropology of White Man in Africa: A Call to Explore the Militarized White Project of Dark Continentalism,&#8221; Paper presented at the American Anthropological Association Annual Meeting, December, 2007.</li></ol>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/07/the-crimes-of-bongo/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>4</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Poverty Draft?</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/07/poverty-draft/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/07/poverty-draft/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 13 Jul 2009 15:00:53 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Mickey Z.</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Anti-war]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Military/Militarism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Poverty]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=9083</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[You take a black kid, Hispanic kid, Italian kid, and a kid of undefined ethnicity…and let’s say each of them—surprise, surprise—has meager pecuniary prospects. You know, the whole “economic downturn” thing everyone is yapping about. 
So…the undefined guy weighs his options and promptly enlists in the United States Marine Corps. The few, the proud, and [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>You take a black kid, Hispanic kid, Italian kid, and a kid of undefined ethnicity…and let’s say each of them—surprise, surprise—has meager pecuniary prospects. You know, the whole “economic downturn” thing everyone is yapping about. </p>
<p>So…the undefined guy weighs his options and promptly enlists in the United States Marine Corps. The few, the proud, and all that. </p>
<p>Everyone—and I mean, <em>everyone</em>—in his immediate circle applauds this decision. Not only will undefined guy pull himself out of financial hardship, they reason (<em>sic</em>), but he also gets to “serve his country.” Bravo…</p>
<p>Meanwhile, the poor black kid weighs his options and promptly “enlists” in the Crips. </p>
<p>The poverty-stricken Hispanic weighs his options and promptly “enlists” in Latin Kings. </p>
<p>The uneducated Italian kid weighs his options and promptly “enlists” in the Mafia.</p>
<p>Like the “heroes” in the military, these three kids are also facing a stark choice—being poor or choosing a uniform and gun—but no one hangs yellow ribbons for them, no one makes excuses them when they kill innocents.  </p>
<p>No one argues when these kids are called “criminals.” </p>
<p><em>Why</em>? </p>
<p>Well, there’s one colossal difference between them and the men and women who volunteer to join the US military and get paid to wage illegal and immoral war:</p>
<p>Even though the US military is far more dangerous than any street gang or Mafia family, <em>the US military is considered legal</em>. </p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/07/poverty-draft/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>16</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Thatcher’s Children</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/05/thatcher%e2%80%99s-children/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/05/thatcher%e2%80%99s-children/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 16 May 2009 17:00:31 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Left Luggage</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Class]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Neoliberalism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Poverty]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[United Kingdom]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=8226</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[News of students occupying universities across the UK in protest at Israeli atrocities prompted some on the Left to proclaim young people as a new revolutionary force in Britain. This assessment is in part wishful thinking, since if it was accurate, the disproportionate amount of time the Left spends on recruiting and organising students would [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>News of students occupying universities across the UK in protest at Israeli atrocities prompted some on the Left to <a href="http://www.socialistworker.co.uk/art.php?id=17228">proclaim</a> young people as a new revolutionary force in Britain. This assessment is in part wishful thinking, since if it was accurate, the disproportionate amount of time the Left spends on recruiting and organising students would have some justification.</p>
<p>It is undoubtedly true that there has been an upsurge in student activism around international issues. Many of the school students who <a href="http://www.guardian.co.uk/politics/2003/mar/06/uk.iraq1">walked out</a> of classes in opposition to the 2003 Iraq War are now at university, and their radicalism has not diminished. Any conclusions about a general left-wards shift on the part of the young should be resisted, however. There are no signs that the Gaza campaign will develop into a broader progressive movement. Indeed, <a href="http://www.opinionpanel.co.uk/clientUpload/pdf/TheStudentVotebyProfessorPaulWhiteley.pdf">research</a> from 2008 shows that students are more likely to express support for the Conservatives than for Labour. Perhaps this isn’t surprising, since due to Britain’s inegalitarian education system, university students are disproportionately middle class.</p>
<p>Therein lies the rub. All the talk on the Left about the radicalism of the young is really about the limited radicalism of young, middle class students. What of the working class young people who do not end up going to university, or who are among the <a href="http://www.guardian.co.uk/education/2008/feb/20/highereducation.uk1">22% of students</a> who fail to complete their university courses? Almost all the <a href="http://www.google.co.uk/search?q=young+people+site:socialistworker.co.uk&#038;hl=en&#038;rlz=1T4ADBF_en-GBGB280GB286&#038;start=0&#038;sa=N">articles</a> on working class young people from the <em>Socialist Worker</em> newspaper focus on media demonisation of youth, and the failure of government to meet young people’s needs on education and crime. The following passage, from an <a href="http://www.socialistworker.co.uk/art.php?id=12913">article</a> about youth crime, is typical:</p>
<blockquote><p>Poor education, poverty, inequality, poor life prospects and decimation of local services – these are the conditions in which many of our young people are living and which create the conditions for some to turn to crime and violence.</p></blockquote>
<p>Working class young people are cast as passive victims without agency. The political views of working class youth, and the way they see themselves and their society, are neglected. If the Left is to have any hope of building support for its politics in the future, it needs to get to grips with the worldview of young people growing up in communities devastated by Thatcherism.</p>
<p>The kids I work with are predominantly from working class backgrounds. Most have parents employed in routine clerical or manual occupations, though a substantial minority come from families where neither parent works. Some are the children of immigrants who, due to lack of job opportunities or their own refusal to accept poverty pay, have set themselves up as self-employed – often in the “black” economy. Over 90% are non-white: Bengalis, West Africans and Caribbeans are the largest ethnic groups. Nearly all are classified as from “socially deprived” backgrounds. They should be part of the target market for Left groups, but very few have any awareness of socialism or progressive politics. Last month, anti-capitalist demonstrators descended on the Excel Exhibition Centre, round the corner from the College where I work. The students viewed the protests with a mixture of curiosity, amusement and indifference, but seemed to feel no sense of identification with the protestors.</p>
<p>Many of my students are highly ambitious – often ludicrously so. Kids with four GCSEs who have trouble reading and writing announce their plans to become corporate lawyers, doctors and businesspeople. I’m often reminded of Delboy from <em>Only Fools and Horses</em> and his reassuring words to a sceptical younger brother: “this time next year, Rodney, we’ll be millionaires!” As with Delboy, the bravado often masks deep insecurities. Through their time in education, a gap grows between their ambitions and their ability to achieve them. The more distant the prospect of educational success becomes, the more they cling to the fantasy of future wealth. Many give up on tasks after the tiniest set back, afraid to grapple with the problem in case the effort makes the anticipated failure more painful. It is common for kids to mock and take delight in the failure of others, as this provides a welcome distraction from their own inadequacies. Many of them refuse to take responsibility for their actions when they experience failure, since to do so would force them to address their weaknesses.</p>
<p>The kids I work with generally reject the idea that anyone could be motivated by altruism or any non-material concerns, and assume people are naturally selfish. They are keenly aware of their own “rights” but often dismissive of the rights of others. The vast majority of students in every class I have taught favour much harsher restrictions on the rights of immigrants, despite the fact that they are generally the descendants of immigrants themselves. They generally accept the view of British society as meritocratic. While most acknowledge the existence of class as a social fact, they do not see it as a structural barrier to material success. Instead of structural explanations, there is widespread support for “conspiracy theory” views of the world, with the Jews or the Freemasons cast as evil masterminds controlling events.</p>
<p>It isn’t hard to imagine the political views that flow from these assumptions about human nature and British society. My students tend to support the neoliberal model of “tolerance”, insisting upon the right of others to pursue their own self interest. On economics, most are firmly opposed to progressive taxation and redistribution of wealth: Tory proposals to raise the inheritance tax threshold and reverse Labour’s increase in the top rate of tax are popular. If I point out to my students that such taxes affect a tiny minority of the population, the response is that they might be in that tiny minority before too long. Most of my students support harsh, authoritarian policies on law and order, and blame crime on individual criminals rather than social factors.</p>
<p>In short, the majority of the working class young people I work with seem to have accepted Thatcherite principles and assumptions in full. There is no society; only competing and ruthless individuals. Collectivism is a doomed endeavour, since people are bound by nature to seek their own benefit at the expense of others. It is easy to move up through the class system, and anyone can “get to the top” with the requisite hard work. People are entitled to the fruits of their labour and have no obligation to give up any of their money in the form of redistributive taxes.</p>
<p>Of course, the picture is far more complex and nuanced than the one I have sketched. In their personal dealings with others, for instance, most of my students amply demonstrate the altruism they deny exists. It is also true that my students do not constitute a representative cross section of British society. Since many are the children of recent immigrants, they do not have the ingrained awareness of class that indigenous British people often do. Those whose parents are self employed are perhaps less likely to be sensitive to class than those whose parents are workers.</p>
<p>Most importantly, they are just kids with no experience of the world of full time work. Once they leave college or university, they are bound to come up against the realities of a deeply unequal and unfair society and their views will surely change. However, the direction of that change is by no means pre-ordained. Someone who has always believed that society is meritocratic will not necessarily abandon that belief once they find themselves unemployed or in a low paid, unsatisfying job. In the absence of a socialist political culture, they are as likely to blame their situation on Eastern European immigrants and cartels of Jewish bankers as they are to point the finger at an exploitative economic system. The evidence is that young people do have reactionary views on a number of issues. A <a href="http://www.jrf.org.uk/sites/files/jrf/2080-attitudes-economic-inequality.pdf">report</a> by the Joseph Rowntree Foundation in 2007 showed that young people were less concerned with economic inequalities and much less supportive of policies to redistribute wealth than older respondents. Indeed, it would be surprising if decades of neoliberal social polices, designed in part to weaken social solidarity and support for collectivism, were not successful in altering the views of those who have grown up under them.</p>
<p>A good way to begin to tackle some of these problems would be to set up community organisations to involve working class young people in activities that prove that altruism and collectivism are possible. The left-leaning Kurdish/Turkish youth organisation DayMer runs a number of such <a href="http://www.daymer.org/sports.html">activities</a> for kids in East London, including sports activities and trips away. This approach should not be confused with the left-liberal stance that working class young people are simply bored and do not have enough to do. Of course the dearth of youth and community facilities is something that should be addressed as a matter of urgency, but unless there are community organisations that facilitate activities that engage young people in self-sacrifice and teamwork, attitudes are unlikely to change.</p>
<p>The Left should also build on the elements of the views of working class young people that have progressive potential. Ideas about personal responsibility should be nurtured rather than dismissed as reactionary. For instance, any approach to crime that is seen to absolve criminals of responsibility for their actions is unlikely to gain many adherents among working class youth. Ideas about hard work can also be progressive, but the need to work hard for others as well as to fulfil personal potential should be stressed. Similarly, we should not argue against seeking “success”, but should try to broaden the notion of success to include non-material and intrinsic goals.</p>
<p>Romantic notions of young people as a revolutionary force are wide of the mark at present. In fact, unless community and political organisations can successfully intervene, it seems likely that the Left will have an even harder job recruiting and organising in the working class communities of the future than they have today.</p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/05/thatcher%e2%80%99s-children/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>11</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Pushed Past the Breaking Point</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/04/pushed-past-the-breaking-point/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/04/pushed-past-the-breaking-point/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 25 Apr 2009 17:03:58 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Nicole Colson</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Activism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Capitalism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Domestic Violence]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Economy/Economics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Guns]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Police]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Poverty]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=7944</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[One after another over the last month, the reports of terrible incidents of violence kept coming:
* A Vietnamese immigrant in Binghamton, N.Y., increasingly paranoid about police and upset after losing his job, kills 13 people at a center for immigrants before committing suicide.
* An Alabama man who had struggled to keep a job kills 10 [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>One after another over the last month, the reports of terrible incidents of violence kept coming:</p>
<p>* A Vietnamese immigrant in Binghamton, N.Y., increasingly paranoid about police and upset after losing his job, kills 13 people at a center for immigrants before committing suicide.</p>
<p>* An Alabama man who had struggled to keep a job kills 10 people in a shooting spree before committing suicide.</p>
<p>* A Pittsburgh man, recently unemployed and afraid that the government would ban guns, opens fire on police responding to a domestic disturbance call, killing three.</p>
<p>These are just some of the recent eruptions of violence to make the headlines in U.S. newspapers. In the 30-day period between March 10 and April 10, there were at least nine multiple shootings across the U.S., claiming the lives of at least 58 people.</p>
<p>The individual motives and stories differ widely, but there&#8217;s a common thread among these incidents &#8212; the worsening economic crisis is becoming a factor in pushing some people who are already on the edge over it.</p>
<p>As the <em>Washington Post</em> recently noted:</p>
<blockquote><p>Criminologists theorize that the epidemic of layoffs, the meltdown of storied American corporations and the uncertainty of recovery have stoked fear, anxiety and desperation across society and unnerved its most vulnerable and dangerous.</p>
<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ve never seen such a large number [of killings] over such a short period of time involving so many victims,&#8221; said Jack Levin, a noted criminologist at Northeastern University who has authored or co-authored eight books on mass murder.</p>
<p>The simple fact, criminologist James Alan Fox said, is that more Americans are struggling. &#8220;The American dream to them is a nightmare, and the land of opportunity is but a cruel joke,&#8221; said Fox, also of Northeastern&#8230;&#8221;The economic pie is shrinking to the point where it looks more like a Pop Tart, and some feel all they&#8217;re getting is the crumbs. There&#8217;s a combination of feeling despair and hopelessness at the same time as a certain degree of anger and blame.&#8221; </p></blockquote>
<p>A number of those who have committed recent high-profile acts of violence were either recently laid off or unable to find work after a long period of time. Add mental health issues, family stress and other factors, and violent explosions can be the result. As Jack Levin told the <em>Post</em>, &#8220;There are just simply more catastrophic losses than there were when the economy was in good shape.&#8221;</p>
<p>Jiverly Wong, the Vietnamese immigrant who committed the killings at the American Civic Center in Binghamton, is an example.</p>
<p>Though it appears one prime factor was Wong&#8217;s paranoia that he was being persecuted by law enforcement, his day-to-day troubles &#8212; of trying unsuccessfully to find work and a place in a society that is typically hostile to immigrants &#8212; seemingly exacerbated his despair and isolation. As the <em>New York</em> Times reported:</p>
<blockquote><p>Nearly two decades after arriving in America from Vietnam, Mr. Wong still had trouble with basic English, a fact of life for many immigrants, but a problem he seemed especially sensitive about. He was an introvert who was secretive in the extreme, keeping his love of guns and target shooting &#8212; and even his marriage &#8212; hidden from his family, his oldest sister said. They had improved their English-speaking skills and advanced their careers, while Mr. Wong, now jobless, had moved back in with his parents on a dead-end street in nearby Union.</p>
<p>&#8220;I think he felt low and small,&#8221; said the sister, who asked to be identified only by her first name, Nga. &#8220;But he didn&#8217;t share his thoughts. He would always just say he was okay.&#8221; </p></blockquote>
<p>Though it&#8217;s not understood &#8212; and may never be &#8212; why Wong targeted fellow immigrants, it is known that the Shop-Vac factory where Jiverly Wong had worked was shut down last year, and Wong was despondent about not finding work. He started receiving Trade Adjustment Assistance &#8212; federal aid for workers whose jobs are moved overseas &#8212; and became a regular visitor at the American Civic Center, where he was encouraged to enroll in courses in English as a second language.</p>
<p>Two weeks before he went on his shooting spree, Wong sent a two-page letter to a Syracuse, N.Y., television station. In it, his mental illness is evident: he claims that he was being persecuted by undercover police who spread &#8220;rumors&#8221; about him and stole money from him at night.</p>
<p>In the end, he apologized &#8212; not for the murders he was planning to commit, but because of his limited English. &#8220;I am sorry I know a little English,&#8221; he wrote.</p>
<p>In many cases, individuals who lose control turn their anger and violent impulses first on those closest to them &#8212; their families.</p>
<p>Michael McLendon carried out what the media is calling the worst multiple shooting in Alabama history last month, targeting his mother first before killing nine others &#8212; including his grandparents, aunt, uncle and two cousins. At the end of his spree, McLendon drove to a metal factory where he had once worked, and fired 30 rounds at police before entering the building and committing suicide.</p>
<p>According to Coffee County District Attorney Gary McAliley, it was clear that McLendon and his mother, who he lived with, were struggling financially. Two weeks before the shootings, McLendon had abruptly quit his job at a sausage factory.</p>
<p>McLendon was also, along with his mother, part of a lawsuit involving workers at Pilgrim&#8217;s Pride, a chicken processor that workers allege violated labor laws by not fairly compensating them (the lawsuit was put on hold last year when the company filed for bankruptcy). During a search of the family home, investigators found a letter informing the gunman&#8217;s mother that she had been laid off from her job at the plant.</p>
<p>It&#8217;s common for family members to be the first casualties in such cases. Under capitalism, the burden on families is enormous. Especially in the U.S., where the social safety net is so thin and tattered, it can be overwhelming for many working-class families to make ends meet.</p>
<p>Although families can provide a source of comfort in a hostile world, they can also be the place where anger and alienation are first expressed. As <a href="http://www.isreview.org/issues/38/women_family.shtml">Jennifer Roesch explained in the <em>International Socialist Review</a></em> [1]:</p>
<blockquote><p>The institution of the nuclear family as an economic unit is central to meeting the needs of capitalism. Under the current system, employers pay workers a wage, but take no responsibility for most of the social costs of maintaining the current generation of workers&#8211;or for raising the next generation of workers into adulthood. Rather than these responsibilities being shared collectively by society as a whole through government programs &#8212; paid for by taxing the profits of the private enterprises that employ workers &#8212; they are shouldered by individual families. </p></blockquote>
<p>That means that even in the best of times, many working-class families struggle with providing the basics &#8212; food, clothing, shelter, health care, etc. Add home foreclosures and layoffs to the mix, and the situation easily becomes volatile, leading to tragedy.</p>
<p>In January, Ervin and Ana Lupoe were fired from their jobs at Kaiser Permanente hospital in Los Angeles after it was discovered they had misrepresented their employment to an outside agency in order to obtain cheaper child care.</p>
<p>After sending a message to a local TV station, Ervin shot his wife and five children and then turned the gun on himself. In the letter faxed to KABC-TV, Ervin &#8212; whose family was drowning in debt and losing their home &#8212; said that after being fired, an administrator told the couple, &#8220;You should not even had bothered to come to work today, you should have blown your brains out.&#8221; As Ervin&#8217;s letter explained:</p>
<blockquote><p>So after a horrendous ordeal, my wife felt it better to end our lives, and why leave our children in someone else&#8217;s hands. In addition, it seems Kaiser Permanente wants us to kill ourselves and take our family with us. They did nothing to the manager who stated such, and did not attempt to assist us in the matter, knowing we have no job and five children under 8 years with no place to go. So here we are. </p></blockquote>
<p>This was the fifth mass death of a Southern California family by murder or suicide in the span of a year.</p>
<p>Nationwide reports suggest that domestic violence rates are surging. According to a survey conducted in November and December by the National Domestic Violence Hotline, 54 percent answered &#8220;yes&#8221; to the question, &#8220;Has there been a change in your household&#8217;s financial situation in the last year?&#8221;; and 64 percent also answered &#8220;yes&#8221; to the second question: &#8220;Do you believe the abusive behavior has increased in the past year?&#8221;</p>
<p>In Florida, the Florida Coalition Against Domestic Violence reported a 37 percent increase at the state&#8217;s 42 certified domestic-violence centers from August through December of 2008. &#8220;We know when perpetrators are laid off from work, there is increased severity in violence and frequency of violent assaults because he is home more often,&#8221; according to the report. &#8220;Currently, Florida&#8217;s domestic violence centers are over capacity and are faced with turning victims away.&#8221;</p>
<p>The situation is similar elsewhere. In Tulsa, Okla., the city&#8217;s two shelters for battered women are both full for the first time ever. Day Spring Villa Women and Children&#8217;s Shelter is turning people away for the first time in its 29-year history.</p>
<p>According to Cindy Meredith, the shelter&#8217;s assistant director, the economy is one reason why. &#8220;Anything that puts stress on a relationship causes men who are abusers to escalate their behavior,&#8221; she told <em>Tulsa World</em>. Meredith said that every day, two or three women seeking shelter are being referred to other services.</p>
<p>Even more troubling is the fact that at the very moment when people need more help, states are cutting back on essential social services and programs in order to save money &#8212; including domestic violence resources, child care subsidies, respite care for children and the elderly, and counselors and social workers for families in crisis.</p>
<p>&#8220;Ohio and other states face large cutbacks in child welfare investigations, which may mean more injured children and more taken into foster care,&#8221; the <em>New York Times</em> reported. &#8220;Arizona has one of the nation&#8217;s highest deficits in relation to its budget. As revenues sank late last year, forcing across-the-board cuts this spring, the child protection agency stopped investigating every report of potential abuse or neglect, and sharply reduced counseling of families deemed at risk of violence.&#8221;</p>
<p>One frightening sign of both the tensions running through U.S. society and the likelihood that more tragedies lie ahead is a reported increase in the sales of guns. The <em>Christian Science Monitor</em> described a &#8220;gun-and-ammunition buying spree &#8212; a national arming-up effort that began before last year&#8217;s election of President Obama and continues unabated.&#8221;</p>
<p>&#8220;There&#8217;s just so many people that would never have knocked on our doors before that are now coming in,&#8221; one clerk at a Georgia gun store told the <em>Monitor</em>. &#8220;There&#8217;s a level of desperation which I don&#8217;t ever recall seeing before.&#8221;</p>
<p>FBI statistics show that violent crime is down overall, as are robberies and car thefts. But the fact that people perceive the opposite to be true &#8212; that our homes and families are under siege &#8212; is further testament to the increased stress that the economic crisis is placing on already overburdened families.</p>
<p>The latest incidents of violence brought renewed calls for gun control. But this is treating the symptom, not the disease. Prohibitions on gun buying won&#8217;t stop people who are determined enough to kill from finding weapons.</p>
<p>Worse are the calls for putting more police on the streets. In virtually every case of multiple shootings, going back to the recent campus killings at Virginia Tech, Northern Illinois and elsewhere, law enforcement personnel have been ineffectual at best.</p>
<p>The calls for more cops date back 30 years and more, and all there is to show for it is an incarceration boom that has put more citizens, disproportionately minority ones, behind bars than any country in the world. Meanwhile, the real cause of these tragedies &#8212; poverty and individual despair &#8212; have gone unaddressed.</p>
<p>The real answer to preventing future violence &#8212; whether lethal or not, in the home or outside it &#8212; lies in providing people with the kind of resources that could make a concrete difference in their lives long before they reach a crisis point.</p>
<p>This includes things like national health care (including comprehensive mental health services); job assistance; an extension of unemployment insurance and an increase in the amount of benefits; restoring welfare benefits and increasing the amount of food stamp money families are eligible to receive; raising the minimum wage; providing state-funded day care and other services to help take strain off families; and full funding of domestic violence prevention programs, to name a few.</p>
<p>Until real help is available for those who need it, incidents of violence like those in Binghamton and elsewhere are inevitable.</p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/04/pushed-past-the-breaking-point/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>11</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Guilty of Being Poor</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/04/guilty-of-being-poor/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/04/guilty-of-being-poor/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 23 Apr 2009 16:04:01 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Eric Ruder</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Activism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Capitalism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Economy/Economics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Poverty]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=7903</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The jailers of the 19th century &#8212; even in the pre-Civil War South &#8212; largely abandoned the practice of imprisoning people for falling into debt as counterproductive and ultimately barbaric. In the 1970s and &#8217;80s, the U.S. Supreme Court affirmed that incarcerating people who can&#8217;t pay fines because of poverty violates the U.S. Constitution.
Apparently, though, [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The jailers of the 19th century &#8212; even in the pre-Civil War South &#8212; largely abandoned the practice of imprisoning people for falling into debt as counterproductive and ultimately barbaric. In the 1970s and &#8217;80s, the U.S. Supreme Court affirmed that incarcerating people who can&#8217;t pay fines because of poverty violates the U.S. Constitution.</p>
<p>Apparently, though, some states and county jails never got the memo. Welcome to the debtors&#8217; prisons of the 21st century.</p>
<p>&#8220;Edwina Nowlin, a poor Michigan resident, was ordered to reimburse a juvenile detention center $104 a month for holding her 16-year-old son,&#8221; the <em>New York Times</em> wrote in an editorial.</p>
<p>&#8220;When she explained to the court that she could not afford to pay, Ms. Nowlin was sent to prison. The American Civil Liberties Union of Michigan, which helped get her out last week after she spent 28 days behind bars, says it is seeing more people being sent to jail because they cannot make various court-ordered payments. That is both barbaric and unconstitutional.&#8221;</p>
<p>The details of Nowlin&#8217;s case are even more alarming than the <em>Times</em> editorial suggests. Not only was Nowlin under orders to pay a fine stemming from someone else&#8217;s actions, but she had been laid off from work and lost her home at the time she was ordered to &#8220;reimburse&#8221; the county for her son&#8217;s detention.</p>
<p>Despite her inability to pay, she was held in contempt of court and ordered to serve a 30-day sentence. On March 6, three days after she was incarcerated, she was released for one day to work. She also picked up her paycheck, in the amount of $178.53. This, she thought, could be used to pay the $104, and she would be released from jail.</p>
<p>But when she got back to the jail, the sheriff told her to sign her check over to the county &#8212; to pay $120 for <em>her own</em> room and board, and $22 for a drug test and booking fee.</p>
<p>Even more absurd, Nowlin requested but was denied a court-appointed lawyer. So because she was too poor to afford a lawyer and denied her constitutional right to have the court provide one for her, she couldn&#8217;t fight the contempt charge that stemmed from her poverty. And her contempt conviction only added to her poverty, as the fines and fees she was obligated to pay now multiplied.</p>
<p>&#8220;Like many people in these desperate economic times, Ms. Nowlin was laid off from work, lost her home and is destitute,&#8221; said Michael Steinberg, legal director of the Michigan ACLU. &#8220;Jailing her because of her poverty is not only unconstitutional, it&#8217;s unconscionable and a shameful waste of resources. It is not a crime to be poor in this country, and the government must stop resurrecting debtor&#8217;s prisons from the dustbin of history.&#8221;</p>
<p>Michigan isn’t the only place where you can be imprisoned for the crime of involuntary poverty. The same Catch-22 ensnares poor defendants daily in courtrooms across the country.</p>
<p>In 2006, the Southern Center for Human Rights (SCHR) filed a suit on behalf of Ora Lee Hurley, who couldn&#8217;t get out of prison until she had enough money to pay a $705 fine. But she couldn&#8217;t pay the fine because she had to pay the Georgia Department of Corrections $600 a month for room and board, and spend $76 a month on public transportation, laundry and food.</p>
<p>She was released five days a week to work at the K&#038;K Soul Food restaurant, where she earned $6.50 an hour, which netted her about $700 a month after taxes. Hurley was trapped in prison for eight months beyond her initial 120-day sentence until the Southern Center intervened. Over the course of her incarceration, she earned about $7,000, but she never had enough at one time to pay off her $705 fine.</p>
<p>&#8220;This is a situation where if this woman was able to write a check for the amount of the fine, she would be out of there,&#8221; Sarah Geraghty, a SCHR lawyer, told the <em>Atlanta Journal Constitution</em> while Hurley was still imprisoned. &#8220;And because she can&#8217;t, she&#8217;s still in custody. It&#8217;s as simple as that.&#8221;</p>
<p>Georgia also lets for-profit probation companies prey on people too poor to pay their traffic violations and court fees. According to a 2008 SCHR report entitled &#8220;Profiting from the poor&#8221;:</p>
<blockquote><p>In courts around Georgia, people who are charged with misdemeanors and cannot pay their fines that day in court are placed on probation under the supervision of private, for-profit companies until they pay off their fines. On probation, they must pay these companies substantial monthly &#8220;supervision fees&#8221; that may double or triple the amount that a person of means would pay for the same offense.</p>
<p>For example, a person of means may pay $200 for a traffic ticket on the day of court and be done with it, while a person too poor to pay that day is placed on probation and ends up paying $500 or more for the same offense.</p>
<p>The privatization of misdemeanor probation has placed unprecedented law enforcement authority in the hands of for-profit companies that act essentially as collection agencies. These companies, focused on profit rather than public safety or rehabilitation, are not designed to supervise people or connect them to services and jobs. Rather, they charge exorbitant monthly fees and use the threat of imprisonment and a variety of bullying tactics to squeeze money out of the men and women under their supervision.</p>
<p>For too many poor people convicted of misdemeanors, our state is not living up to the constitutional promise of equal justice under law. </p></blockquote>
<p>In Gulfport, Miss., the municipal court started a &#8220;fine collection task force&#8221; to crack down on people who owed fees for misdemeanors. According to the SCHR Web site:</p>
<blockquote><p>The task force trolled through predominantly African American neighborhoods, rounding up people who had outstanding court fines. After arresting and jailing them, the City of Gulfport processed these people through a court proceeding at which no defense attorney was present or even offered.</p>
<p>Many people were jailed for months after hearings lasting just seconds. While the city collected money, it also packed the jail with hundreds of people who couldn&#8217;t pay, including people who were sick, physically disabled and/or limited by mental disabilities. </p></blockquote>
<p>The disregard of the justice system for the rights of poor people to equal protection and due process is cause for outrage. But it shouldn&#8217;t come as a surprise in an era when the government spends billions bailing out banks while letting foreclosures and unemployment ruin the lives of working people.</p>
<p>We need to build a movement, like the working-class struggles of the 1930s, that can demand an end to the inhuman practice of incarcerating people for no other crime than finding themselves at the bottom of the social ladder.</p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/04/guilty-of-being-poor/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>70</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>The Audacity of Expelling Hope</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/04/the-audacity-of-expelling-hope/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/04/the-audacity-of-expelling-hope/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 22 Apr 2009 16:06:53 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Kim Petersen</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Book Review]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Democracy]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Education]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Military/Militarism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Poverty]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Prisons]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Racism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=7838</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Expelling Hope: The Assault on Youth and the Militarization of Schooling
By Christopher G. Robbins
Hardcover: 224 pages
Publisher: SUNY Press (2008)
ISBN13: 978-0-7914-7505-8 

[E]ducation, a linchpin in the climb to the top, is a function of wealth, not the other way around.
&#8211; Christopher Robbins

On 5 November 2003, 107 mainly Black students arriving in the early morning at Goose [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/eh.jpg"><img src="http://dissidentvoice.org/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/eh.jpg" alt="" title="eh" width="162" height="240" class="alignright size-full wp-image-7839" /></a><em><a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/0791475050?ie=UTF8&#038;tag=dissidentvoic-20&#038;linkCode=xm2&#038;camp=1789&#038;creativeASIN=0791475050">Expelling Hope: The Assault on Youth and the Militarization of Schooling</a></em><br />
By Christopher G. Robbins<br />
Hardcover: 224 pages<br />
Publisher: SUNY Press (2008)<br />
ISBN13: 978-0-7914-7505-8 </p>
<blockquote><p>
[E]ducation, a linchpin in the climb to the top, is a function of wealth, not the other way around.<br />
&#8211; Christopher Robbins
</p></blockquote>
<p>On 5 November 2003, 107 mainly Black students arriving in the early morning at Goose Creek High School in Stratford, South Carolina were in for a surprise. Seventeen police officers with guns in hand and an unleashed search-and-sniff dog descended upon the students  The officers slammed and locked doors, and &#8212; aided by school personnel &#8212; blocked the hallways. The officers forced students to the ground, cuffed others, “and performed dubious search and seizure for 40 minutes.” Nothing was found &#8212; “not even cigarettes.” A school spokesperson said it was just “coincidence” that later arriving mainly White students watched the events.</p>
<p>This scene described in Christopher Robbins&#8217;s book, <em><a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/0791475050?ie=UTF8&#038;tag=dissidentvoic-20&#038;linkCode=xm2&#038;camp=1789&#038;creativeASIN=0791475050">Expelling Hope: The Assault on Youth and the Militarization of Schooling</a></em>, exemplifies the policy of zero tolerance that pervades much of American public schooling.</p>
<p>Eastern Michigan University professor Robbins tells the reader that zero tolerance grew out of Navy punishment of substance abuse by its members. In public schools it punishes violent and non-violent behaviors similarly. The professor points out that zero tolerance seeks to weed out and publicly punish trouble-making students and “instill fear in the rest of the group while maintaining a fragile institutional consensus by hiding the social and structural conditions of the behavior.”</p>
<p>Robbins argues that zero tolerance scathes all youth both academically and socially.  But the obvious targets are non-White youth. One way zero tolerance does this, writes Robbins, is “shift[ing] the concerns from structural issues to those of behaviors allegedly endemic to poor, urban African American and Latino youth, legitimating the general loss of educational opportunity that results from iniquitous funding schemes.”</p>
<p>Racism, charges Robbins, undergirds zero tolerance, which creates a link between public schools and the juvenile and criminal justice system.  Although Black youth represent a significantly higher proportion of the incarcerated population, statistics indicate that they do not account for a significantly higher rate of reported violence.</p>
<p>Robbins states that zero tolerance ignores the conditions that plague many youth, such as poverty. This is not surprising since right-wing ideologies underlie zero tolerance: neoliberalism with its appeal to the market and neoconservatism with its appeal to patriotism and militarism.</p>
<p>Writes Robbins,</p>
<blockquote><p>Zero tolerance is not simply the effect of possibly ignorant adults who misunderstand the data on youth violence; it is not simply the social policy of ill-spirited adults who carelessly toe the line of pejorative media representations of youth; it is not simply another devastating practice of top-down corporate models of school governance. When democracy and the threat of neoliberalism—the authority of the economic and its cultural politics—are used in analyzing zero tolerance, the policy is seen as all of these things, together, as a symptom of the whole way of life in the United States at this point in history.</p></blockquote>
<p>Eliminating violence from schools is, purportedly, a zero tolerance objective. However, Robbins questions what is violence. He cites Brazilian educational theorist Paulo Freire who held that violence, at its core, was the prevention of a person or group&#8217;s learning experience and hindrance of social interaction: a denial of humanity. Zero tolerance is violence charges Robbins because it dehumanizes the Other.</p>
<p>Robbins also delineates two curricula at play in zero tolerance: the hidden curriculum and the not-so-hidden curriculum.  Educator Henry Giroux defined the hidden curriculum as implicit codes of conduct understood by students through the rules of the structure of education and its system. Writes Robbins, “In its most extreme forms, the hidden curriculum works as a push-out mechanism for unwanted students.”</p>
<p>The not-so-hidden curriculum operates to suspend or eliminate citizenship, and it threatens the destruction of the preconditions for all students to learn.</p>
<p>To effect this change a shift has taken place emphasizing the hiring of security officers in schools, the purchase of invasive monitoring devices, and implementation of invasive procedures &#8212; such as locker and body searches.</p>
<p>The upshot, says Robbins, is “that schools have become more effective at eliminating the prospects of citizenship rather than enhancing the conditions fundamental to the construction and process of democratization.”</p>
<p>Schools have also undergone a militarization through such programs as the Junior Reserve Officers&#8217; Training Corps and the Troops-to-Teachers. Poor schools, in particular, are targeted by military recruiters.</p>
<p>Another concept that Robbins challenges is that of <em>color blindness</em>, that inequality among races can exist in the absence of racism. Through such postulation, color blindness neglects the conditions that led to race-based inequalities. It ignores slavery, loss of language and culture, crimes inflicted on people of color, ghettoization, incarceration, etc. Robbins holds that “color blindness attempts to erase, from public discourse and decision-making, the social relationships and economic conditions that make individual acts of racism possible in the first place.” </p>
<p>Neoconservatism and neoliberalism lead to increasing militarization, incarceration, widening income and wealth disparity. For neoliberalism, “zero tolerance is a primary weapon in the low-intensity warfare of social exclusion inflicted on students and youth of color.” Robbins connects zero tolerance to a democratic deficiency, social isolation, and even to the War of Terror.</p>
<p>Robbins calls for people to exert their democratic rights, a reprioritization of public funding. He also calls for “hope, a critical, educated hope, must be the guiding force and binding element between the related projects of reconstituting the democratic legacy of public schooling and the promise of a democratic future.”</p>
<p>Youth represent the future. Zero tolerance, however, calls to mind George Orwell&#8217;s dystopic future of “a boot stomping on a human face forever.” Just as Orwell&#8217;s <em>Nineteen Eighty-Four</em> warned of an ugly future, Robbins&#8217;s <em>Expelling Hope</em> warns that zero tolerance is here now. </p>
<p>Robbins appeals to the reader&#8217;s intelligence. An important and informative book, <em>Expelling Hope</em> is backed by plentiful statistics and references to relevant literature. Moreover, <em>Expelling Hope</em> has an important message; it calls upon conscience: to struggle for all members of society because we all lose when any one among us is harmed.</p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/04/the-audacity-of-expelling-hope/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>4</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Race in the Obama Era</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/04/race-in-the-obama-era/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/04/race-in-the-obama-era/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 10 Apr 2009 17:00:36 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Keeanga-Yamahtta Taylor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Economy/Economics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Labor]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Obama]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Poverty]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Racism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=7644</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The historic election of Barack Obama represented an undeniable blow against the legacy of racism in the U.S. For the first time ever, a Black man was elected president of a white majority country. Slavery persisted in the U.S. for more than 300 years, and when slavery was abolished, Blacks were legally designated second-class citizens [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The historic election of Barack Obama represented an undeniable blow against the legacy of racism in the U.S. For the first time ever, a Black man was elected president of a white majority country. Slavery persisted in the U.S. for more than 300 years, and when slavery was abolished, Blacks were legally designated second-class citizens until the civil rights rebellion of the 1960s finally produced full legal equality.</p>
<p>This backdrop made Obama&#8217;s victory last November all the more astonishing. Even in the desperate dog days of the McCain-Palin campaign, when Republicans tried to make race an issue by reviving the dead issue of Obama&#8217;s former pastor Jeremiah Wright, calling Obama &#8220;dangerous,&#8221; letting conservative followers believe Obama was Muslim and Arab, and calling Obama &#8220;uppity&#8221;&#8211;they failed miserably.</p>
<p>In fact, the Republicans&#8217; strategy backfired. The closer we got to the election and the more desperate they became, the more they began to slip in the polls. For the first time in 40 years, the staples of American politics&#8211;race-baiting and racial scapegoating&#8211;failed as a political strategy, and the result was the election of the nation&#8217;s first African American president.</p>
<p>Since the election, the media has manufactured a discussion about whether the U.S. has entered some netherworld of post-racialism. The mantra was quickly picked up by conservative pundits who have always denied the saliency of racism. They concluded that the political ascendancy of Obama was the final &#8220;proof&#8221; that the U.S. was a color-blind society. Dinesh D&#8217;Souza, who wrote the 1995 book <em>The End of Racism</em>, recently gloated:</p>
<blockquote><p>As I watched Obama take the oath of office, I was moved, along with many others, but I also felt a sense of vindication. In 1995, I published a controversial book <em>The End of Racism</em>. The meaning of the title was not that there was no more racism in America. Certainly in a big country, one can find many examples of racism. My argument was that racism, which once used to be systematic, had now become episodic. In other words, racism existed, but it no longer controlled the lives of blacks and other minorities. Indeed, racial discrimination could not explain why some groups succeeded in America and why other groups did not&#8230;for African Americans, their position near the bottom rung of the ladder could be better explained by cultural factors than by racial victimization.</p></blockquote>
<p>D&#8217;Souza&#8217;s outburst aside, the idea that Black poverty and unemployment is the result of individual failure and personal dysfunction is a regular staple of political parlance in the U.S. Even Obama made news when he spoke at a Black church last Father&#8217;s Day and chastised Black men for not being more involved in their children&#8217;s lives. &#8220;We need fathers to realize that responsibility does not end at conception,&#8221; he said.</p>
<p>Without a condemnation of the racism that shapes the communities, choices and interactions of poor and working-class African Americans, this kind of moralistic finger-pointing essentially blames the victim.</p>
<p>Moreover, D&#8217;Souza&#8217;s outburst underlines the problem with measuring racism in American society simply by changing ideas or attitudes, as opposed to barometers that actually measure the quality of life of African Americans. The current meltdown of the American economy, which faces its gravest crisis since the Great Depression of the 1930s, demonstrates the <em>institutionalization</em> of racism in the U.S.</p>
<p><strong>A Black depression</strong></p>
<p>While most Americans are struggling to find ways to cope with the economic recession, African American communities have been experiencing a protracted financial collapse since 2000. The impact of the unraveling U.S. economy on African Americans is nothing short of startling and should give lie once and for all to worn axioms that describe Black poverty and inequality as products of the Black community itself or the result of cultural deviance.</p>
<p>While the media have marveled at how quickly the national unemployment level ballooned to 8 percent over the last two months, Black unemployment currently stands at more than 13 percent, while Latino unemployment creeps toward 12 percent.</p>
<p>Since 2000, Blacks and Latinos have been 40 percent more likely to experience unemployment than whites. But the national unemployment rates don&#8217;t really speak to the catastrophic levels of job displacement in Black communities, particularly among African American men.</p>
<p>In a study conducted by the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee, social scientist Marc Levine looked at the total unemployment of Black men aged 16 to 65 in urban America. He included men who were out of the labor market for a range of reasons, including those who were incarcerated and those who were jobless because they had given up looking for work.</p>
<p>He found that Black men in Milwaukee had the highest rate of unemployment at 51 percent, followed by Buffalo, Detroit and Chicago, where Black male unemployment is 45 percent. In other large metropolitan areas like New York City and Washington, D.C., unemployment rates for African American men of working age were more than 30 percent. In Detroit, the 11th largest city in the U.S., Black workers have been devastated by the plunging fortunes of the auto industry, where, by last December, more than 20,000 Black autoworkers had lost their jobs.</p>
<p>This rise in unemployment will undoubtedly increase the numbers of African Americans without health insurance&#8211;already at a high of 19 percent.</p>
<p>The job losses that began before the current economic crisis have led to an increase in Black poverty, from a historic low of 19 percent in 1999, back up to 24 percent in 2007. Poverty rates for Latinos are also at more than 20 percent. This number will surely rise if predictions are that <em>official</em> Black unemployment will exceed 20 percent by the end of 2009.</p>
<p>In addition to the job losses shaking African American communities, the collapsing housing market is having a disproportionate impact on Black homeowners. Because of a racist legacy of redlining, housing discrimination and the patterns of predatory lending as their result, Blacks were three times more likely to be steered toward subprime loans for home mortgages than whites.</p>
<p>This has meant that as rates for these loans readjusted upward and beyond the means of Black homeowners, tens of thousands have been forced into foreclosure, destroying what little net worth exists among African Americans. Home foreclosures are not measured by race, but a recent study found that since 2004, Black homeownership has dropped from 49 percent to 46 percent.</p>
<p>By 2007, 30 percent of Black households had zero net worth, compared to 18 percent of white households. According to the nonprofit think tank United for a Fair Economy, households of color lost between $164 billion and $213 billion over the past eight years because of foreclosures and ballooning subprime loan rates. According to economic analyst Dedrick Muhammad, the cumulative impact of these losses will result in a 33 percent reduction of the Black middle class.</p>
<p>The election of Obama, while significant, doesn&#8217;t change the daily struggle against deprivation that shapes the Black experience in the U.S.</p>
<p><strong>What&#8217;s race got to do with it?</strong></p>
<p>The crisis is having a disproportionately brutal impact on Black workers because of the racism inherent in American capitalism. U.S. capitalism was built on the labor of Black slaves, and when slavery ended, capitalists in the North and South stoked racism to divide their workforces, drive down wages and increase their profit margins.</p>
<p>Throughout the first 70 years of the 20th century, millions of African Americans moved from the rural South to the urban North and South in search of jobs and freedom from the codified racism of Jim Crow. Black workers found that racism in the North was only different by degrees from the racism they encountered in the South.</p>
<p>Violent white mobs and racially restricted covenants in housing deeds&#8211;which allowed private homeowners to forbid the selling or renting of homes to African Americans for up to 20 years&#8211;hemmed African Americans into ghettos. Federal housing policy stipulated that Black inner cities be restricted from mortgage insurance, guaranteeing that businesses and developers wouldn&#8217;t invest or build in the cities.</p>
<p>Instead, government monies subsidized building and investment in white suburbs. The disinvestment in the central cities fueled residential and school segregation, creating a political economy of racism where Blacks paid more for inferior housing and services, while the managers of inner cities reaped the profits of minimal investment.</p>
<p>Existing employment in the inner cities became increasingly elusive as businesses either moved to the suburbs, to the South or out of the country altogether in search of cheaper labor. The conditions of diminishing employment, low-wage service jobs, underfunded schools and segregated housing created by racist federal policies are maintained and policed by a racist criminal justice system, and have been since Blacks arrived en masse in the North.</p>
<p>These public and private practices have led to historic disparities between African Americans and whites. The social movements of the 1960s eliminated the last vestiges of legal racism and opened up greater opportunities for the economic and political advancement of a small layer of African Americans, but for the majority of ordinary Blacks, racism continues to restrict opportunity. This means that Blacks have borne the greatest brunt of this economic catastrophe.</p>
<p>The managers of capitalism profit handsomely from inequality and racism in the U.S. because they guarantee a combination of low or lower wages paid to Black workers and the absence of a welfare state. Moreover, these same managers have historically used racism to divide political struggles for public or state entitlements&#8211;welfare&#8211;to poor or unemployed workers regardless of race.</p>
<p>The material impact on the lives of Black workers should be clear enough, but ideologically, the systematic and institutional impoverishment of African American communities perpetuates the impression that Blacks are inferior and defective. These perceptions are perpetuated and magnified by the mass media, Hollywood and the general means of ideological and cultural production in bourgeois society.</p>
<p>The recurrence and persistence of racism in this economic system is not accidental or arbitrary. American capitalism is <em>intrinsically</em> racist.</p>
<p><strong>A new era</strong></p>
<p>The racist nature of American capitalism doesn&#8217;t mean that workers of color and white workers do not challenge it. The political struggles of the 1960s are but one example of this potential, but so are the heroic struggles to build unions and anti-poverty movements during the Depression era in the 1930s.</p>
<p>The era of Obama is a welcome change from the era of Bush and opens the potential for a new period of struggle that can both fight for economic reforms and against racism. During the Bush administration, not only did the economic gains of Black America during the 1990s go into reverse, but the racial symbolism of the Bush administration was downright regressive.</p>
<p>From his theft of the 2000 election at the expense of Black voters in Florida, to the malfeasance of his administration during the Katrina disaster in New Orleans, to the unleashing of raids in Latino communities, to the imprisonment and internment of Arab and Muslim men across the U.S., the Bush administration was a disaster for communities of color.</p>
<p>The election of Obama represented a popular rejection of this state-sanctioned racist hostility. But what concretely replaces the racist Bush agenda will depend upon struggle from below. While Obama&#8217;s candidacy and election represented a dramatic shift in racial attitudes in the U.S., Obama, has eschewed almost any racial discourse&#8211;and continues to.</p>
<p>Obama&#8217;s attorney general, Eric Holder, made the strange comment that when it comes to race, &#8220;Americans are cowards,&#8221; when it is the Obama administration that has gone out of its way to avoid putting forward coherent policies aimed at curbing the racism evidenced by the overwhelming impact of the economic crisis on Black families.</p>
<p>To be sure, the almost $300 billion in economic stimulus aimed at working-class communities is a welcome change to the tired mantra of tax cuts&#8211;but it&#8217;s woefully inadequate when compared to the more than $1 trillion filling the troughs of corporate America and Wall Street. Moreover, given the disproportionate way in which the crisis is impacting African Americans, there needs to be specific programs and solutions aimed at Black urban communities.</p>
<p>This must include more than infusions of cash to increase food stamps and unemployment cash benefits. Economists predict that the jobs that have been lost are not likely to come back, as American capitalism restructures and retools itself. This means there could be a long period of unemployment until new, sustainable jobs are created, rather than short-term &#8220;project&#8221;-oriented jobs.</p>
<p>This in turn means that the U.S. needs a new public welfare system that can house, feed, clothe, pay and take care of its population while the job market fluctuates. The public entitlement to welfare was gutted in 1996 during the boom, as recipients were made to &#8220;work&#8221; for their meager cash benefits.</p>
<p>The assumption was that the economy was supposedly awash in jobs&#8211;which were largely low wage and in the service sector&#8211;and, if people weren&#8217;t working, it was because they didn&#8217;t want to. These anti-poor policies, shrouded in anti-Black rhetoric, were underpinned by the politics of &#8220;personal responsibility,&#8221; which looked to shift the blame for poverty and unemployment away from inherent problems in the system&#8211;as they were identified in the 1960s by everyone from the Black Panther Party to Rev. Martin Luther King Jr.&#8211;to the individual failings of Blacks themselves.</p>
<p>But the rapid disintegration of the job market has opened up the ideological space to expose the racist assumptions that Black workers are more interested in welfare than work. When 650,000 jobs have been lost every month since December, it&#8217;s difficult to mount an argument that the problem of unemployment is a moral one.</p>
<p>Moreover, when banks and corporations fail as a result of the personal irresponsibility and greed of executives, but are still bailed out to the tune of trillions of tax dollars, it rightfully raises the question of where is the bailout for ordinary workers&#8211;Black, white and Latino.</p>
<p>The ruling class proposal for resolving the economic crisis&#8211;blank checks and no questions asked for Wall Street&#8211;diminishes the extent to which they can argue that workers shouldn&#8217;t also demand our piece, in the form of direct cash stimulus, universal health care, a new welfare system, real affordable housing, an end to home foreclosures and more.</p>
<p>The key to winning any of those demands depends on building a movement of workers, the unemployed and the poor to take on the obvious economic inequities that have been exposed as a result of the crisis, but it also demands the building of an explicitly antiracist movement that can highlight and organize against the specific ways this crisis is affecting Black workers.</p>
<p>While Obama has been reluctant to discuss the issue of race or racism, the vast majority of African Americans viewed his election as their own victory&#8211;as demonstrated by the dancing in the streets in Black communities across the country last November when he beat McCain. A CNN poll conducted in the days leading up to Obama&#8217;s inauguration found that 69 percent of Blacks felt that King&#8217;s dream was now fulfilled because of Obama&#8217;s victory.</p>
<p>In March, a poll found that African Americans were more optimistic than the general public that the financial crisis would be resolved by the end of the year. Fifty-eight percent of Blacks said they expected their household financial situation to improve by next year, and 85 percent said they were generally optimistic about the future.</p>
<p>But the confidence and optimism that resulted from successfully sending a Black president to the White House has come into conflict with the reality that African Americans are bearing the brunt of the economic downturn in the U.S. At the same time, the election of Obama has raised the expectations of African Americans&#8211;and most workers&#8211;for more, not less.</p>
<p>While the Obama honeymoon within Black communities may not end for while, the worsening economy will demand politics, organization and activism from Black workers. This new reality, in a new political era, represents an opportunity to build a movement to demand new social programs for the working class, with Black workers and antiracist demands at its center.</p>
<p>There is also the possibility that as conditions grow worse, there could be a rise in racism against Obama and other minorities in the guise of right-wing populism&#8211;as racists and the right intensify their efforts to scapegoat and blame sections of the population for the crisis.</p>
<p>This is why the revival and rebuilding of progressive forces and the radical left must put the fight against racism at the center of its politics&#8211;as opposed to focusing only on the economic dimensions of the crisis. Racism and class oppression have always been the nexus of American politics, and today is no different.</p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/04/race-in-the-obama-era/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>43</slash:comments>
		</item>
	</channel>
</rss>
